SAMSON Catalog - HLK Shop · SAMSON AG · MESS- UND REGELTECHNIK Weismüllerstraße 3 · 60314 Frankfurt am Main · Germany Phone: +49 69 4009-0 · Fax: ... Spher. graphite iron

SAMSON AG · MESS- UND REGELTECHNIK Weismüllerstraße 3 · 60314 Frankfurt am Main · GermanyPhone: +49 69 4009-0 · Fax: +49 069 4009-1507 E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.samson.deSAMSON GROUP · www.samsongroup.net

Self-operated Regulators · Volume 2Temperature Regulators

Tem

pera

ture

Reg

ulat

ors

S

elf-o

pera

ted

Regu

lato

rs ·

Volu

me

2

Catalog

2012

-08

WS

· K8

EN

SAM

SON

Catalog 2012 Overview

Boiler Controllers · Steam TrapsAir vents · Strainers

Self-operated Differential Pressureand Flow Regulators

Self-operated Pressure RegulatorsPressure Reducing Valves · Excess Pressure Valves

Self-operated Temperature Regulators

159

Volume 1

5

Self-operated RegulatorsTemperature RegulatorsVolume 2

Appendix

Application Notes 171

175

Volume 1

1


Type 1 to Type 9PN 16 to 40 · Class 125 to 300DN 15 to 250 · NPS ½ to 10G ½ to 1 · Up to 350 °C · Up to 660 °F

Information Sheet 5

Temperature Regulator Type 1with unbalanced single-seated globe valve 19

Temperature Regulator Type 1with unbalanced single-seated globe valveANSI version 25

Temperature Regulator Type 1with unbalanced single-seated valve Female thread connections 31

Temperature Regulator Type 1uwith single-seated globe valveFor cooling installations 35

Temperature Regulator Type 1uwith single-seated globe valveFor cooling installationsANSI version 41

Temperature Regulator Type 4with balanced single-seated globe valve 47

Temperature Regulator Type 4with balanced single-seated globe valveANSI version 55

Temperature Regulator Type 4uwith balanced single-seated globe valveFor cooling installations 61

Temperature Regulator Type 8with unbalanced three-way valve 67

Temperature Regulator Type 9with balanced three-way valve 73

Temperature Regulator Type 9with balanced three-way valveANSI version 79

Typetested Safety DevicesType 1/..., Type 4/..., Type 8/..., Type 9/...

Information Sheet 85

Safety Temperature Monitors (STM)with Safety Thermostat Type 2213 89

Safety Temperature Limiters (STL)with Safety Thermostat Type 2212 93

Series 43PN 25 · Class 250DN 15 to 50 · NPS ½ to 2G ½ to 1 · ½ to 1 NPTUp to 200 °C · Up to 390 °F


Temperature Regulators (with globe valves)Type 43-1 · Type 43-2 107

Temperature Regulators (with globe valves)Type 43-1 · Type 43-2ANSI version 113

Temperature Regulator (with globe valve)Type 43-2 N 119

Temperature Regulators (with globe valves)Type 43-5 · Type 43-7Type 43-6 123

Temperature Regulators (with globe valves)Type 43-5 · Type 43-7Type 43-6ANSI version 127

Temperature Regulators with Hydraulic ControllerType 43-8 · Type 43-8 N 131

Temperature Regulator with Three-way ValveType 43-3 135

Temperature Regulator with Three-way ValveType 43-3ANSI version 139

Temperature Regulators with double adapter Do3 Kwith manual adjuster 143

Return Flow Temperature LimitersType 3 D · Type 4 D/4 E 145

Typetested Safety DevicesSeries 43


Safety Temperature Monitors (STM)with Safety Thermostat Type 2403 K 151

Safety Temperature Limiters (STL)with Safety Thermostat Type 2439 K 155

Further Devices

Regulators including additional temperature regulation,such as differential pressure and temperature regulators ordifferential pressure, flow and temperature regulators:See Data Sheet T 3019 EN Volume 1

Combined self-operated regulatorswith additional electric actuatorand additional temperature regulation:See Data Sheet T 3018 EN Volume 1

Contents

3

Boiler Controllers · Steam TrapsAir Vents · Strainers

Boiler Controller, typetested Type 5 DSteam Trap Type 13 EAir Vent for steam-operated systems Type 3Air Vent for water-operated systems, drains forair-operated systems Type 6 159

Strainers with threaded end connectionsType 1 N · With standard strainer insertType 1 NI · With dual strainer insertType 1 FN · With standard strainer insertVersion for district heating systems 167

Strainers with flange connectionsType 2 N · With standard strainer insertType 2 NI · With dual strainer insert 169

Application Notes

FlangesConnecting dimensions according to DIN EN 1092-1 and DIN 2501-1 171

KV coefficient · Valve sizing 173

Appendix

SAMSON Product Range 175

SAMSON Subsidiaries, Agenciesand Service Facilities Worldwide 177

Data Sheet Summary 181

Index 183

Specifications subject to change without notice.

The information sheets and data sheets in this catalog may have been updated since the catalog went to print (August 2012). The latest versions are available on our website.

Contents

4

Selection Guide for Temperature Regulators

Information Sheet T 2010-1 EN 2012-01 5

Self-operated Regulators

Temperature Regulators

Selection guide · Part 1

Temperature regulators for ... The SAMSON range includes the following regulators …

Processing plants ·

Industrial energy transfer networks · · ·

Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning · · · ·

District heating · · ·

Instantaneous water heating · · ·

Nominal size/thread size, max. Up to DN 250 Up to DN 50 Up to G 1 Up to DN 15

Free of non-ferrousmetal as option




Heating Heating Heating Heating

Temperature Regulator Type ... · Refer to theindicated data sheet for more details

More details on DIN tested versions of aregulator group can be found in the associateddata sheet.

Type 1(see T 2111 EN)


Type 43-2, flangedbody(see T 2171 EN)

Type 43-2 N(see T 2186 EN)

Type 43-7(see 2172 EN)

Type 43-1(see T 2171 EN)


Type 1 · Femalethreads(see T 2112 EN)

Type 43-8/43-8 N(see T 2178 EN)

6 Information Sheet T 2010-1 EN 2012-01

Selection guide · Part 2

· ·

Safety engineering

· · ·

· · ·

· ·

Up to DN 150 Up to DN 50 Up to DN 250 Up to DN 50/G 1 Up to DN 150

Free of non-ferrous metalas option



Mixing/diverting Mixing/diverting Cooling Cooling


Type 4u(see T 2023 EN)



Type 2439 K STL(See T 2185 EN)

Type 1u · Flanged version(see T 2113 EN) Type 43-6

(see T 2172 EN)

Type 1u with femalethreads(see T 2113 EN)

Type 2403 K STM(see T 2183 EN)

Type 2212 STL(see T 2046 EN)

Type 2213 STM(see T 2043 EN)

Information Sheet T 2010-1 EN 2012-01 7


Type 1 to Type 9

PN 16 to 40 · Class 125 to 300DN 15 to 250 · NPS ½ to 10G ½ to 1 · Up to 350 °C · Up to 660 °F

Information Sheet T 2010 EN 2012-04 9

Self-operated temperature regulators

Applica-tions with

Steam · ·

Water and other liquids · · · ·

Air and non-flammable gases · ·

Heating · ·

Cooling · ·

Mixing/diverting

Globe valve · · · ·

Three-way valve

Pressure-balanced ·4)

Not balanced · · · ·

Connec-tion

Flanges · ·

Female thread · ·

Nominal size DN 15 to 50 G ½ to G 1 G ½ to G 1 DN 15 to 50

Nominal pressure PN 16 to 40 PN 25 PN 25 PN 16 to 40

Perm. temperature max. 350 °C 1) 220 °C 150 °C 150 °C

Bodymaterial

Cast iron (EN-JL1040/A126B) ·2)

Spher. graphite iron (EN-JS1049) · ·

Cast steel (1.0619/A216 WCC) ·

Stainl. steel (1.4408/A351 CF8M) ·

Red brass (CC491K/CC499K) · ·

Type 2231 and Type 2232 · · · ·

Type 2233 and Type 2234 · · · ·

Type 2235 · · · ·

Adjustable set point –10 to +250 °C

Optionally available with double adapter · · · ·

Type 2212- STL -

for safety temperature limiter · · · ·

Adjustment range of limit value 10 to 95 °C · 20 to 120 °C · 30 to 170 °C

Type 2213- STM -

for safety temperature monitor · · · ·

Adjustment range of limit value –10 to 90 °C · 20 to 120 °C

Type … 1 1 1u 1u

For details, refer to Data Sheet … T 2111 EN T 2112 EN 3) T 2113 EN T 2113 EN

1) Only with extension piece 2) DN 15 only 25: EN-JS1049 only 3) ANSI version on request 4) Pressure balancing in DN 32 to 50

Safe

tyth

erm

osta

tsC

ontr

olth

erm

osta

tsV

alv

es

Control thermostats

Type 2231 · Set point adjustment at the sensor · Set pointsfrom –10 to +150 °C (15 to 300 °F) × Suitable for liquids andsteam × Suitable for installation in pipelines, tanks and otherheating and cooling installations

Type 2232 × Separate set point adjustment × Set points from –10to +250 °C (15 to 480 °F) × Application same as Type 2231

Type 2233 × Set point adjustment at the sensor × Set points from–10 to +150 °C (15 to 300 °F) × Suitable for liquids, air andgases × Suitable for installation in air ducts, tanks, pipelines andother heating and cooling installations × Regulation of liquidswith short response times

Type 2234 × Separate set point adjustment × Set points from –10to +250 °C (15 to 480 °F) × Application same as Type 2233

Type 2235 × Separate set point adjustment × Set points from –10to +250 °C (15 to 480 °F) × Sensor tube to be installed on site formeasuring different temperature layers × Suitable for installation inair-heated storage rooms, drying, climatic and heating cabi-nets × Suitable for air and gases

Type 2231 Type 2233

Type 2233with perforated

cover

Fig. 1 · Control thermostats with set point adjustment at the sensor

Type 2232 Type 2234 Type 2235

Fig. 2 · Control thermostats with separate set point adjustment

10 Information Sheet T 2010 EN 2012-04

· ·

· · · · · ·

· · · ·

· ·

· ·

· ·

· · · ·

·

· · ·1)

· · ·

· · · · · ·

DN 15 to 250 DN 15 to 250 DN 15 to 50 DN 15 to 150 NPS ½ to 4 NPS ½ to 2

PN 16 to 40 PN 16 to 40 PN 16 PN 16 to 40 Class 125 to 300 Class 125 to 300

350 °C 220 °C 150 °C 350 °C 1) 660 °F 300 °F

· · · · ·

· · ·

· · · ·

· · · ·

· · · · · ·

· · · · · ·

· · · ·

-10 to +250 °C 15 to +480 °F

· · · ·

· · · ·

10 to 95 °C · 20 to 120 °C · 30 to 170 °C 50 to 205 °F · 70 to 250 °F · 85 to 340 °F

· · · ·

–10 to 90 °C · 20 to 120 °C 15 to 195 °F · 70 to 250 °F

4 4u 8 9 1 1u

T 2121 EN T 2123 EN 2) T 2131 EN T 2133 EN 2) T 2115 EN T 2114 EN

1) DN 15 to 25: not balanced · 2) ANSI version on request

ANSI versions

Typetested safety thermostats

For the control, limitation, safety monitoring and safety limita-tion of energy supplied to heating generating systems and heatexchangers which must be equipped with typetested devices,the following typetested equipment is available:

• Temperature regulator (TR)

• Safety temperature monitors (STM)

• Safety temperature limiters (STB) and

• Combination with these devices

Refer to Information Sheet T 2040 EN as well as Data SheetsT 2043 EN and T 2046 EN for more details.

Type 2212 (STL) Type 2213 (STM)

Type 1/2212Type 4/2212

Type 1/2213 orType 4/2213

Fig. 3 · Safety thermostats


Dynamic behavior of thermostats

The regulator’s dynamics basically depends on the response be-havior and the characteristic time constant of the sensor used.

Table 1 shows the time response of SAMSON control thermos-tats suitable for Type 1 to Type 9 Temperature Regulators wor-king according to various operating principles measured withwater.

Self-operated temperature regulators · ANSI versions

Applica-tions with

Steam · ·

Water and other liquids · ·

Air and non-flammable gases · ·

Heating ·

Cooling

Mixing/diverting ·

Globe valve ·

Three-way valve ·

Pressure-balanced · ·

Not balanced

Connec-tion

Flanges ·

Female thread ·

Nominal size NPS ½ to 6 NPS ½ to 10

Nominal pressure Class 150 and 300 Class 125 to 300

Perm. temperature max. 660 °F 660 °F

Bodymaterial

Cast iron (EN-JL1040/A126B) ·

Spheroidal graphite iron (EN-JS1049)

Cast steel (1.0619/A216 WCC) · ·

Stainless steel (1.4408/A351 CF8M) · ·

Red brass (CC491K/CC499K)

Type 2231 and Type 2232 · ·

Type 2233 and Type 2234 · ·

Type 2235 · ·

Adjustable set point 15 to 480 °F

Optionally available with double adapter · ·

Type 2212- STL -

for safety temperature limiter · ·

Adjustment range of limit value 105 to 205 °F · 160 to 250 °F · 210 to 340 °F

Type 2213- STM -

for safety temperature monitor · ·

Adjustment range of limit value 15 to 195 °F · 70 to 250 °F

Type … 9 4

For details, refer to Data Sheet … T 2134 EN T 2025 EN

Safe

tyth

erm

osta

tsC

ontr

olth

erm

osta

tsV

alv

es

Table 1 · Time response of SAMSON thermostats

Operating principle Type …Control

Thermostat

Time constant in s

Without With

thermowell

Liquid expansion

2231 70 120

2232 65 110

2233 25 -1)

2234 15 -1)

2235 10 -1)

2213 70 120

Adsorption 2212 -1) 40

1) Not permissible


Conversion factors

KVS and CV coefficients

The valve flow coefficients can be determined accurately usingIEC 60534, Part 2-1 and Part 2-2. In addition, the equationsspecified in the ISA-S75.01-1-1985 standard and the VDI/VDEGuideline 2173 can be used for this purpose. Calculating theKV coefficient according to the methods provided by theVDI/VDE guideline is sufficiently accurate in most cases.

The equations can be found in SAMSON’s AB 04 EN Calcula-tion Sheet.KVS = 0.86 ´ CV KVS [m³/h]

CV = 1.17 ´ KVS CV [U.S. gallons/min]

Pressure1 pound/square inch [lbs/in² = psi] = 0.06895 bar

1 bar = 14.5 psi

Area1 square inch [sq.in; in²] = 6.452 cm² · 1 cm² = 0.155 in²

Mass1 pound [lb] = 0.4536 kg · 1 kg = 2.2046 lb

Mass flow1 pound per second [lb/s] = 0.4536 kg/s · 1 kg/s = 2.2046 lb/s

Flow rate1 U.S. gallon per min [US gal/min] = 0.227 m³/h

1 m³/h = 4.4 US gal/min

Temperature

°F =9

5C° + 32 · °C =

5

9( F 32)° -

p [bar]

40

30

20

10

0

0 10020 150 250200 300 350 [˚C]

PN

40

25

16

1.4408, 1.4571

1.0619

t

t

EN-JS1049,CC491K/CC499K

EN-JL1040

0

0 32 100 151

6638 100 120

200 300 400

200 232 349

450 500 600 660

300

34.5

400

200

100

800

600

500

300

700

40

20

10

30

50

[˚F]

[˚C]

[bar] [psi]

p

A 351 CF8MA 126 BA 216 WCC

Class 300

Class 150

Class 250

Class 125

Fig. 4 · Pressure-temperature diagrams according to DIN and ANSI

Pressure-temperature diagrams

The pressure values specified in the individual data sheets are maximum values that are further limited by the values of the associatedpressure-temperature diagrams.

The pressure-temperature diagrams for DIN materials were drawn up on the basis of DIN EN 12516-1 and the diagrams for ANSImaterials were drawn up on the basis of ASME B16.1 and ASME B16.34.

Pressure-temperature diagramaccording to DIN

Pressure-temperature diagramaccording to ANSI


Principle of operation

Self-operated temperature regulators are control devices whichextract the energy required to position the valve from the tempe-rature of the process medium.

The temperature regulators shown in Figs. 5.1, 5.2 and 5.3operate according to the liquid expansion principle.

They consist of a valve and a control thermostat.

The control thermostat comprises a temperature sensor (11), setpoint adjuster (13), capillary tube (10) and a hydraulic actuatortermed the operating element (7). The sensor is filled with an ex-pansion liquid which acts via the positioning bellows (9) and thepositioning pin (8) upon the valve plug (3) attached to the plugstem (6). The temperature-dependent change in volume of the li-quid contained in the sensor and the displacement of the piston(12) located in the set point adjuster cause the bellows and theplug to move.

The hydraulic actuator and the valve which does not contain apacking ensure high operating reliability of the regulators. Sin-ce the regulators operate on the liquid expansion principle, thetemperature sensor and the control thermostat can be adaptedto different operating conditions.

Therefore, the easy-to-install versions shown in Figs. 5.1 and5.2 are used in most cases. The version illustrated in Fig. 5.3 isused for temperatures exceeding 150 °C (300 °F) and in appli-cations where separate installation of the sensor and the setpoint adjuster is appropriate. The selection of a Type 2231,2232, 2333, 2234 or 2235 Temperature Sensor depends onthe medium, required time constant and installation situation.

The regulators are proportional devices operated by the processmedium.

Each time the temperature measured deviates from the adjustedset point, the valve plug position changes. The accuracy andstability of the control process depend on the disturbances oc-curring in the controlled systems, such as changes in the upstre-am pressure and flow rate. The regulators are designed to keepthe effect of these disturbances small: they can be equipped witha balancing bellows or a balancing plug to eliminate the distur-bing forces that are produced by the differential pressure acrossthe valve and act on the valve plug. In unbalanced versions(Fig. 5.1), the disturbing forces result from the cross-sectionalseat area and the differential pressure across the seat orifice.The valves shown in Figs. 5.2 and 5.3 are equipped with a ba-lancing bellows.

The pressure upstream of the valve plug (p1) acts through a borein the plug stem on the outer bellows surface, whereas the pres-sure downstream of the valve plug (p2) acts on the inner surfaceof the bellows. In this way, the forces acting on the valve plugare balanced. By using these fully balanced valves, self-opera-ted regulators can be designed in nominal sizes up to DN 250(valves up to NPS 10 on request).

Legends for Figs. 5.1 to 5.3

Valve

1 Valve body 5 Balancing bellows2 Seat 6 Plug stem3 Plug 6.1 Plug stem with hole4 Bellows housing for pressure balancing

Control thermostat

7 Operating element 11 Temperature sensor8 Positioning pin 12 Piston9 Positioning bellows 13 Set point adjustment10 Capillary tube 14 Set point dial Fig. 5 · Schematic diagrams of Type 1 to Type 9 Temperature

Regulators

1

2

3

4

6

8

9

7

13

14

12

11

10

p1 p2

Fig. 5.1 · Temperature regulator with unbalanced valveand compact thermostat

p1 p2

5

6.1

Fig. 5.2 · Temperature regulator with balanced valveand compact thermostat

p1 p2

11

Fig. 5.3 · Temperature regulator with balanced valveand a thermostat with separate set point adjustment


Type 1 to Type 9 Temperature Regulators

The temperature regulators consist of a valve (globe orthree-way valve) and a Type 2231, 2232, 2233, 2234 or2235 Control Thermostat including temperature sensor, setpoint adjuster, capillary tube and operating element

Special features

• Low-maintenance P-regulators requiring no auxiliary en-ergy

• Globe or three-way valve for liquids, gases and vapors,especially for the heat transfer media of water, oil and steamor for coolants, for example cooling water or brine

• Valve body material optionally available as cast iron, sphe-roidal graphite iron (DIN version only), cast steel, cast stain-less steel or red brass

• DIN and ANSI versions available

Regulators with globe valves

• Regulators for heating installations

Type 1 Temperature Regulator · Flange connections

With unbalanced Type 2111 Single-seated Globe Valve · Bodymade of either cast iron, spheroidal graphite iron, cast steel orcast stainless steel · The valve closes as the temperaturerises · Type 2231 to Type 2235 Control Thermostats

Technical data Data Sheets T 2111 EN · T 2115 EN

Set points –10 to +250 °C · 15 to 480 °F

Nominal size DN 15 to 50 · NPS ½ to 2

Nominal pressure PN 16 to 40 · Class 125 to 300

Temperatures Up to 350 °C 1) · Up to 660 °F1) EN-JL1040/A126B: max. perm. temperature 300 °C

Type 1 Temperature Regulator · Screwed ends

With unbalanced Type 2111 Single-seated Globe Valve · Redbrass body · The valve closes as the temperaturerises · Type 2231 to Type 2235 Control Thermostats

Technical data Data Sheet T 2112 EN

Set points –10 to +250 °C

Nominal size G ½ to 1

Nominal pressure PN 25

Temperatures

Gases Up to 80 °C

Liquids, vapors Up to 220 °C


With balanced Type 2114 Single-seated Globe Valve · Bodymade of either cast iron, spheroidal graphite iron (DIN versiononly), cast steel or cast stainless steel · The valve closes as thetemperature rises · Type 2231 to Type 2235 Control Thermo-stats

Technical data Data Sheet T 2121 EN/T 2650 EN · T 2025 EN



Nominal pressure PN 16 to 40 · Class 125 to 300

Temperatures Up to 350 °C · Up to 660 °F

Regulators with three-way valves for temperatures of max.350 °C when used in mixing or flow diverting services

• Regulators for heating or cooling installations


With unbalanced Type 2118 Three-way Valve · Cast ironbody · For mixing or diverting liquids · Type 2231 toType 2235 Control Thermostats


Set points –10 to +250 °C

Nominal size DN 15 to 50


Temperature Up to 150 °C


With balanced Type 2119 Three-way Valve 1) · Body made ofeither cast iron, cast steel or cast stainless steel · For mixing ordiverting liquids · Type 2231 to Type 2235 Control Thermostats

Technical data Data Sheet T 2133 EN · T 2134 EN



Nominal pressure PN 16 to 40 · Class 150 and 300

Temperatures Up to 350 °C · Up to 660 °F1) DN 15 to 25: not balanced

Fig. 6 · Various temperature regulator versions

Type 1 · Flanged body versionBody EN-JL1040/A126B

Type 2231 Control ThermostatType 1 · Version with screwed ends

Red brass bodyType 2231 Control Thermostat

Type 8 · Three-way valveType 2231 Control Thermostat

Type 4 · Globe valveType 2231 Control Thermostat


Regulators for cooling installations

Type 4u · Flange connections

Same as Type 4, but equipped with a reversing device · Thevalve opens as the temperature rises

Technical data Data Sheets T 2123 EN/T 2650 EN

See Type 4

Type 1u Temperature Regulator · Screwed ends/flange con-nections

With unbalanced Type 2121 Single-seated Globe Valve · DINversion: body made of either red brass or spheroidal graphiteiron, ANSI version: body made of either cast steel or cast ironThe valve opens as the temperature rises · Type 2231 toType 2235 Control Thermostats


Set points -10 to +250 °C · 15 to 480 °F

Screwed ends

Female thread G ½ to G 1

Flange connections


Nominal pressure PN 25 · Class 125, 150 and 300

Temperatures

Gases Up to 80 °C · Up to 175 °F

Liquids Up to 150 °C · Up to 300 °F

Combined devices

Type 1, Type 4, Type 8 and Type 9 Regulators allow a manualadjuster or a double adapter to be installed between the ther-mostat and the valve. The double adapter allows a second ther-mostat to be attached to the valve. For details, see Data SheetT 2036 EN.

Typetested temperature regulators (TR), safety temperaturemonitors (STM), safety temperature limiters (STL) and combina-tions of these devices (e.g. TR+STM) for sizes DN 15 to 150(NPS ½ to 6) and limit signals up to max. 170 °C (340 °F) areused as safety equipment in heat generating systems. All ver-sions can be used with a three-way valve in place of the globevalve.

For details, refer to Information Sheet T 2040 EN and the DataSheets T 2043 EN and T 2046 EN.

Thermowells and fastening elements

For Type 2231 and Type 2232 Control Thermostats and Type2212 and Type 2213 Safety Thermostats, thermowells withthreaded connections or flanges are available.

For Type 2233 and Type 2234 Control Thermostats, flanges,clamps and perforated covers are available for wall mounting.

Accessories

If the operating conditions affect the reliability of the operatingelement, an extension piece and/or separating piece can bemounted between the valve and the operating element.

The extension piece is needed for valves in nominal sizes DN 15to 100 (NPS ½ to 4) when temperatures above 220 °C (430 °F)occur.

The separating piece in the stainless steel version isolates thenon-ferrous metal parts of the operating element from the medi-um flowing through the valve. In addition, it prevents mediumleakage while the thermostat is being replaced.

The double adapters are especially suited for the attachment ofa second control thermostat to the regulator. For details, seeData Sheet T 2036 EN.

Fig. 9 · Type 1u and Type 4u Temperature Regulators as well as combined devices

Type 1u · Flanged body version withType 2231 Control Thermostat

Type 4u · Globe valve withType 2231 Control Thermostat

Type 4/2231/2212/2401 · Temperatureregulator, safety temperature limiter

and pressure limiter (TR/STL/PL)

Fig. 7 · Thermowells and fastening elements

ThermowellG 1

Thermowell withflange

Flange

Perforated cover

Fig. 8 · Accessories

Extension piece

Separating piece

Double adapter


Temperature control for different services

T1 Heating or cooling with a globe valve

T2 Heating with a three-way valve (mixing valve)

T3 Control of a water-heated air duct

T4 Control of a steam-heated drying cabinet, drying roomor storage room

Temperature control for boilers, heat generators and heat transferdevices

T5 Control of a water-heated boiler

T6 Control of a steam-heated boiler

T7 Control at a heat generator or heat exchanger

T8 Temperature control safeguarded by a safety temperaturemonitor on a heat generator or water-heated heat exchanger

Temperature control in district heat supply systems and coolingsystems

T9 Return flow temperature limitation

T10 Return flow temperature increase in a boiler system

T11 Temperature control of a condenser

T12 Control of the coolant circuit in motors and compressors

Legend for the examples of application1 Types 1, 1u, 4, 4u

2 Types 8, 9

3 Types 1, 4 with Type 2233 or Type 2234 Thermostat

4 Types 1, 4 with Type 2235 Thermostat

5 Types 1, 4 with Type 2231 Thermostat and Type 2212 SafetyThermostat

6 Types 1, 4

8 Types 1u, 4u

9 SAMSON strainer

10 SAMSON steam trap

For other examples of application of typetested devices, refer toInformation Sheet T 2040 EN

W

9

9

99 5

6 9

3

10

4

1/8

t1

t2

2 110

t1

t2

t1

t2

t1t3

t2

t1t3

t2

t1

t2

tm

9

2

t1

t2

9 3

t1

t2

9 3

t3

t1

t3

t2

10

4

9 2

9

T1 T2 T3

T4 T5 T6

T7 T8 T9

T10 T11 T12

tm

t1

t2

t1

t2

t3

9 1

t1

t2

Typical applications

Fig. 10 · Typical applications

Heating orcooling energy

Heating energy

From heat generator

From heat generator



Temperature Regulator Type 1with unbalanced single-seated globe valve · Flanges

Application

Temperature regulators for heating installations with controlthermostats for set points from –10 to +250 °C · Nominal sizesDN 15 to 50 · Nominal pressure PN 16 to 40 · Suitable fortemperatures up to 350 °C

The valve closes as the temperature rises.

The regulators consist of an unbalanced valve and a controlthermostat, consisting of a temperature sensor, set point adjust-er with excess temperature protection, capillary tube and oper-ating element.

Special features

• Low-maintenance P regulators requiring no auxiliary energy

• Wide set point range and convenient set point adjustment in-dicated on a dial

• Unbalanced single-seated globe valves for use in applica-tions with liquids, gases and vapors, especially for heattransfer fluids such as water, oil or steam

• Valve body optionally made of cast iron, spheroidal graph-ite iron, cast steel or cast stainless steel

• Versions with double adapter available for attachment of atemperature limiter or a second control thermostat. See DataSheet T 2036 EN for details.

Versions

Type 1 Temperature Regulators

Nominal sizes DN 15 to 25 · PN 25 to 40 · DN 32 to 50 · PN 16to 40 · Types 2231 to 2235 Control ThermostatsFor details on the application of the control thermostats, refer toInformation Sheet T 2010 EN.

Type 2111/2231 · With Type 2111 Valve and Type 2231Control Thermostat for liquids · Set points from –10 to +150 °C ·Set point adjustment at the sensor

Type 2111/2232 · With Type 2111 Valve and Type 2232Control Thermostat for liquids and steam · Set points from –10to +250 °C · Separate set point adjustment

Type 2111/2233 · With Type 2111 Valve and Type 2233Control Thermostat for liquids, air and gases · Set points from–10 to +150 °C · Set point adjustment at the sensor

Type 2111/2234 · With Type 2111 Valve and Type 2234Control Thermostat for liquids, air and gases · Set points from–10 to +250 °C · Separate set point adjustment

Type 2111/2235 · With Type 2111 Valve and Type 2235Control Thermostat for air-heated storerooms, drying, climaticand heating cabinets · Set points from –10 to +250 °C · Sepa-rate set point adjustment and a sensor tube to be installed on site

Versions with screwed ends G ½ to G1 female thread can befound in Data Sheet T 2112 EN

Special version

– 5 m, 10 m or 15 m capillary tube

– Sensor made of CrNiMo steel

– Capillary tube made of CrNiMo steel or plastic-coatedcopper

– Valve free of non-ferrous metal

– Valve in corrosion-resistant version

– ANSI version (see Data Sheet T 2115 EN)

Fig. 1 · Type 1 Temperature Regulator with single-seated globevalve and control thermostat

Note

Typetested temperature regulators (TR), temperaturelimiters (TL), safety temperature monitors (STM) andsafety temperature limiters (STL) are available.

Valve DN 50 · Body1.0619 or 1.4408Type 2232 ControlThermostat · Separateset point adjustment

Valve DN 25 · Body EN-JS1049Type 2231 Control Thermostat

Valve DN 50Body 1.0619 or 1.4408Type 2231 Control Thermostat

Data Sheet T 2111 EN 2012-03 19

Principle of operation (see Fig. 2)

The regulators operate according to the liquid expansion princi-ple. The temperature sensor (11), capillary tube (8) and operat-ing element (7) are filled with an expanding liquid. The liquidchanges its volume depending on the temperature, causing theoperating element (7) and the plug stem (5) with the plug (3) ofthe valve to move.

The position of the plug determines the flow rate of the heattransfer medium across the area released between the plug (3)and seat (2).

The temperature set point can be adjusted with a key (9) to avalue that can be read off the dial (10).

Installation

• Valve

Install the valves in horizontal pipelines. The direction of flowmust correspond with the arrow on the body. The connecting el-ement must be vertically suspended.

• Capillary tube

Install the capillary tube such that it is not exposed to consider-able temperature fluctuations and cannot be damaged. Makesure the permissible ambient temperature range is not ex-ceeded. The smallest possible bending radius is 50 mm.

• Temperature sensor

The temperature sensor can be installed in any desired position.Nevertheless, its entire length must be immersed in the processmedium. Choose a place of installation where neither overheat-ing nor considerable idle times occur.

Only use the same kind of materials together. For example,thermowells made of stainless steel 1.4571 can be installed instainless steel heat exchangers.

-

1

2

3

9

10

4

5

6

7 811

Fig. 2 · Type 1 Temperature Regulator with single-seatedglobe valve, DN 50, body of 1.0619 or 1.4408,and Type 2231 Control Thermostat

Valve1 Valve body2 Valve seat

(exchangeable)3 Valve plug4 Lower part (only for 1.0619

and 1.4408)5 Plug stem with spring

Control thermostat6 Connection for operating

element (coupling nut)7 Operating element with

bellows8 Capillary tube9 Key for set point adjustment10 Set point dial11 Temperature sensor

(bulb sensor)

Type 2111 ValveBody of 1.0619 or

1.4408

Type 2231Control Thermostat

20 Data Sheet T 2111 EN 2012-03

Table 2 · Materials · Material numbers according to DIN EN

Type 2111 Valve

Nominal size DN 32 to 50 DN 15 to 50

Nominal pressure PN 16 PN 25 PN 40

Body Cast iron EN-JL 1040Spheroidal graphite iron

EN-JS 1049Cast steel 1.0619

Cast stainless steel1.4408

Seat and plug 1.4305 1.4104/1.4112 1.4571

Plug stem/spring 1.4301/1.4310

Lower part 1.0425 1) 1.4571

Body gasket Graphite on metal core

Extension piece/separating piece

Brass (special version: stainless steel 1.4301) 1.4301

Types 2231, 2232, 2233, 2234 and 2235 Thermostats

Standard version Special version

Operating element Nickel-plated brass

Type 2231/2232 Nickel-plated bronzeStainless steel 1.4571

Sensor Type 2233/2234 Nickel-plated copper

Type 2235 Copper –

Capillary tube Nickel-plated copper Plastic-coated copper or stainless steel 1.4571

Thermowell

with threaded connection G 1

Immersion tube Nickel-plated bronze · Nickel-plated steel Stainless steel 1.4571

Threaded nipple Nickel-plated brass · Nickel-plated steel Stainless steel 1.4571

… with flange

Immersion tube Steel Stainless steel 1.4571

Flange Steel Stainless steel 1.4571

1) EN-JL 1040 and EN-JS 1049 with brass bushing

Table 1 · Technical data · All pressures in bar (gauge)

The specified permissible pressures and differential pressures are limited by the specifications in the pressure-temperature diagramand the pressure ratings (acc. to DIN EN 12516-1).

Type 2111 Valve

Nominal pressure PN 16 to PN 40

KVS, leakage rate and max. permissible differential pressures Dp in bar

Standard version DN 15 20 25 32 40 50

KVS coefficient 4 6.3 8 16 20 32

Differential pressure Dpmax 25 1) 16 1) 14 6 6 2) 4

Leakage rate acc. to IEC 60534-4 £ 0.05 % of KVS coefficient

Special version DN 15 20 25 32 40 50

KVS coefficient 2.5 · 1 · 0.4 · 0.14 1) · 1 · 0.4 ·

0.16.3 1) 8 16

Diff. pressure Dpmax 25 16 14 6

Permissible valve temperature Max. 350 °C · See pressure-temperature diagram (T 2010 EN)

Types 2231 to 2235 Thermostats Size 150

Set point range (set point span 100 K)–10 to +90 °C, 20 to 120 °C, or 50 to 150 °C

For Types 2232, 2234, 2235 also 100 to 200 °C, 150 to 250 °C

Permissible ambient temperature at theset point adjustment head

–40 to +80 °C

Permissible temperature at the sensor 100 K above the adjusted set point

Permissible pressureat the sensor

Type 2231/2232Without thermowell: PN 40 · With thermowell: PN 40/PN 100

With thermowell with flange: PN 40/PN 100

Type 2233/2234 Without thermowell: PN 40 · With flange PN 6/PN 40

Length of the capillary tube 3 m (special version: 5 m, 10 m or 15 m)1) For EN-JS1049: Dpmax = 14 bar · 2) In conjunction with Type 2212 STM: 4 bar

Data Sheet T 2111 EN 2012-03 21

Flow rate diagram for water

Accessories

Thermowells with threaded connection or flange for bulb sen-sors (Type 2231 or Type 2232) · Threaded connection G 1,PN 40, made of bronze, steel or CrNiMo steel · Flange DN 32,PN 40, with immersion tube made of stainless steel or steel · Im-mersion tube made of PTFE, PN 6 (flange PN 40)

Thermowell for flammable gases typetested by DVGW (Ger-man Technical and Scientific Association on Gas and Water),threaded connection G 1, PN 100

Mounting parts for Type 2233 and Type 2234 · Brackets forwall mounting · Cover for thermostat

To protect the operating element from inadmissible operatingconditions, an extension piece or separating piece must be in-stalled between the valve and the operating element.

An extension piece is needed for temperatures over 220 °C.The standard version does not have sealing.

The special version of the extension piece is made of stainlesssteel and has a bellows seal. It additionally acts as a separatingpiece.

An extension piece is required for temperatures over 150 °Cwhen valves with cast iron or spheroidal graphite iron bodiesare used together with Type 2212 Safety Temperature Limiter orType 2213 Safety Temperature Monitor.

A separating piece is made of brass (for water and steam) orCrNi steel (for water and oil).

A separating piece must be used when a seal between thermo-stat and valve is required. Separating pieces made of CrNi steelmust be used when all wetted parts are to be free of non-ferrousmetals.In addition, it prevents the medium from leaking while the ther-mostat is being replaced.

Also available:

Safety temperature monitors (STM) and safety temperaturelimiters (STL). For details refer to Data Sheets T 2043 EN andT 2046 EN.

Typetested safety equipmentThe register no. is available on request.

Temperature regulators (TR) with a Type 2231, 2232, 2233,2234 or 2235 Thermostat and a Type 2111 Valve in nominalsizes DN 15 to 50.

Sensor without thermowell: up to 40 bar

Sensor with thermowell: only in SAMSON version G 1, bronzeand 1.4571 up to 40 bar

DVGW-typetested thermowells for flammable gases, threadedconnection G 1, PN 100

For further details on typetested devices see Data SheetT 2040 EN.

Dynamic behavior of the thermostats

The dynamics of the regulator are mainly determined by theresponse of the sensor with its characteristic time constant.

Table 3 lists the response times of SAMSON sensors operatingon different principles when tested in water.

0.01 0.05 0.1 0.5 1 5 10 20 25 [bar]

p

300200

100

50

20

10

5

2

1

0.5

0.2

0.1

32

20

86.34

2.5

1

K vs

[ ]hm3

0.04

0.4

16

0.1

Q

Fig. 3 · Flow rate diagram for waterTable 3 · Time constants of SAMSON thermostats

Functionalprinciple

Type …Control

Thermostat

Time constant in seconds

Without With

thermowell

Liquidexpansion

2231 70 120

2232 65 110

2233 25 –1)

2234 15 –1)

2235 10 –1)

2213 70 120

Adsorption 2213 –1) 40

1) Not permissible

Valve sizing for other media according to IEC 60534-2-1with the terms: FL = 0.95 and xT = 0.75.

22 Data Sheet T 2111 EN 2012-03

Ordering text

Temperature Regulator Type 1

DN …, PN …

Body material

With Control Thermostat Type ..., set point range ...°C

Capillary tube … m

Special version, if required

Accessories

Dimensions in mm · Valves and control thermostats

Fig. 4 · Dimensions of valves and control thermostats

L

H1

H

L

HG1

H1

310

T

Ø25

G1

Ø25

G1

T

G1

290

410 T G1

290

410

Type 2111with flangesType 2231/2233

Type 2232/2234 Type 2235

Body material(material no. acc. to DIN EN)

EN-JS 1049, EN-JL 1040,1.0619, 1.4408

with separate set point adjustment

Conversion of valve sizing coefficients

CV (in US gallons/min) = 1.17 · KVS (in m³/h)KVS (in m³/h) = 0.86 · CV (in US gallons/min)

Table 4 · Dimensions in mm and weights

Type 2111 Valve DN 15 20 25 32 40 50

Length L 130 150 160 180 200 230

Body material of cast iron (EN-JS 1040) and spheroidal graphite iron (EN-JL 1049)

H1 82 152

H 372 442

Weight (body PN 16) Approx. kg 4 10 1)

Body material of cast steel (1.0619) and stainless steel (1.4408)

H1Without extension piece 225

With extension piece 365

HWithout extension piece 515

With extension piece 655

Weight Approx. kg 4 4.5 5.5 10 1) 11.5 1) 13.5 1)

Thermostat Type 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235

Immersion depth T 290 2) 235 2) 430 460 3460

Weight Approx. kg 3.2 4.0 3.4 3.7 3.6

1) Body PN 16; +15 % for PN 25/PN 40 · 2) Larger immersion depths available on request

Data Sheet T 2111 EN 2012-03 23


G1¼Ø11(Ø18) 1

0(1

8)

Ø110(Ø100)Ø140

Flange for Type 2233 and Type 2234

Control thermostat Type 2231 Type 2232

Length L1 mm 315 255


Thermowells for flammable gases (PN 100/PN 63)

1) When accessories are used,the H and H1 increase bythe dimension L

L2

SW46

L1

Ø29.5

G1¼

G1

Thermowell for flammablegases

G 1/PN 100

Clamps and perforated coverfor wall mounting


Immers. depth T2 in mm 325 250

Thermowells for Types 2231/2232

G1(G1¼)

T2

Ø28(Ø30)

Threaded connectionG 1/PN 40 or PN 100PN 100 (dimensions in

parentheses)

Ø140(Ø170)Ø100(Ø125)

G1¼

4xØ18(Ø22)

Ø28(Ø30)

T2

18

(26

)

Flanged connectionDN 32/PN 40

DN 40/PN 100(dimensions in parentheses)

Flange PN 6, 140 outside Ø

Flange PN 40/DN 32(dimensions in parentheses)

Fig. 5 · Dimensions of accessories

Accessories

Extension piece:Standard versionL = approx. 140 mm,approx. 0.5 kg

Special version (with bellowsseal)

L = approx. 180 mm,approx. 0.6 kg

Separating piece:with sealsapprox. L = 55 mm,approx. 0.2 kg

24 Data Sheet T 2111 EN 2012-03


Temperature Regulator Type 1with unbalanced single-seated globe valve · Flanges

ANSI version

Application

Temperature regulator for heating installations with controlthermostats for set points from 15 to 480 °F (–10 to+250 °C) · Valve sizes NPS ½ to 2 · Pressure rating Class 125 to300 · Suitable for temperatures up to 660 °F (350 °C)The valve closes as the temperature rises.

The regulators consist of a balanced globe valve and a controlthermostat comprising a temperature sensor, set point adjusterwith excess temperature protection, capillary tube andoperating element.

Special features

• Low-maintenance P regulators requiring no auxiliary energy• Wide set point range and easy adjustment of the set point in-

dicated on a dial• Unbalanced single-seated globe valves for use in applica-

tions with liquids, gases and vapors, especially for heattransfer fluids such as water, oil or steam

• Valve body optionally made of cast iron, cast steel or caststainless steel

• Versions with double adapter or manual override for attach-ment of a second control thermostat. For details, refer toData Sheet T 2036 EN.

Versions

Type 1 Temperature Regulators

Valve size NPS ½ to 2 · Class 125 to 300 · Face-to-facedimensions according to ANSI B16.10 · Types 2231 to 2235Control Thermostats (see Fig. 1)

For details on the application of the control thermostats, refer toInformation Sheet T 2010 EN.

Type 2111/2231 (Fig. 1) · With Type 2111 Valve andType 2231 Control Thermostat for liquids · Set point adjustmentat the sensor · Set points from 15 to 300 °F (–10 to +150 °C)

Type 2111/2232 · With Type 2111 Valve and Type 2232Control Thermostat for liquids and steam · Separate set pointadjustment · Set points from 15 to 480 °F (–10 to +250 °C)

Type 2111/2233 · With Type 2111 Valve and Type 2233Control Thermostat for liquids, air and gases · Set points from 15to 300 °F (–10 to +150 °C), set point adjustment at the sensor

Type 2111/2234 · With Type 2111 Valve and Type 2234Control Thermostat for liquids, air and gases · Separate set pointadjustment · Set points from 15 to 480 °F (–10 to +250 °C)

Type 2111/2235 · With Type 2111 Valve and Type 2235Control Thermostat for air-heated storerooms as well as drying,climatic, and heating cabinets · Separate set point adjustmentand a sensor tube to be installed on site · Set points from 15 to480 °F (–10 to +250 °C)

Special version

– Capillary tube of either 16, 33 or 50 ft (5 m, 10 m or 15 m)


– Capillary tube made of CrNiMo steel or plastic-coated cop-per


– Valve made completely of stainless steel

Fig. 1 · Type 1 Temperature Regulator with single-seated globevalve and control thermostat

Temperature regulatorwith Type 2232 ControlThermostat · Separateset point adjustment

Temperature regulator withType 2231 Control Thermo-stat

Temperature regulator withType 2233 Control Thermostat

Note

Typetested temperature regulators (TR),temperature limiters (TL), safety temperaturemonitors (STM), and safety temperature limiters

Data Sheet T 2115 EN 2012-07 25

Principle of operation (Fig. 2)The regulators operate according to the liquid expansionprinciple.

The temperature sensor (11), capillary tube (8) and operatingelement (7) are filled with an expanding liquid. Thetemperature-dependent change in volume of this liquid causesthe bellows in the operating element (7) to move and, as a result,also moves the plug stem (5) with the attached plug (3).

The position of the plug determines the flow rate of the heattransfer medium across the area released between the seat (2)and plug.

The set point is adjustable with a key (9); the adjusted value canbe read off the dial (10).

Installation

• ValveInstall the valves in horizontal pipelines. The direction of flowmust correspond with the arrow on the body. The connectingelement must be vertically suspended.

• Capillary tubeInstall the capillary tube such that it is not exposed toconsiderable temperature fluctuations and cannot be damaged.Make sure the permissible ambient temperature range is notexceeded. The smallest possible bending radius is 2“ (50 mm).

• Temperature sensorThe temperature sensor can be installed in any desired position.Nevertheless, its entire length must be immersed in the processmedium. Choose a place of installation where neitheroverheating nor considerable idle times occur.

Only use the same kind of materials together. For example,thermowells made of stainless steel 1.4571 can be installed instainless steel heat exchangers.

-

1

2

3

9

10

4

5

6

7 811

Fig. 2 · Type 1 Temperature Regulator with single-seatedglobe valve, NPS 2, and Type 2231 Control Thermostat

Type 2111 Valve Type 2231Control Thermostat


(exchangeable)3 Valve plug4 Lower part5 Plug stem with spring6 Connection for operating

element (coupling nut)

Control thermostat7 Operating element with

bellows8 Capillary tube9 Key for set point

adjustment10 Set point dial11 Temperature sensor

(bulb sensor)

26 Data Sheet T 2115 EN 2012-07

Table 1 · Technical data · All pressures in bar and psi (gauge)

Type 2111 Valve

Pressure rating Class 125 to 300

CV (KVS) coefficients, leakage rate and max. permissible differential pressures Dp in psi (bar)

Standard version NPS ½ NPS ¾ NPS 1 NPS 1 ½ NPS 2

Flow coefficientsCV 5 7.5 9.4 23 37

KVS 4 6.3 8 16 32

Max. permissible differentialpressure Dp

psi 360 230 200 90 60

bar 25 16 14 6 4

Leakage rate acc. to ANSI/FCI 70-2 £ 0.05 % of CV (KVS) coefficient

Special version NPS ½ NPS ¾ NPS 1 NPS 1 ½ NPS 2

Flow coefficientsCV 3 · 1.2 · 0.5 · 0.2 5 · 1.2 · 0.5 · 0.2 9.4 20

KVS 2.5 · 1 · 0.4 · 0.1 4 ·1·0.4·0.1 6.3 16


psi 360 230 90

bar 25 16 6

Permissible valve temperature Max. 660 °F (350 °C) · See pressure-temperature diagram (T 2010 EN)

Type 2231 to Type 2235 Thermostats Size 150

Set point range(set point span 100 K)

°F15 to +195 °F, 70 to 250 °F or 120 to 300 °F

For Types 2232, 2234, 2235 also 210 to 390 °F, 300 to 480 °F

°C–10 to +90 °C, 20 to 120 °C, or 50 to 150 °C

For Types 2232, 2234, 2235 also 100 to 200 °C, 150 to 250 °C


–40 to +175 °F (–40 to +80 °C)



Type 2231/2232Without thermowell: Class 300 · With thermowell: Class 300/600

With thermowell with flange: Class 300/600

Type 2233/2234 Without thermowell: Class 100 · With flange: Class 50/100

Length of the capillary tube 10 ft (special version:16, 33, 50 ft) · 3 m (special version: 5, 10, 15 m)

Table 2 · Materials · Material numbers according to ASTM and DIN ENType 2111 Valve

Valve size NPS 1, 1½ and 2 NPS ½ to 2

Pressure rating Class 125 Class 150 and 300 Class 150 and 300

Body Cast iron A126 Class B Cast steel A216 WCCCast stainless steel

A351 CF8M

Seat and plug 1.4305 1.4104/1.4112 1.4571


Lower part 1.0425 1.4571



Brass (special version: stainless steel 1.4301) 1.4301

Types 2231, 2232, 2233, 2234and 2235 Control Thermostats



Sensor

Type 2231Type 2232

Nickel-plated bronzeStainless steel 1.4571

Type 2233Type 2234

Nickel-plated copper


Capillary tube Nickel-plated copperPlastic-coated copper orstainless steel 1.4571

Thermowell

Threaded connection 1 NPT

Immersion tube Nickel-plated bronze · Nickel-plated steelStainless steel 1.4571

Threaded nipple Nickel-plated brass · Nickel-plated steel

Flanged connection

Immersion tube SteelStainless steel 1.4571

Flange Steel

Data Sheet T 2115 EN 2012-07 27

Accessories

Thermowells with threaded or flanged connections forTypes 2231 and 2232 Bulb Sensors · 1 NPT threadedconnection, Class 150, made of bronze/steel or CrNiMo steel ·NPS 1½ flanged connection, Class 150, with immersion tubemade of CrNiMo steel/steel

Thermowells typetested by DVGW for flammable gases, 1 NPTthreaded connection, Class 600

Mounting parts for Types 2233 and 2234 · Clamps for wallmounting · Perforated cover for thermostat

To protect the operating element from inadmissible operatingconditions, an extension piece or separating piece must beinstalled between the valve and the operating element.

An extension piece is needed for temperatures over 430 °F(220 °C). The standard version does not have sealing. Thespecial version of the extension piece is made of stainless steeland has a bellows seal. It additionally acts as a separatingpiece.

An extension piece is required for temperatures over 300 °F(150 °C) when valves with cast iron or spheroidal graphite ironbodies are used together with Type 2212 Safety TemperatureLimiter or Type 2213 Safety Temperature Monitor.


A separating piece must be used when a seal betweenthermostat and valve is required. Separating pieces made ofCrNi steel must be used when all wetted parts are to be free ofnon-ferrous metals.In addition, it prevents the medium from leaking while thethermostat is being replaced.

Additionally, the following versions are available:

Safety temperature monitors (STM) and safety temperaturelimiters (STL). For details, refer to Data Sheets T 2043 EN andT 2046 EN.

Typetested safety devices

The register number is available on request. The followingversions are available:

Temperature regulators (TR) with a Type 2231, 2232, 2233,2234 or Type 2235 Thermostat and a Type 2111 Three-wayValve in sizes NPS ½ to 2.

Sensor without thermowell: applicable up to 600 psi (40 bar)

Sensor with thermowell: only use SAMSON 1 NPT versionmade of bronze and stainless steel 1.4571 up to Class 300.

Thermowells typetested by DVGW for flammable gases, 1 NPTthreaded connection, Class 600.

Further details on the selection and application of typetestedequipment can be found in Information Sheet T 2040 EN.

Dynamic behavior of the thermostat

The dynamics of the regulator mainly depends on the dynamicbehavior of the associated sensor with its characteristic timeconstant.

Table 3 lists the time constants of SAMSON thermostatsoperating according to different functional principles whenmeasuring in water.

Table 3 · Time constants of SAMSON thermostats

Functionalprinciple

ControlThermostat


Without With

thermowell

Liquidexpansion

2231 70 120

2232 65 110

2233 25 –1)

2234 15 –1)

2235 10 –1)

2213 70 120


1) Not permissible

28 Data Sheet T 2115 EN 2012-07

Dimensions in mm · Valves and control thermostats

Ordering text

Temperature Regulator Type 1/...

NPS …, Class …

Body material

With Control Thermostat Type ..., set point range ...°F (°C)

Capillary tube … ft (m)

Special version, if required

Accessories

Table 4 · Dimensions and weights

Type 2111 Valve NPS ½ NPS ¾ NPS 1 NPS 1½ NPS 2

Length LClass 125 – – 7.25”/184 mm 8.75”/222 mm 10”/254 mm

Class 150 7.25”/184 mm 7.25”/184 mm 7.25”/184 mm 8.75”/222 mm 10”/254 mm

Class 300 7.5”/191 mm 7.62”/194 mm 7.75”/197 mm 9.25”/235 mm 10.5”/267 mm

H1Without extension piece 8.9”/225 mm

With extension piece 14.4”/365 mm

HWithout extension piece 20.3”/515 mm

With extension piece 25.8”/655 mm

Weight, approx.(based on Class 125) 1)

lb 8.8 9.9 12.1 22 29.7

kg 4 4.5 5.5 10 1) 13.5 1)

Thermostat Type 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235

Immersion depth Tinch 11.4 2) 9.25 2) 16.9 18.1 136.2

mm 290 2) 235 2) 430 460 3460

Weight, approx.lb 7 8.8 7.5 8.1 7.9

kg 3.2 4.0 3.4 3.7 3.61) Body Class 150/300: +15 %2) Larger immersion depths available on request

Fig. 3 · Dimensions of valves and control thermostats


Type 2231/2233 Type 2232/2234 Type 2235

Type 2111with flanges

T G1

(290)

(410)

11.4

"

16.2

"

L

HG1

H1

(31

0)

T

Ø1"(Ø25)

1NPT

12

.2"

(Ø25)

1NPT

T

G1

(290)

(410)

Ø1"

11.4

"

16.2

"

Data Sheet T 2115 EN 2012-07 29

Accessories


Thermowells for Type 2231/2232 Clamps and perforated coverfor wall mounting


2.7"(69)

1.2

"(3

0)

(60

)2

.4"

19

.7"

(50

0)

1.4

"(3

5)

0.3

"(8

)

1.8"(45)

Ø0.3"(Ø6.5)

Thermowell with threadedconnection1 NPT/Class 150

with flanged connectionNPS 1 ½/Class 150

1 NPT

T2

(Ø28)Ø1.1"

SW 1.8"(SW46)

Ø5"(127)

Ø3.8"(98.4)

G1¼

4 x 0.36"(4 x Ø15.9)

1.1"(Ø28)

T2

0.6

9"

(17

.5)

L2

SW1.8"(SW46)

L1

Ø1.2"(Ø30)

G1¼

1 NPT

Thermowell for flammable gases1 NPT/Class 600

SW 1.4”(SW 36)

Control Thermostat Type ... 2231 2232

Immersion depth T212.6“ 9.7“

321 mm 246 mm


Length L1inch 12.4 10

mm 314 254


mm 340 280

Thermowells for flammable gases, 1 NPT/Class 600

Extension piece:Standard versionL = approx. 5.5“ (140 mm),approx. 1.1 lb (0.5 kg)

Special version (with bellows seal)L = approx. 7.1“ (180 mm),approx. 1.3 lb (0.6 kg)

Separating piece:with sealsL = approx. 2.1“ (55 mm),approx. 0.4 lb (0.2 kg)


30 Data Sheet T 2115 EN 2012-07


Temperature Regulator Type 1with unbalanced single-seated globe valve · Female thread connection 1)

Application

Temperature regulators for heating installations · Controlthermostats for set points from –10 to 250 °C · G ½ toG 1 × Nominal pressure PN 25 · Suitable for gases up to 80 °Cas well as liquids and steam up to 220°C

The valve closes as the temperature rises

The regulators consist of an unbalanced globe valve and a con-trol thermostat, comprising a temperature sensor, set point ad-juster with excess temperature protection, capillary tube andoperating element.

Special features



• Unbalanced single-seated globe valves suitable for applica-tions with liquids, gases and vapors, especially for heattransfer fluids such as water and steam

• Versions with double adapter available to attach a tempera-ture limiter or a second control thermostat to the regulator.For details, see Data Sheet T 2036 EN.

Versions

Type 1 Temperature Regulators · Type 2111 Valve with G ½ toG 1 female thread · Type 2231 to 2235 Control Thermostats


Type 2111/2231 (Fig. 1) · With Type 2111 Valve andType 2231 Control Thermostat for liquids · Set point adjustmentat the sensor · Set points from –10 to +150 °C

Type 2111/2232 (Fig. 2) · With Type 2111 Valve andType 2232 Control Thermostat for liquids and steam · Separateset point adjustment · Set points from –10 to +250 °C

Type 2111/2233 · With Type 2111 Valve and Type 2233Control Thermostat for liquids, air and gases · Set point adjust-ment at the sensor · Set points from –10 to +150 °C

Type 2111/2234 · With Type 2111 Valve and Type 2234Control Thermostat for liquids, steam, air and gases · Separateset point adjustment · Set points from –10 to +250 °C

Type 2111/2235 · With Type 2111 Valve and Type 2235Control Thermostat for air-heated storerooms as well as drying,climatic and heating cabinets · Separate set point adjustmentand a sensor tube to be installed on site · Set points from –10 to+250 °C

1) Refer to Data Sheet T 2111 EN for valve versions with flangesDN 15 to 50



Fig. 1 · Type 1 Temperature Regulator withType 2231 Control Thermostat


Data Sheet T 2112 EN 2012-01 31

Special version

– Capillary tube 5 m, 10 m, 15 m



– Set point ranges of 100 to 200 °C/150 to 250 °C only forTypes 2232, 2234 and 2235

– ANSI version


The regulators operate according to the liquid expansionprinciple.

The temperature sensor (13), capillary tube (10), and operatingelement (7) are filled with an expanding liquid. The liquidchanges its volume depending on the temperature, causing theoperating element (7) and thus the plug stem (5) with theplug (3) of the valve to move.



1

1



Type 2111 Valve Female thread


Thread size G ½ G ¾ G 1

KVS coefficientStandard version 3.6 5.7 7.2

Special version 0.4 · 1.6 1.6 –


Perm. differential pressure Dpmax. bar 14 bar

Permissible valve temperature Steam 220 °C · Liquids 220 °C · Gases 80 °C


Set point ranges(set point span100 K)

Type 2231, 2233 –10 to 90 °C, 20 to 120 °C or 50 to 150 °C

Type 2232,2234, 2235

–10 to 90 °C, 20 to 120 °C, 50 to 150 °C, 100 to 200 °C or 150 to 250 °C

Permissible temperature at set pointadjustment head

–40 to 80 °C

Permissible temperature at sensor 100 K above adjusted set point

Permissiblepressure at sensor

Type 2231, 2232 Without thermowell: PN 40 · With thermowell: PN 40/PN 100With thermowell and flange: PN 40/PN 100

Type 2233, 2234 Without thermowell: PN 40 · With flange: PN 6/PN 40

Length of capillary tube 3 m (special version 5, 10 or 15 m)

Valve1 Valve body2 Valve seat3 Valve plug5 Plug stem5.1 Spring6 Threaded nipple

Control thermostat7 Operating element10 Capillary tube11 Key for set point adjustment12 Set point dial13 Temperature sensor

(bulb sensor)

32 Data Sheet T 2112 EN 2012-01

Accessories

Thermowells with threaded or flanged connections forTypes 2231 and 2232 Bulb Sensors · G 1 threaded connection,PN 40, of bronze/steel/CrNiMo steel · Flanged connectionDN 32, PN 40, with CrNiMo steel/steel immersion tube · Steelimmersion tube with PVC/PPH coating, DN 32, PN 40 · PTFEimmersion tube, PN 6 (flange PN 40)

Thermowells typetested by DVGW (German gas & waterassociation) for flammable gases, G 1 threaded connection,PN 100

Mounting parts for Type 2233 and Type 2234 · Clamps forwall mounting · Perforated cover for thermostat


The special version of the extension piece is made of stainlesssteel and has a bellows seal for valves in DN 15 to 100. It addi-tionally acts as a separating piece.

In combinations with Type 2212 Safety Temperature Limiter orType 2213 Safety Temperature Monitor, an extension piece isrequired for temperatures over 150 °C.




Type 2111 Valve


Body CC491K/CC499K (red brass, Rg 5)

Seat Stainless steel 1.4104

Plug 1.4305

Threaded nipple Brass

Separating piece Brass

Types 2231 to 2235Control Thermostats



Sensor

Type 2231Type 2232

Nickel-plated bronzeStainless steel

1.4571Type 2233Type 2234



Capillary tube Nickel-plated copperPlastic-coated

copper or 1.4571

Thermowell

Threaded connection G 1

Immersion tubeNickel-plated bronzeNickel-plated steel Stainless steel

1.4571Threaded nipple

Nickel-plated brassNickel-plated steel

Flange connection

Immersion tubeSteel

Stainless steel1.4571Flange

Fig. 4 · Accessories, dimensions

Accessories

8Clamps and perforated cover

for wall mounting



Thermowells with threaded and flanged connections

Ø140(Ø170)Ø100(Ø125)

G1¼

4xØ18(Ø22)

Ø28(Ø30)

T2

18(2

6)




G1(G1¼)

T2

Ø28(Ø30)

Threaded connectionG 1/PN 40 and PN 100

(dimensions for PN 100 inparentheses)

G 1

Thermowells for Type 2231 and Type 2232

Extension piece:Standard versionL = approx. 140 mm, approx. 0.5 kg

Special version (with bellows seal)


Separating piece:with sealsapprox. L = 55 mm, approx. 0.2 kg


Thermowells for flammable gasesG1/PN 100

L2

SW46

L1

Ø29.5

G1¼

G1

Thermowells for flammable gases (PN 100)



Length L2 mm 340 280Flange PN 6,140 outside Ø

Flange PN 40/DN 32

L

G1

SW36

G1

1)


Data Sheet T 2112 EN 2012-01 33


Type 2111 Valve Female thread


H 372

H1 82

Length L 65 75 90

Weight, approx. kg 0.9 1.0 1.1

Controlthermostat

Type 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235


Weight, approx. kg 3.2 4 3.4 3.7 3.61) Greater immersion depths available on request

Installation

• Valve

Install the valves in horizontal pipelines. The direction of flowmust correspond with the arrow on the body. The connecting el-ement must be vertically suspended.

• Capillary tube

Install the capillary tube such that it is not exposed to consider-able temperature fluctuations and cannot be damaged. Makesure the permissible ambient temperature range (approx. ambi-ent temperature: 20 °C) is not exceeded. The smallest possiblebending radius is 50 mm.



Only use the same kind of materials together; thermowells madeof stainless steel 1.4571, for example, can be installed in stain-less steel heat exchangers.

Ordering text

Temperature Regulator Type 1

Body material …, female thread G …


Capillary tube … m,

Special version or accessories, if required

Dimensions

Fig. 6 · Dimensions

L

30

310

T

H

H1

Type 1 Temperature Regulator withType 2231/2233 Control Thermostat

T

290

410

Ø25

G1

G1

Type 2232/2234 Control Thermostat

G1

290

410

T

Type 2235 Control Thermostat

100

50

20

10

1

2

0.5

0.2

0.10.0 0.05 0.1 0.5 1 5 10 20

KVS

7.25.73.2

1.6

0.4

[bar]

p

Q [ ]m³h

Fig. 5 · Flow diagram for water

Flow diagram for water

34 Data Sheet T 2112 EN 2012-01


Temperature Regulator Type 1u

Application

Temperature regulators for cooling installations · Controlthermostats for set points 1) from –10 to 250 °C · G ½ to G 1 orDN 15 to 50 · Nominal pressure PN 25 · Suitable for liquids upto 150 °C and non-flammable gases up to 80 °C

The valve opens as the temperature rises.

The regulators consist of a globe valve with female thread(G ½ to G 1) or flanged body (DN 15 to 50) and a control ther-mostat, comprising a temperature sensor, set point adjuster withexcess temperature protection, capillary tube and operating el-ement.

Special features



• Globe valves with plug balanced by a bellows (DN 32 to 50)

• Suitable for liquids, particularly for cooling media, e.g. cool-ing water and brine

Versions

Type 1u Temperature Regulators · Type 2121 Valve with G ½to G 1 female thread, PN 25, unbalanced or Type 2121 Valvewith flange DN 15 to 50, PN 25, balanced DN 32 to 50Type 2231 to 2234 Control Thermostat





Type 2121/2234 · With Type 2121 Valve and Type 2234Control Thermostat for liquids, steam, air and gases · Separateset point adjustment · Set points from –10 to +250 °C

Special version

– Capillary tube 5 m, 10 m, 15 m



1) Special version for set points from –40 to +60 °C

– Version with minimum flow rate

– Plug with PTFE sealing ring


– Version for oil at max. permissible temperature of 220 °C

– ANSI version on request (see Data Sheet T 2114 EN)



Fig. 1 · Type 1u Temperature Regulator (valve with femalethread) with Type 2231 Control Thermostat

Fig. 2 · Type 1u Temperature Regulator (valve with flangedbody) with Type 2231 Control Thermostat

Data Sheet T 2113 EN 2012-04 35


The regulators operate according to the liquid expansionprinciple.

The temperature sensor (13), capillary tube (10), and operatingelement (7) are filled with an expanding liquid. The liquidchanges its volume depending on the temperature, causing theoperating element (7) and thus the plug stem (5) with theplug (3) of the valve to move.



Fig. 3 · Type 1u Temperature Regulators, versions with flangedbody and female thread

10

13

12

11

5.21

325

6

7

-10

10 2030

40

50

60

708090°C

0

°F 195

160

120

8550

15

Type 1u Temperature Regulator,flanged body version


Type 2121 Valve Female thread Flanged body


Connection G ½ G ¾ G 1 DN 15 DN 20 DN 25 DN 32 DN 40 DN 50

KVS coefficient1) 3.6 3) 5.7 7.2 1.0 2.5 4.0 6.3 8.0 8.0 16 4) 8.0 20 4) 8.0 32 4)

Perm. differential pressure Dpmax. bar 12 20 10 12 12 8


Permissible valve temperature Liquids 150 °C · Non-flammable gases 80 °C


Set point ranges(set point span100 K)

Type 2231/2233 –10 to 90 °C, 20 to 120 °C or 50 to 150 °C

Type 2232/2234–40 to 60 °C (special version) 2), –10 to 90 °C, 20 to 120 °C, 50 to 150 °C

Types 2232, 2234, 2235 also with 100 to 200 °C or 150 to 250 °C

Permissible temperature at set pointadjustment head

–40 to 80 °C


Permissiblepressure at sensor

Type 2231/2233 Without thermowell: PN 40 · With thermowell: PN 40/PN 100With thermowell with flange: PN 40/PN 100

Type 2232/2234 Without thermowell: PN 40 · With flange PN 6/PN 40

Length of capillary tube 3 m (special version 5, 10 or 15 m)

1) Special version with minimum flow rate available on request · 2) Type 2231 and Type 2232 only · 3) Reduced KVS 0.4, 1 and 2.5 on request4) KVS 16, 20 and 32 with valve balanced by a bellows


(replaceable)3 Valve plug5 Plug stem5.1 Spring5.2 Balancing bellows6 Threaded nipple with

coupling nut

Control thermostat7 Operating element10 Capillary tube connection to

the sensor11 Key for set point adjustment12 Set point dial13 Temperature sensor

(bulb sensor)

1

3

2

56

7

5.1

Type 1u Temperature Regulator,version with female thread

36 Data Sheet T 2113 EN 2012-04

Installation

• Valve

Install the valves in horizontal pipelines. The di-rection of flow must correspond with the arrowon the body. The connecting element must bevertically suspended.



Only use the same kind of materials together; thermowells madeof stainless steel 1.4571, for example, can be installed in stain-less steel heat exchangers.

• Capillary tube

Install the capillary tube such that it is not exposed to consider-able temperature fluctuations and cannot be damaged. Makesure the permissible ambient temperature range (approx. ambi-ent temperature: 20 °C) is not exceeded. The smallest possiblebending radius is 50 mm.


Type 2121 Valve Threaded connection Flanged body version

Connection G ½ to G 1 DN 15 to DN 50

Body CC491K/CC499K (red brass, Rg 5) EN-JS1049

Seat Stainless steel 1.4104 Stainless steel 1.4301

Plug 1.4305 and brass with EPDM soft sealing CW602N (CuZn36Pb2As) with EPDM soft sealing1)

Spring Stainless steel 1.4310K

Body gasket - Graphite on metal core

Separating piece Brass (special version of stainless steel 1.4305)

Threaded and guide nipples,plugs, and sleeves

CW602N (CuZn36Pb2As)

1) Special version: steel 1.4305 with EPDM or FPM soft sealing, or with metal sealing

Types 2231, 2232, 2233,2234 Control Thermostats



Sensor

Type 2231Type 2232

Nickel-plated bronze

Stainless steel 1.4571Type 2233Type 2234




Thermowell

Threaded connection G1



Flange connection


Flange Steel

Q

100

50

20

10

2

1

0.5

0.20.01 0.05 0.1 0.5 1 3 5 10[bar]

Dp

m³h Kvs

16

8

20 7.2

6.3

5.7

3.6

4

2.5

1

32

Fig. 4 · Flow rate diagram for water


Valve sizing for other media according to IEC 60534,with the terms: FL = 0.95 and xT = 0.75.The values apply to a fully opened valve.

Data Sheet T 2113 EN 2012-04 37

Accessories

Thermowells with threaded or flanged connections forTypes 2231 and 2232 Bulb Sensors · G 1 threaded connection,PN 40, made of bronze/steel/CrNiMo steel · Flanged connec-tion DN 32, PN 40, with CrNiMo steel/steel immersion tubePTFE immersion tube, PN 6 (flange PN 40)

Thermowells typetested by DVGW (German gas & waterassoc.) for flammable gases, G 1 threaded connection, PN 100

Mounting parts for Type 2233 and Type 2234 · Clamps forwall mounting · Perforated cover for thermostat

To protect the operating element against impermissible operat-ing conditions, an extension piece or separating piece ismounted between the valve and operating element.

An extension piece is needed for temperatures over 220 °C.The standard version does not have sealing. The special versionof the extension piece is made of stainless steel and has a bel-lows seal. It additionally acts as a separating piece.


Fig. 5 · Accessories, dimensions

Accessories

Ø140Ø100G1¼

4 x Ø18

Ø28

T2

18


Clamps and perforated cover for wall mounting

Flange

Flange DN 32/PN 40



Thermowells with threaded and flanged connections




Thermowells for flammable gases (PN 100/PN 63)

Thermowells for Types 2231/2232 Mounting parts for Types 2233/2234


Threaded connectionG 1/PN 40

L2

SW46

L1

Ø29.5

G1¼

G1

Thermowell for flammable gasesG 1/PN 100



L = approx. 180 mm, approx. 0.6 kg



38 Data Sheet T 2113 EN 2012-04

Dimensions


Type 2121 Type 2231/2233with female thread Control Thermostat

T

29

0

41

0

Ø25

G1

G1

Type 2232/2234 Control Thermostat withseparate set point adjustment

H1

L

G1

H2

H

310

T

G1

Type 2121with Type 2231/2233flanged body Control Thermostat

Table 3 · Dimensions in mm and weights in kg

Type 2121 Valve Female thread Flanged body

Connection G ½ G ¾ G 1 DN 15 DN 20 DN 25 DN 32 DN 40 DN 50

Length L mm 65 75 90 130 150 160 180 200 230

Height H mm 350 249 329

Height H1 mm 60 59 80

Height H2 mm 46 46 92

Weight, approx. kg 1 1.3 1.5 4.5 5 6 11 11.5 14

Control thermostat 2231 2232 2233 2234

Immersion depth T mm 290 1) 235 1) 430 460

Weight, approx. kg 3.2 4 3.4 3.7

1) Larger immersion depths available on request

Data Sheet T 2113 EN 2012-04 39



Manual adjuster Ma with travel indicator · MaS with electricsignal transmitter


The dynamics of the regulator are mainly determined by theresponse of the sensor with its characteristic time constant.

Table 3 lists the response times of SAMSON sensors operatingon different principles when tested in water.

Ordering text

Temperature Regulator Type 1u

DN … / G ..., PN 25

With flanged body/female thread

Body material


Capillary tube … m,

Special version or accessories, if required

Table 3 · Dynamic response of SAMSON thermostats

Functional principle Type …Control

Thermostat


Without With

thermowell

Liquid expansion

2231 70 120

2232 65 110

2233 25 –1)

2234 15 –1)

2235 10 –1)

2213 70 120


1) Not permissible

40 Data Sheet T 2113 EN 2012-04


Type 1u Temperature Regulator

ANSI version

Application

Temperature regulators for cooling installations · Control ther-mostats for set points1) from 15 to 480 °F (–10 to250 °C) · Valves in NPS ½ to 2 · Pressure ratings Class 125 to300 · Suitable for liquids up to 300 °F (150 °C) and gases up to175 °F (80 °C)

The regulators consist of a valve with flanged connections and acontrol thermostat, comprising a temperature sensor, set pointadjuster with excess temperature protection, capillary tube andoperating element.

Special features

• Low-maintenance P-regulators requiring no auxiliaryenergy

• Wide set point range and convenient set point adjustment ona scale

• Globe valves with plug balanced by a bellows (NPS 1½ to 2)

• Suitable for liquids, particularly for cooling media, e.g. cool-ing water and brine

Versions

Type 1u Temperature Regulator · With Type 2121 Valve withflanged connection · Class 125 to 300 · Type 2231 to 2234 Con-trol Thermostat · Unbalanced valve (NPS ½ to 2) · Balancedvalve (NPS 1½ to 2) · Opening

Refer to Information Sheet T 2010 EN for details on the applica-tion of control thermostats.

Type 2121/2231 · With Type 2231 Control Thermostat for liq-uids · Set point adjustment at the sensor · Set points 1) from 15 to300 °F (–10 to +150 °C)

Type 2121/2232 (Fig. 1) · With Type 2232 Control Thermostatfor liquids and steam · Separate set point adjustment · Setpoints1) from 15 to 480 °F (–10 to +250 °C)

Type 2121/2233 · With Type 2233 Control Thermostat for liq-uids, air and gases · Set point adjustment on the sensor · Setpoints from 15 to 300 °F (–10 to +150 °C)

Type 2121/2234 · With Type 2234 Control Thermostat for liq-uids, steam, air and gases · Separate set point adjustment · Setpoints from 15 to 480 °F (–10 to +250 °C)

1) Special versions for set points from –40 to 160 °F (–40 to 60 °C)

Special versions

• Capillary tube 16, 33 or 50 ft (5, 10 or 15 m)

• Sensor of CrNiMo steel

• Capillary tube of CrNiMo steel or plastic-coated copper

• Version with minimum flow rate

• Plug with PTFE seal

• Valve free of non-ferrous metal

• Valve completely of corrosion-resistant material

• Version for oil at max. permissible temperature of 430 °F(220 °C)

The valve opens when the temperature rises.

Fig. 1 · Type 1u Temperature Regulator withType 2232 Control Thermostat

Data Sheet T 2114 EN 2012-07 41


The regulators operate according to the liquid expansion princi-ple.

Temperature sensor (13), capillary tube (10) and operating ele-ment (7) are filled with an expansion liquid.

The liquid changes its volume depending on the temperature,causing the operating element (7) and thus the valve's plugstem (5) with the plug (3) to move. The position of the plug deter-mines the flow rate of the heat transfer medium across the areareleased between the plug and seat (2).

The temperature set point can be adjusted using a key (11) to avalue that can be read off the dial (12).

10

13

12

11

5.21

325

6

7

-10

10 2030

40

50

60

708090˚C

0

˚F 195

160

120

8550

15

Fig. 2 · Type 1u Temperature Regulator, ANSI version

Type 2121 Valve

Type 2231 Control Thermostat

Table 1 · Technical data · All pressures in psi and bar (gauge)

Type 2121 Valve Flanged connection

Pressure rating Class 125, 150 and 300

Valve size NPS ½ ¾ 1 1½ 2

CV and KVS1)CV (US gal/min) 5 7.5 9.4 9.4 · 24 9.4 · 37

KVS (m³/h) 4 6.3 8 8 · 20 8 · 32

Permissible differentialpressure Dpmax

psi 175 120

bar 12 8

Leakage rate acc. to ANSI/FCI 70-2 £ 0.05 % of CV (KVS)

Permissible temperature at the valve Liquids: 300 °F (150 °C) · Gases: 175 °F (80 °C)

Types 2231 to 2234 Control Thermostats · Size 150

Set point ranges(set point span100 K each)

Type 2231/2233 15 to 195 °F, 70 to 250 °F, 120 to 300 °F · –10 to 90 °C, 20 to 120 °C, 50 to 150 °C

Type 2232/2234

–40 to 140 °F (special version) 3), 15 to 195 °F, 70 to 250 °F, 120 to 300 °F, 210 to 390 °F 2)

or 300 to 480 °F 2)

–40 to 60 °C (special version) 3), –10 to 90 °C, 20 to 120 °C, 50 to 150 °C, 100 to 200 °C 2) or150 to 250 °C 2)

Permissible temperature at set point adjuster –40 to 80 °C · –40 to 175 °F


Permissible pressure atsensor

Type 2231/2233Without thermowell: Class 300 · With thermowell: Class 300/Class 600

With thermowell with flange: Class 300/Class 600

Type 2232/2234 Without thermowell: Class 100 · With flange: Class 50/Class 100

Length of capillary tube 10 ft (special version with 16, 33 or 50 ft) · 3 m (special version with 5, 10 or 15 m)

Valve

1 Valve body

2 Seat (replaceable)

3 Plug

5 Plug stem

5.2 Balancing bellows(NPS 1½ to 2)

6 Threaded nipple withcoupling nut

Control thermostat

7 Operating element

10 Capillary tube

11 Key for set point adjustment

12 Set point dial

13 Temperature sensor(bulb sensor)

42 Data Sheet T 2114 EN 2012-07

Installation

Valve

Install the valve in a horizontal pipeline.Make sure the direction of flow corre-sponds to the arrow on the body. The oper-ating element must be suspended.

If necessary, the operating element can also be installed to pointup (see EB 2111/... 2123 EN).

Temperature sensor

The temperature sensor can be installed in any desired position.Make sure, however, that its entire length is immersed in theprocess medium. Choose a place of installation where neitheroverheating nor considerable idle times occur.

Capillary tube

Install the capillary tube so that it is not exposed to considerabletemperature fluctuations and cannot be damaged. Make surethe permissible ambient temperature range (approx. ambienttemperature of 70 °F/20 °C) is not exceeded. The smallest per-missible bending radius is 2“ (50 mm).

Only use the same kind of materials together, for examplethermowells made of stainless steel 1.4571 can be installed instainless steel heat exchangers.

Accessories

Thermowells with threaded or flanged connections forTypes 2231 and 2232 Bulb Sensors · 1 NPT threaded connec-tion, Class 150, made of bronze/steel or CrNiMo steel ·NPS 1½ flanged connection, Class 150, with immersion tube ofCrNiMo steel




An extension piece is needed for temperatures over 430 °F(220 °C). The standard version does not have sealing. The spe-cial version of the extension piece is made of stainless steel andhas a bellows seal. It additionally acts as a separating piece.



Table 2 · Materials · Material designations according to ASTM and DIN EN

Type 2121 Valve

Pressure ratings Class 125 Class 150 Class 300

Valve size NPS 1, 1½, 2 NPS ½ to 2

BodyCast iron A 126 B

(EN-JL1040)A 216 WCC (1.0619) 2)


Plug CW602N with EPDM soft seal 1)

Seal Graphite with metal core

Bonnet flange Steel with brass bushing

Separating piece Brass (for sealing) · Stainless steel 1.4305 (for version free of non-ferrous metal)

Types 2231, 2232, 2233, 2234Control Thermostats



SensorTypes 2231, 2232 Nickel-plated bronze

Stainless steel 1.4571Types 2233, 2234 Nickel-plated copper


Thermowell


Immersion tubeNickel-plated bronze

Nickel-plated steelStainless steel 1.4571

Threaded nippleNickel-plated brassNickel-plated steel

Flange


Flange Steel

1) Special version 1.4305 with EPDM or FPM soft seal or metal-seated2) Stainless steel 1.4408 or CC499K (Rg 5) available on request

Data Sheet T 2114 EN 2012-07 43

Dimensions · Control thermostats, valves, accessories

Fig. 3 · Dimensions of control thermostats, valves and accessories

H1

L

H2

12.2

"(3

10)

H

T

G 1

G 1

Ø1"(Ø25)

Type 1u Temperature Regulatorwith Type 2231 or 2233 Control Thermostat

(Ø25)Ø1"

G 1

T

G 1

(290

)

(410

)16

.2"

11.4

"

Types 2232/2234 Control Thermostats

Type … Control Thermostat 2231 2232 2233 2234

Immersion depth Tin 11.4 1) 9.3 1) 16.9 18.1

mm 290 1) 235 1) 430 460

Approx. weightlb 7 8.8 7.5 8.1

kg 3.2 4 3.4 3.7

1) Larger immersion depths available on request

Dimensions and weights · Control thermostats

Type 2121 Valve

Valve sizeNPS ½ ¾ 1 1½ 2

DN 15 20 25 40 50

Face-to-facelength L

Class 125inch – – 7.25 8.75 10

mm – – 184 222 254

Class 150inch 7.25 7.25 7.25 8.75 10

mm 184 184 184 222 254

Class 300inch 7.5 7.6 7.75 9.25 10.5

mm 191 194 197 235 267

Height Hinch 14.4 15.6

mm 365 395

Height H1inch 3.0 4.1

mm 75 105

Height H2inch 3.4 3.8

mm 87 97

Approx. weightlb 9.9 11 13.2 25.3 30.8

kg 4.5 5 6 11.5 14

Dimensions and weights · Valves

Type 2121 withflanged connections

Type 2231/2233Control Thermostat

Type 2232/2234 Control Thermostatwith separate set point adjustment

44 Data Sheet T 2114 EN 2012-07

Dimensions · Accessories




321 mm 246 mm

1 NPT

T2

(Ø28)Ø1.1"

SW 1.8"(SW46)

Ø5"(127)

Ø3.8"(98.4)

G1¼

4 x 0.36"(4 x Ø15.9)

1.1"(Ø28)

T2

0.6

9"

(17

.5)


2.7"(69)

1.2

"(3

0)

(60

)2

.4"

19

.7"

(50

0)

1.4

"(3

5)

0.3

"(8

)

1.8"(45)

Ø0.3"(Ø6.5)

Thermowell withthreaded connection1 NPT/Class 150




mm 314 254


mm 340 280


L2

SW1.8"(SW46)

L1

Ø1.2"(Ø30)

G1¼

1 NPT

Thermowell for flammable gases1 NPT/Class 600

SW 1.4”(SW 36)




Separating piece:with seals

Thermowells for Types 2231/2232 Mounting parts for Types 2233/2234


Data Sheet T 2114 EN 2012-07 45



Types 2231 and 2232 Bulb Sensors: thermowells withthreaded connection

Types 2233 and 2234 Bulb Sensors: clamps and perforatedcover for wall mounting

Ordering text

Temperature Regulator Type 1uNPS ...

Body in Class … with flanged connection

Body material ...

With Type … Control Thermostat, set point range ... °F (°C),capillary tube length ... ft (m)

Optionally, special version ...

Optionally, accessories ...


The dynamics of the regulator are mainly determined by the re-sponse of the sensor with its characteristic time constant.

Table 3 lists the response times measured in water of SAMSONthermostats that operate according to different principles.

Table 3 · Response times of SAMSON thermostats

Functional principle Type …Thermostat


Without With

thermowell

Liquid expansion

2231 70 120

2232 65 110

2233 25 –1)

2234 15 –1)

2235 10 –1)

2213 70 120


1) Not permissible

46 Data Sheet T 2114 EN 2012-07

Application

Temperature regulator for heating installations with controlthermostats for set points from –10 to +250 °C · Nominal sizesDN 15 to 250 · Nominal pressure PN 16 to 40 · Suitable fortemperatures up to 350 °CThe valve closes as the temperature rises.

The regulators consist of a balanced globe valve with flangedconnections (DN 15 to 250) and a control thermostat compris-ing a temperature sensor, set point adjuster with excess temper-ature protection, capillary tube and operating element.

Special features


• Wide set point range and easy adjustment of the set point in-dicated on a dial

• Single-seated valves balanced by a bellows or a diaphragm(DN 125 to 250)

• Suitable for liquids, gases and vapors, especially for heattransfer fluids such as water, oil and steam



Versions

Type 4 Temperature Regulators · Type 2114 Valve withflanged connections in sizes DN 15 to 250 · PN 16 to 40 · Bal-anced by a bellows (DN 15 to 250) · Balanced by a diaphragm(DN 125 to 250) · Types 2231 to 2235 Control Thermostats

For details on the application of the thermostats, refer to Infor-mation Sheet T 2010 EN.

Type 2114/2231 (Fig. 1) · With Type 2114 Valve and Type2231 Control Thermostat for liquids · Set point adjustment at thesensor · Set points from –10 to +150 °C

Type 2114/2232 (Fig. 2) · With Type 2114 Valve and Type2232 Control Thermostat for liquids and steam · Separate setpoint adjustment · Set points from –10 to +250 °C

Type 2114/2233 · With Type 2114 Valve and Type 2233Control Thermostat for liquids, air and gases · Set points from–10 to +150 °C, set point adjustment at the sensor

Type 2114/2234 · With Type 2114 Valve and Type 2234Control Thermostat for liquids, air and gases · Separate setpoint adjustment · Set points from –10 to +250 °C

Type 2114/2235 · With Type 2114 Valve and Type 2235Control Thermostat for air-heated storerooms as well as drying,climatic, and heating cabinets · Separate set point adjustmentand a sensor tube to be installed on site · Set points from –10 to+250 °C

Note

Typetested temperature regulators (TR), temperaturelimiters (TL), safety temperature monitors (STM), andsafety temperature limiters (STL) are available.


Temperature Regulator Type 4with balanced single-seated globe valve

Fig. 2 · Type 4Temperature Regulatorwith Type 2233 Thermostat

Fig. 3 · Type 4 Temperature Regulator with Type 2232Thermostat, version with separate set point adjustment

Fig. 1 · Type 4Temperature Regulator withType 2231 Thermostat

Data Sheet T 2121 EN 2012-03 47

Special version

– Capillary tube of either 5 m, 10 m or 15 m




– Reduced KVS coefficient

– Valve with flow divider I for noise reduction when handlingsteam and non-flammable gases

– Set point range from 100 to 200 °C/150 to 250 °C


Principle of operation (Fig. 4)The regulators operate according to the liquid expansion princi-ple.

The temperature sensor (12), capillary tube (9), and operatingelement (7) are filled with an expanding liquid. The tempera-ture-dependent change in volume of this liquid causes the bel-lows in the operating element (7) to move and, as a result, alsomoves the plug stem (5) with the attached plug (3).


The set point is adjustable with a key (10); the adjusted valuecan be read off the dial (11).

Control thermostat

7 Operating element with bellows8 Pin of operating element9 Capillary tube10 Key for set point adjustment11 Set point dial12 Temperature sensor

(bulb sensor)

1

2

3

4.24

4.1

5

6 8

7 912

10

11

Fig. 4 · Type 4 Temperature Regulator with Type 2231Thermostat (Type 2114 Valve balanced by a bellows)

Valve

1 Valve body2 Seat (exchangeable)3 Plug4 Bellows housing4.1 Balancing bellows4.2 Vent screw (DN 125 and

larger)5 Plug stem with spring6 Connection for operating


Table 1 · Technical data of valve · All pressures in bar (gauge)

Type 2114 Valve · Balanced by a bellows

Nominal pressure PN 16 to 40

Nominal size DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250

KVS coefficient in m³/h 4 6.3 8 16 20 32 50 80 125 190 280 420 500

Leakage rate acc. to IEC 60534-4 Metal-seated plug: £ 0.05 % of KVS coefficient · Soft-seated plug: £ 0.01 % of KVS coefficient

Max. perm. differential pressure Dp 25 20 16 12 10

Special version

KVS coefficient in m³/h 2.5 · 4 · 6.3 6.3 8 16 20 32 50 –

Max. perm. differential pressure Dp 25 16 –


Type 2114 Valve · Balanced by a diaphragm 1)


Nominal size DN 125 150 200 250

KVS coefficient in m³/h 190 290 550 600


Max. perm. differential pressure Dp 12 10

Permissible valve temperature Max. 150 °C

1) Only version with 22 mm travel

48 Data Sheet T 2121 EN 2012-03



Nominal pressure PN 16 PN 16 · PN 251) PN 16 · PN 25 · PN 40

Valve body Cast iron EN-JL1040Spheroidal graphite iron

EN-JS1049Cast steel 1.0619 2) Cast stainless steel

1.4408 2)

Seat and plug 3)Up to DN 100 Stainless steel 1.4006 or 1.4104

DN 125 to 250 Steel 1.4301 · Plug with PTFE seal 1.4571


Balancing bellows 1.4571

Bellows housing Steel 1.0425 1.4301


Extension piece/separating piece Brass (version free of non-ferrous metal: stainless steel 1.4301) 1.4301

Type 2114 Valve · Balanced by a diaphragm

Nominal pressure PN 16 PN 16 · PN 25 PN 16 · PN 25 · PN 40


EN-JS1049Cast steel 1.0619


Seat CC491K/CC499K (red brass, Rg5) 4)

Plug Red brass (CC491K/CC499K) 4) with EPDM soft seal, max. 150 °C

Pressure balancing Balancing cases of sheet steel DD11 · EPDM balancing diaphragm, max. 150 °C

Flat gasket Graphite on metal core




Sensor

Type 2231Type 2232




Type 2235 Copper


Thermowell




Flanged connection


Flange Steel1) Max. DN 150 · PN 25: up to DN 150 · PN 16: DN 100 to 1502) PN 25: DN 200 to 250 · PN 16: DN 100 to 2503) Optionally, soft-seated plug with PTFE ring for temperatures up to 220 °C or with EPDM ring for temperatures up to 150 °C4) Special version 1.4409

Table 2 · Technical data · Control thermostats

Types 2231 to 2235 Thermostats Size 150(DN 15 to 150)

Size 250 1)

(DN 200/250)

Set point ranges–10 to +90 °C, 20 to 120 °C or 50 to 150 °C

For Types 2232, 2234, 2235 also 100 to 200 °C or 150 to 250 °C

0 to 70 °C30 to 100 °C50 to 120 °C80 to 150 °C


–40 to +80 °C

Permissible temperature at the sensor 100 K above the adjusted set point30 K abovethe set point


Type 2231/2232Without thermowell: PN 40 · With thermowell: PN 40/PN 100

With thermowell with flange: PN 40/PN 100PN 16 (without

thermowell)PN 40 (withthermowell)Type 2233/2234 Without thermowell: PN 40 · With flange: PN 6/PN 40

Length of the capillary tube 3 m (special version: 5 m, 10 m or 15 m)1) Only Types 2231 and 2232

Data Sheet T 2121 EN 2012-03 49


The register number is available on request. The following ver-sions are available:

Temperature regulators (TR) with a Type 2231, 2232, 2233,2234 1), or Type 2235 1) Thermostat and a Type 2114 Valve insizes DN 15 to 250, for which the max. operating pressure mustnot exceed the max. permissible differential pressure Dp speci-fied in the technical data.

Sensor without thermowell: applicable up to 40 bar

Sensor with thermowell: only use SAMSON G 1 version madeof bronze, steel or stainless steel 1.4571 in PN 40

Thermowell for flammable gases typetested by DVGW (Ger-man Technical and Scientific Association on Gas and Water),G1 threaded connection, PN 100

For details on the selection and application of typetested de-vices, refer to Information Sheet T 2040 EN.



1) Types 2234 and 2235 Thermostats only up to DN 150

Accessories

Thermowells with threaded or flanged connection forTypes 2231 and 2232 Bulb Sensors · G 1 threaded connection,PN 40, made of bronze, steel or CrNiMo steel · Flange DN 32,PN 40, with immersion tube made of steel or CrNiMo steelPTFE immersion tube, PN 6 (flange PN 40)

Thermowell typetested by DVGW for flammable gases,threaded connection G 1, PN 100








Double adapter Type Do2 for second thermostat · Type DoSwith electric signal transmitter

Manual override Hv with travel indication · HvS with electricsignal transmitter



Table 4 lists the time constants of SAMSON thermostats operat-ing according to different functional principles when measuringin water.

Installation

• Valve

The valves are to be installed in horizontalpipelines with the operating element verti-cally suspended. The process medium mustflow through the valve in the direction indi-cated by the arrow on the body.


The bulb sensor can be installed in any desired position.

Its entire length must be immersed in the process medium.Choose a place of installation where neither overheating norconsiderable idle times occur.


• Capillary tube

The capillary tube must be installed such that it is not exposed tolarge temperature fluctuations and cannot be damaged. Thesmallest possible bending radius is 50 mm.


Functionalprinciple

Type …Control

Thermostat


Without With

thermowell

Liquidexpansion

2231 70 120

2232 65 110

2233 25 –1)

2234 15 –1)

2235 10 –1)

2213 70 120


1) Not permissible

50 Data Sheet T 2121 EN 2012-03

Control valve sizing for other media according to IEC 60534Parts 2-1 and 2-2, using the terms: FL = 0.95 and XT = 0.75

The values apply to a fully opened valve.

0.01 0.05 0.1 0.5 1 5 10 20 25 [bar]

p

2000

1000

500

200

100

50

20

10

5

2

1

0.5

0.2

0.1

500550600

420

280290

190

12580

5032

20

8

42.5

K vshm3

Q

6.3

16

Flow diagram of water

Fig. 5 · Flow diagram of water

Data Sheet T 2121 EN 2012-03 51

Fig. 7 · Dimensions of Type 2114 Valve balanced by a diaphragm with Type 2231 to Type 2235 Thermostat

Dimensions with Type 2114 Valve · Balanced by a diaphragm

H2

H1

H

L

Type 2231 to 2235Control Thermostat

Dimensions with Type 2114 Valve · Balanced by a bellows

Fig. 6 · Dimensions of Type 2114 Valve balanced by a bellows with Type 2231 to Type 2235 Thermostat

Dimensions in mm and weights


Nominal size DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 1) 250 1)

Length L 130 150 160 180 200 230 290 310 350 400 480 600 730

H1

Up to 220 °C (without extension piece) 225 300 355 460 590 730

Up to 350 °C (with extension piece) 365 440 495 600 730 870

HUp to 220 °C (without extension piece) 515 590 645 750 880 1020

Up to 350 °C (with extension piece) 655 730 785 890 1020 1160

Weight 2), approx. kg 5 5.5 6.5 13 13.5 16 27 32 40 70 113 255 3001) Only with Type 2231 and Type 2232 Thermostat in size 250 · 2) For PN 16, +15 % for PN 25 and 40

Type 2231 to Type 2235 Control Thermostat

Control thermostat Type 2231 Type 2231/2232Size 250

Type 2232 Type 2233 Type 2234 Type 2235

Immersion depth T 290 1)» 980 235 1) 430 460 3460

Weight, approx. kg 3.2 6.5 4 3.4 3.7 3.61) Larger immersion depths available on request

L

HG1

H1

31

0T

Ø25

G1

Ø25

G1

T

G1

290

410 T G1

290

410

Type 2114 Type 2231/2233 Type 2232/2234 Type 2235

With separate set point adjustment



Length L 400 480 600 730

H 575 600 670

H1 285 310 380

H2 145 175 260

Weight, approx. kg 52 72 217 227

Refer to Fig. 6 for data concerning Type 2231 to 2235 Control Thermostat


52 Data Sheet T 2121 EN 2012-03

Ordering text


DN ..., PN …

Body material …

With Thermostat Type …

Set point range … °C

Length of capillary tube … m

If required, special version ..., accessories …

Conversion of valve sizing coefficients:

CV (in U.S. gallons/min) = 1.17 · KVS (in m3/h)KVS (in m3/h) = 0.86 · CV (in U.S. gallons/min)


Accessories

Thermostat Type 22312231/2232

Size 2502232

Imm. depth T2 mm 325 » 995 250

Thermowells with threaded or flanged connection

G1

T2

Ø28(Ø30)

Threaded connectionG 1/PN 40/PN 100

Dimensions for PN 100 inparentheses

Ø140(Ø170)Ø100(Ø125)

G1¼

4xØ18(Ø22)

Ø28(Ø30)

18

(26

)

T2

Flanged connectionDN 32/PN 40,


Control thermostat Type 2231 Type 2232Length L1 mm 315 255Length L2 mm 340 280


L2

SW46

L1

Ø29.5

G1¼

G1


L

G1

SW36

G1

1)

Extension piece/separating piece8

Clamps and perforated cover forwall mounting

Mounting parts for Type 2233/2234

G1¼Ø11(Ø18) 10

(18)

Ø110(Ø100)Ø140

Flange of steel/CrNiMo steelFlange PN 6, outer Æ 140

Flange DN 32/PN 40,dimensions in parentheses

Thermowells for Type 2231/2232





1) When accessories are used, the H andH1 increase by the dimension L

Data Sheet T 2121 EN 2012-03 53

Application

Temperature regulator for heating installations with controlthermostats for set points from 15 to 480 °F (–10 to+250 °C) · Valve sizes NPS ½ to 10 · Pressure rating Class 125to 300 · Suitable for temperatures up to 660 °F (350 °C)The valve closes as the temperature rises.

The regulators consist of a balanced globe valve and a controlthermostat comprising a temperature sensor, set point adjusterwith excess temperature protection, capillary tube and operat-ing element.

Special features



• Single-seated valves balanced by a bellows or a diaphragm(NPS 6 to 10)

• Suitable for liquids, gases and vapors, especially for heattransfer fluids such as water, oil and steam



Versions

Type 4 Temperature Regulators · Type 2114 Valve withflanged connections and face-to-face dimensions according toANSI · Balanced by a bellows (NPS ½ to 10) · Balanced by a di-aphragm (NPS 6 to 10) · Class 125 to 300 · Types 2231 to2235 Control Thermostats (Information Sheet T 2010 EN).

Type 2114/2231 (Fig. 1) · With Type 2114 Valve andType 2231 Control Thermostat for liquids · Set point adjustmentat the sensor · Set points from 15 to 300 °F (–10 to +150 °C)

Type 2114/2232 (Fig. 2) · With Type 2114 Valve andType 2232 Control Thermostat for liquids and steam · Separateset point adjustment · Set points from 15 to 480 °F (–10 to+250 °C)

Type 2114/2233 · With Type 2114 Valve and Type 2233 Con-trol Thermostat for liquids, air and gases · Set points from 15 to300 °F (–10 to +150 °C), set point adjustment at the sensor

Type 2114/2234 · With Type 2114 Valve and Type 2234 Con-trol Thermostat for liquids, air and gases · Separate set point ad-justment · Set points from 15 to 480 °F (–10 to +250 °C)

Type 2114/2235 · With Type 2114 Valve and Type 2235Control Thermostat for air-heated storerooms as well as drying,climatic, and heating cabinets · Separate set point adjustmentand a sensor tube to be installed on site · Set points from 15 to480 °F (–10 to +250 °C)

Note



Temperature Regulator Type 4with balanced single-seated globe valve

ANSI version

Fig. 2 · Type 4Temperature Regulatorwith Type 2233 Thermostat

Fig. 3 · Type 4 Temperature Regulator with Type 2232Thermostat, version with separate set point adjustment

Fig. 1 · Type 4Temperature Regulator withType 2231 Thermostat

Data Sheet T 2025 EN 2012-07 55

Special version

– Capillary tube of either 16, 33 or 50 ft (5 m, 10 m or 15 m)




– Reduced CV (KVS) coefficient

– Valve with flow divider I for noise reduction when handlingsteam and non-flammable gases

– Set point range from 210 to 390 °F (100 to 200 °C)/300 to480 °F (150 to 250 °C)

Principle of operation (Fig. 4)The regulators operate according to the liquid expansion princi-ple. The temperature sensor (12), capillary tube (9), and operat-ing element (7) are filled with an expanding liquid. Thetemperature-dependent change in volume of this liquid causesthe bellows in the operating element (7) to move and, as a result,also moves the plug stem (5) with the attached plug (3).



Control thermostat

7 Operating element with bellows8 Pin of operating element9 Capillary tube10 Key for set point adjustment11 Set point dial12 Temperature sensor

(bulb sensor)

1

2

3

4.24

4.1

5

6 8

7 912

10

11

Fig. 4 · Type 4 Temperature Regulator with Type 2231Thermostat (Type 2114 Valve balanced by a bellows)

Valve

1 Valve body2 Seat (exchangeable)3 Plug4 Bellows housing4.1 Balancing bellows4.2 Vent screw (NPS 6 and



Table 1 · Technical data of valve · All pressures in bar and psi (gauge)


Valve size NPS ½ ¾ 1 1½ 2 2½ 3 4 6 8 10

CV coefficients US gal/min 5 7.5 9.4 23 37 60 94 145 330 490 590

KVS coefficients m³/h 4 6.3 8 20 32 50 80 125 280 420 500

Leakage rate acc. to ANSI/FCI 70-2 Metal-seated plug: £ 0.05 % of CV (KVS) coefficient · Soft-seated plug: £ 0.01 % of CV (KVS) coefficient


psi 360 290 175 145

bar 25 20 12 10

Special version

Flow coefficientsCV 3 · 5 · 7.5 5 9.4 20 23 37 60 – – –

KVS 2.5 · 4 · 6.3 8 16 20 32 50 – – –


psi 360 290 230 –

bar 25 16 –

Permissible valve temperature Max. 660 °F (max. 350 °C)

Type 2114 Valve · Balanced by a diaphragm 1)

Valve size NPS 6 8 10

CV coefficients US gal/min 350 660 720

KVS coefficients m³/h 290 550 600

Leakage rate acc. to ANSI/FCI 70-2 £ 0.01 % of CV (KVS) coefficient

Max. permissible differ-ential pressure Dp

psi 175 150

bar 12 10

Permissible valve temperature Max. 300 °F (max. 150 °C)

1) Only version with 0.9“ (22 mm) travel

56 Data Sheet T 2025 EN 2012-07

Table 3 · Materials · Material numbers according to ASTM and DIN ENType 2114 Valve · Balanced by a bellows

Valve size NPS 1 to 10 NPS ½ to 10

Pressure rating Class 125 Class 150 and 300

Valve body Cast iron A126B Cast steel A216 WCB/WCCCast stainless steel

A351 CF8M

Seat and plug 3) Up to NPS 4 Stainless steel 1.4006 or 1.4104NPS 6 to 10 Steel 1.4301 · Plug with PTFE seal 1.4571

Plug stem/spring 1.4301/1.4310Balancing bellows 1.4571Bellows housing Steel 1.0425 1.4571Body gasket Graphite on metal coreExtension piece/separating piece Brass (version free of non-ferrous metal: stainless steel 1.4301) 1.4301Type 2114 Valve · Balanced by a diaphragm

Valve size NPS 6 to 10

Pressure rating Class 125 Class 150 and 300Max. permissible temperature 450 °F · 230 °C 660 °F · 350 °C

Valve body Cast iron A126B Cast steel A216 WCCCast stainless steel

A351 CF8MSeat Red brass 1)

Plug Red brass 1) with EPDM soft seal, max. 300 °F (150 °C)

Pressure balancing Balancing cases of sheet steel DD11 · EPDM balancing diaphragm, max. 300 °F (150 °C)Flat gasket Graphite on metal core




Sensor

Type 2231Type 2232


Type 2233Type 2234




Thermowell

Threaded connection 1 NPTImmersion tube Nickel-plated bronze · Nickel-plated steel

Stainless steel 1.4571Threaded nipple Nickel-plated brass · Nickel-plated steel

Flanged connectionImmersion tube Steel

Stainless steel 1.4571Flange Steel

1) Special version 1.4409


Types 2231 to 2235 Thermostats Size 150 Size 250 1)

(NPS 8/10)

Set point ranges

ANSI15 to 195 °F, 70 to 250 °F or 120 to 300 °F

For Types 2232, 2234, 2235 also 210 to 390 °F or 300 to 480 °F

35 to 160 °F85 to 210 °F

120 to 250 °F175 to 300 °F

DIN–10 to +90 °C, 20 to 120 °C or 50 to 150 °C

For Types 2232, 2234, 2235 also 100 to 200 °C or 150 to 250 °C

0 to 70 °C30 to 100 °C50 to 120 °C80 to 150 °C


–40 to +150 °F (–40 to +80 °C)–5 to +175 °C(–20 to +80 °C)

Permissible temperature at the sensor 100 K above the adjusted set point85 °F (30 °C)

above set pointPermissible pressure at the sensor ofTypes 2231, 2232, 2233, 2234

With/without thermowell: Class 300 · Version with flange: Class 50/300

Length of the capillary tube ANSI 10 ft (special version: 16 ft, 33 ft or 50 ft)DIN 3 m (special version: 5 m, 10 m or 15 m)

1) Only Types 2231 and 2232

Data Sheet T 2025 EN 2012-07 57

Accessories

Thermowells with threaded or flanged connection forTypes 2231 and 2232 Bulb Sensors · 1 NPT threaded connec-tion, Class 150, made of bronze, steel or CrNiMo steel · FlangeNPS 1½, Class 150, with immersion tube made of CrNiMo steel

Thermowell typetested by DVGW for flammable gases,threaded connection 1 NPT, Class 600



An extension piece is needed for temperatures over 430 °F(220 °C). The standard version does not have sealing. The spe-cial version of the extension piece is made of stainless steel andhas a bellows seal. It additionally acts as a separating piece.

In combinations with Type 2212 Safety Temperature Limiter orType 2213 Safety Temperature Monitor, an extension piece isrequired for temperatures over 300 °F (150 °C).




Manual override Ma with travel indication · MaS with electricsignal transmitter

Type 2231 and Type 2232 Bulb Sensors: Thermowell withthreaded connection

Type 2233 and Type 2234 Bulb Sensors: Clamps and perfo-rated cover for wall mounting



Temperature regulators (TR) with a Type 2231, 2232, 2233,2234 1), or Type 2235 1) Thermostat and a Type 2114 Valve insizes NPS ½ to 10, for which the max. operating pressure mustnot exceed the max. permissible differential pressure Dp speci-fied in the technical data.

Sensor without thermowell: applicable up to 600 psi (40 bar)

Sensor with thermowell: only use SAMSON 1 NPT versionmade of bronze or stainless steel 1.4571 up to Class 300


For details on the selection and application of typetested de-vices, refer to Information Sheet T 2040 EN.



1) Types 2234 and 2235 Thermostats only up to NPS 6 (DN 150)




Installation

• Valve

The valves are to be installed in horizontalpipelines with the operating element verti-cally suspended. The process medium mustflow through the valve in the direction indi-cated by the arrow on the body.





• Capillary tube

The capillary tube must be installed such that it is not exposed tolarge temperature fluctuations and cannot be damaged. Thesmallest possible bending radius is approx. 2“ (50 mm).


Functionalprinciple

Type …Control

Thermostat


Without With

thermowell

Liquidexpansion

2231 70 120

2232 65 110

2233 25 –1)

2234 15 –1)

2235 10 –1)

2213 70 120


1) Not permissible

58 Data Sheet T 2025 EN 2012-07

Dimensions and weights


L

HG1

H1

(31

0)

T

Ø1"(Ø25)

1NPT

12.2

" (Ø25)

1NPT

T

G1

(29

0)

(41

0)

Ø1"

11

.4"

16

.2"

T G1

(290)

(410)

11.4

"

16.2

"

Type 2114 Type 2231/2233 Type 2232/2234 Type 2235


H2

H1

H

L

Fig. 6 · Dimensions of Type 2114 Valve balanced by a diaphragm with Type 2231 to Type 2235 Thermostat

Dimensions and weights · Type 2114 Valve balanced by a bellows


Valve size NPS ½ ¾ 1 1½ 2 2 ½ 3 4 6 8 1) 10 1)

Length L

Class 125inch – – 7.25 8.75 10 10.9 11.75 13.9 17.75 21.4 26.5

mm – - 184 222 254 276 298 352 451 543 673

Class 150inch 7.25 7.25 7.25 8.75 10 10.9 11.75 13.9 17.75 21.4 26.5

mm 184 184 184 222 254 276 298 352 451 543 673

Class 300inch 7.5 7.6 7.75 9.25 10.5 11.5 12.5 14.5 18.6 22.4 27.9

mm 191 194 197 235 267 292 318 368 473 568 708

H 1Without 8.9” (225 mm) 11.8” (300 mm) 14”

(355 mm)23.2”

(590 mm)28.7” (730 mm)

With 14.4” (365 mm) 17.3” (440 mm)19.5”

(495 mm)28.7”

(730 mm)34.3” (870 mm)

HWithout 20.3” (515 mm) 23.2” (590 mm)

25.4”(645 mm)

34.6”(880 mm)

40.2” (1020 mm)

With 25.8” (655 mm) 28.7” (730 mm)30.9”

(785 mm)40.2”

(1020 mm)45.7” (1160 mm)

Weight, approx.2) lbs (kg) 12.5 (5.5) 12.23 (6) 15.4 (7) 30.9 (14) 37.5 (17) 62 (28) 73 (33) 90 (41) 254 (115) 562 (255) 661 (300)

Thermostat Type 2231 2231 Gr. 250 2232 2233 2234 2235Immers. depth T inch (mm) 11.4 (290) 3)

» 38.6 (980) 9.25 (235) 3) 17 (430) 18.1 (460) 136.2 (3460)Weight, approx. lbs (kg) 7.1 (3.2) 14.3 (6.5) 9 (4) 7.5 (3.4) 8.2 (3.7) 8 (3.6)

1) Only with Type 2231 Thermostat in size 250 2) Class 150 +10 %, Class 300 +15 % 3) Larger immersion depths available on request

extensionpiece 1)

extensionpiece 1)

Ventil Typ 2114 membranentlastet

Valve size NPS 6 NPS 8 NPS 10

Length L

Class125/150

17.75”451 mm

21.4”543 mm

26.5”673 mm

Class 30018.6”

473 mm22.4”

568 mm27.9”

708 mm

Height H, approx.23.6”

600mm26.4”

670 mm

Height H2, approx.6.9”

175 mm10.2”

260 mm

Weight, approx. 159 lb (72 kg) 478 lb (217 kg) 500 lb (227 kg)1) +10 % for A 216 WCC/Class 150 and stainless steel A351 CF8M

Dimensions and weights · Type 2114 Valve balanced by a diaphragm

Type 2231 to 2235Control Thermostat

Data Sheet T 2025 EN 2012-07 59

Ordering text


NPS ..., Class…

Body material …

Balanced by a bellows/diaphragm


Set point range … °F (°C), length of capillary tube … m


L2

SW1.8"(SW46)

L1

Ø1.2"(Ø30)

G1¼

1 NPT


Accessories


Thermowells for Type 2231/2232 · Dimensions

Ø5"(127)

Ø3.8"(98.4)

G1¼

4 x 0.36"(4 x Ø15.9)

1.1"(Ø28)

T2

0.6

9"

(17

.5)

Flanged connectionNPS 1½/Class 150

2.7"(69)

1.2

"(3

0)

(60

)2

.4"

19

.7"

(50

0)

1.4

"(3

5)

0.3

"(8

)

1.8"(45)

Ø0.3"(Ø6.5)



L

G1

SW36

G1

1)

SW 1.4”(SW 36)







mm 314 254


mm 340 280


1 NPT

T2

(Ø28)Ø1.1"

SW 1.8"(SW46)

Thermowell with threadedconnection

1 NPT/Class 150



321 mm 246 mm


60 Data Sheet T 2025 EN 2012-07

Application

Temperature regulator for cooling installations with control ther-mostats for set points from –10 to +250 °C · Nominal sizes DN 15to 250 · Nominal pressure PN 16 to 40 · Suitable for tempera-tures up to 350 °CThe valve opens as the temperature rises.

The regulators consist of a balanced globe valve with flangedconnections (DN 15 to 250) and a control thermostat compris-ing a temperature sensor, set point adjuster with excess temper-ature protection, capillary tube and operating element.

Special features



• Single-seated valves balanced by a bellows or a diaphragm(DN 125 to 250)

• Suitable for liquids, gases and vapors, especially for coolingmedia, e.g. cooling water and brine


Versions

Type 4u Temperature Regulators · Type 2114 Valve withflanged connections in nominal sizes DN 15 to 250 · PN 16 to40 · Balanced by a bellows (DN 15 to 250) · Balanced by a di-aphragm (DN 125 to 250) · Types 2231 to 2234 Control Ther-mostats

For details on the application of the thermostats, refer to Infor-mation Sheet T 2010 EN.



Type 2114/2233 · With Type 2114 Valve and Type 2233Control Thermostat for liquids, air and gases · Set points from–10 to +150 °C · Set point adjustment at the sensor


Note



Temperature Regulator Type 4uwith balanced single-seated globe valve

Fig. 2 · Type 4u Temperature Regulator with Type 2232Thermostat, version with separate set point adjustment

Fig. 1 · Type 4u Temperature Regulator with Type 2231Thermostat

Data Sheet T 2123 EN 2012-03 61

Special version





– Reduced KVS coefficient

– Version with reversing device with travel adjuster (for adjust-ment of minimum flow rate)


Principle of operation (Fig. 3)The regulators operate according to the liquid expansion princi-ple.

The temperature sensor (12), capillary tube (9), and operatingelement (7) are filled with an expanding liquid. The tempera-ture-dependent change in volume of this liquid causes the bel-lows in the operating element (7) to move and, as a result, alsomoves the plug stem (5) with the attached plug (3).



Control thermostat

7 Reversing device8 Operating element with bellows9 Pin of operating element10 Capillary tube11 Key for set point adjustment12 Set point dial13 Temperature sensor

(bulb sensor)

-

1

2

3

4

4.1

5

6

7

9 8

7.1

1013

12

11

Fig. 3 · Type 4u Temperature Regulator with Type 2231Thermostat (Type 2114 Valve balanced by a bellows)

Valve

1 Valve body2 Seat (exchangeable)3 Plug4 Bellows housing4.1 Balancing bellows4.2 Vent screw (DN 125 and



Table 1 · Technical data of valve · All pressures in bar (gauge)



Nominal size DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250

KVS coefficient in m³/h 4 6.3 8 16 20 32 50 80 125 190 280 420 500

Leakage rate acc. to IEC 60534-4 Metal-seated plug: £ 0.05 % of KVS coefficient · Soft-seated plug: £ 0.01 % of KVS coefficient

Max. perm. differential pressure Dp 25 20 16 12 10

Special version

KVS coefficient in m³/h 2.5 · 4 · 6.3 6.3 8 16 20 32 50 –

Max. perm. differential pressure Dp 25 16 –


Type 2114 Valve · Balanced by a diaphragm1)



KVS coefficient in m³/h 190 290 550 600


Max. perm. differential pressure Dp 12 10

Permissible valve temperature Max. 150 °C

1) Only version with 22 mm travel

62 Data Sheet T 2123 EN 2012-03



Nominal pressure PN 16 PN 16 · PN 25 1) PN 16 · PN 25 · PN 40


EN-JS1049Cast steel 1.0619 2) Cast stainless steel

1.4408 2)

Seat and plug 3)Up to DN 100 Stainless steel 1.4006 or 1.4104

DN 125 to 250 Steel 1.4301 · Plug with PTFE seal 1.4571


Balancing bellows 1.4571

Bellows housing Steel 1.0425 1.4301


Extension piece/separating piece Brass (version free of non-ferrous metal: stainless steel 1.4301) 1.4301


Nominal pressure PN 16 PN 16 · PN 25 PN 16 · PN 25 · PN 40




Seat CC491K/CC499K (red brass, Rg5) 4)

Plug Red brass (CC491K/CC499K) 4) with EPDM soft seal, max. 150 °C

Pressure balancing Balancing cases of sheet steel DD11 · EPDM balancing diaphragm, max. 150 °C

Flat gasket Graphite on metal core




Sensor

Type 2231Type 2232


Type 2233Type 2234



Thermowell




Flanged connection


Flange Steel1) Max. DN 150 · PN 25: up to DN 150 · PN 16: DN 100 to 1502) PN 25: DN 200 to 250 · PN 16: DN 100 to 2503) Optionally, soft-seated plug with PTFE ring for temperatures up to 220 °C or with EPDM ring for temperatures up to 150 °C4) Special version 1.4409


Types 2231 to 2235 Thermostats Size 150(DN 15 to 150)

Size 250 1)

(DN 200/250)

Set point ranges–10 to +90 °C, 20 to 120 °C or 50 to 150 °CFor Types 2232 and 2234 also 150 to 250 °C

0 to 70 °C30 to 100 °C50 to 120 °C80 to 150 °C


–40 to +80 °C

Permissible temperature at the sensor 100 K above the adjusted set point30 K abovethe set point


Type 2231/2232Without thermowell: PN 40 × With thermowell: PN 40/PN 100

With thermowell with flange: PN 40/PN 100PN 16 (without

thermowell)PN 40 (withthermowell)Type 2233/2234 Without thermowell: PN 40 × With flange: PN 6/PN 40

Length of the capillary tube 3 m (special version: 5 m, 10 m or 15 m)1) Only Types 2231 and 2232

Data Sheet T 2123 EN 2012-03 63

Accessories












Installation

• Valve

The valves are to be installed in horizontal pipelines with the op-erating element vertically suspended. The process medium mustflow through the valve in the direction indicated by the arrow onthe body.


The bulb sensor can be installed in any de-sired position.

Its entire length must be immersed in theprocess medium. Choose a place of instal-lation where neither overheating nor con-siderable idle times occur.


• Capillary tube




Table 4 lists the time constants of SAMSON thermostatsoperating according to different functional principles whenmeasuring in water.


Functionalprinciple

Type …Control

Thermostat


Without With

thermowell

Liquidexpansion

2231 70 120

2232 65 110

2233 25 –1)

2234 15 –1)

2235 10 –1)

2213 70 120


1) Not permissible



0.01 0.05 0.1 0.5 1 5 10 20 25 [bar]

p

2000

1000

500

200

100

50

20

10

5

2

1

0.5

0.2

0.1

500550600

420

280290

190

12580

5032

20

8

42.5

K vshm3

Q

6.3

16

Flow diagram of water

Fig. 4 · Flow diagram of water

64 Data Sheet T 2123 EN 2012-03

Dimensions with Type 2114 Valve · Balanced by a bellows


Fig. 7 · Dimensions of Type 2114 Valve balanced by a diaphragm with reversing device and Type 2231 to Type 2235 Thermostat

Dimensions with Type 2114 Valve · Balanced by a diaphragm

H2

H1

H

L375

G1G1



Length L 400 480 600 730

H 575 600 670

H1 285 310 380

H2 145 175 260

Weight, approx. kg 52 72 217 227

Refer to Fig. 6 for data concerning Type 2231 to 2235 Control Thermostat


Reversing device withthermostat connection

H

H1

L

31

0

375Ø25

T

G1

G1

G1

Ø25

G1

T

G1

290

410

Type 2114 Type 2231/2233 Type 2232/2234




Nominal size DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 1) 250 1)

Length L 130 150 160 180 200 230 290 310 350 400 480 600 730

H1 225 300 355 460 590 730

H 515 545 570 675 910 1050

Weight 2), approx. kg 5 5.5 6.5 13 13.5 16 27 32 40 70 113 255 3001) Only with Type 2231 and Type 2232 Thermostat in size 250 · 2) For PN 16, +15 % for PN 25 and 40

Type 2231 to Type 2235 Control Thermostat

Control thermostat Type 2231 Type 2231/2232Size 250

Type 2232 Type 2233 Type 2234 Type 2235

Immersion depth T 290 1)» 980 235 1) 430 460 3460

Weight, approx. kg 3.2 6.5 4 3.4 3.7 3.61) Larger immersion depths available on request

Data Sheet T 2123 EN 2012-03 65

Ordering text

Temperature Regulator Type 4u/...

DN ..., PN …

Body material ...

With Thermostat Type …, set point range ... °C

Length of capillary tube ... m

Optionally, special version ..., accessories ...




Accessories

Thermostat Type 22312231/2232

Size 2502232

Imm. depth T2 mm 325 » 995 250

Thermowells with threaded or flanged connection

G1

T2

Ø28(Ø30)



Ø140(Ø170)Ø100(Ø125)

G1¼

4xØ18(Ø22)

Ø28(Ø30)1

8(2

6)

T2





L2

SW46

L1

Ø29.5

G1¼

G1


L

G1

SW36

G1

1)


8



G1¼Ø11(Ø18) 10

(18)

Ø110(Ø100)Ø140

Flange of steel/CrNiMo steelFlange PN 6, outer Æ 140

Flange DN 32/PN 40,dimensions in parentheses







66 Data Sheet T 2123 EN 2012-03

Application

Temperature regulator with mixing or diverting valve designedfor plants which are heated or cooled with liquids, includingcontrol thermostats for set points from –10 to +150 °C · Nominalsizes DN 15 to 50 · Nominal pressure PN 16 · Suitable for tem-peratures up to 150 °C

The regulators consist of an unbalanced three-way valve and acontrol thermostat comprising a temperature sensor, set pointadjuster with excess temperature protection, capillary tube andoperating element.

Special features



• Three-way valve with a choice of plug arrangements for ei-ther mixing or diverting service of liquids

• Flow rate across the port AB almost independent of the valveplug position

• Valve body made of cast iron

• Versions with double adapter for either installing a tempera-ture limiter or attaching a second control thermostat. Refer toData Sheet T 2036 EN for details.

Versions

Type 8 Temperature Regulator · Type 2118 Three-way Valve ·Valve body made of cast iron (EN-JL1040) · Nominal sizesDN 15 to 50 · PN 16 · Types 2231 to 2235 Control Thermostats

Three-way valves with optional plug arrangements for eithermixing or diverting service. Further details on the application ofthermostats can be found in Information Sheet T 2010 EN

Type 2118/2231 (Fig. 1) · With Type 2118 Valve andType 2231 Control Thermostat for liquids and steam · Set pointadjustment at the sensor · Set points from –10 to +150 °C

Type 2118/2232 (Fig. 2) · With Type 2118 Valve andType 2232 Control Thermostat for liquids · Separate set pointadjustment · Set points from –10 to +150 °C




Note



Temperature Regulator Type 8with unbalanced three-way valve · Flanges

Fig. 2 · Type 8 Temperature Regulator with valve (DN 25)with Type 2232 Thermostat, version with separateset point adjustment

Fig. 1 · Type 8 Temperature Regulator with valve (DN 25)and Type 2231 Thermostat

Data Sheet T 2131 EN 2012-02 67

Special version




Principle of operation (Figs. 3 and 4)The regulators operate according to the liquid expansion princi-ple.

The temperature sensor (11), capillary tube (8) and operatingelement (7) are filled with an expanding liquid. The temperatu-re-dependent change in volume of this liquid causes the opera-ting element (7) to move and, as a result, also moves the plugstem (5) with the attached plug (3).

The position of the plug determines the flow rate of the heattransfer medium across the area released between the seat (2)and plug (3).

The set point is adjustable with a key (9) to a value which can beread off from the dial (10).

In mixing valves (Fig. 3 with plug arrangement I), the processmedia to be mixed enter through the ports A and B. The combi-ned flow leaves at port AB. The flow rate from A or B to AB is de-termined by the area released between the seats (2) and plugs(3), i.e. by the position of the plug stem (5). When the tempera-ture rises, port A opens and port B closes.

In diverting valves (Fig. 4 with plug arrangement II), however,the process medium enters through port AB and the divertedflows leave the valve at ports A or B. The flow rate from AB to Aor B depends on the position of the plug stem.

Installation

• Valve

The thermostat connection must be vertically suspended. Othermounting positions are possible on request.

Make sure the direction of flow complies with the desired servicetype, i.e. mixing or diverting service.

• Capillary tube






Control thermostat

7 Operating element8 Capillary tube9 Key for set point adjustment10 Set point dial11 Temperature sensor

(bulb sensor)

Three-way valve

1 Valve body2 Seat3 Plug4 Bottom section5 Plug stem with spring6 Thermostat connection

(threaded nipple withcoupling nut)

Fig. 4 · Three-way valve with plug arrangement II,the arrows indicate diverting service

1

2

3

2

5

6

78

9

10

11

A AB

B

Fig. 3 · Type 8 Temperature Regulator with Type 2231

Thermostat and three-way valve with plug arrangement I,the arrows indicate mixing service

1

2

6

B

AAB34

5

68 Data Sheet T 2131 EN 2012-02


Type 2118 Three-way valve

Nominal size DN 15 to 50


Body Cast iron EN-JL1040

Seat Cast iron EN-JL1040

Plug 1.4305 and brass with EPDM Shore 70

Plug stem 1.4305

Spring 1.4310

Threaded nipple Brass

Seal EPDM O-ring

Accessories

Separating piece Brass

Types 2231, 2232, 2233, 2234and 2235 1) Control Thermostats



Sensor

Type 2231Type 2232




Type 2235 Copper


Thermowell




Flanged connection


Flange Steel1) Type 2235 not available in stainless steel version

Table 1 · Technical data · All pressures in bar (gauge). The specified permissible pressures and differential pressures are limited bythe values specified in the pressure-temperature diagram and the nominal pressure ratings.

Type 2118 Three-way Valve


KVS coefficient and max. perm. differential pressures Dp in bar

Nominal size DN 15 20 25 32 40 50

Mixing valve KVS coefficient 4 6.3 8 16 20 32

when p in B > p in A Dp 10 16

when p in A > p in B Dp 5 3.5

Diverting valve(when AB to A or B)

KVS coefficient 4 6.3 8 16 20 32

Dp 4 3.5

Permissible temperature at the valve 150 °C · See pressure-temperature diagram in T 2010 EN


Set point ranges(set point range 100 K)

–10 to +90 °C, 20 to 120 °C or 50 to 150 °CFor Types 2232, 2234, 2235 also 100 to 200 °C, 150 to 250°C

Permissible ambient temperature at the set pointadjustment head

–40 to +80 °C


Permissible pressure at thesensor



Type 2233/2234 Without thermowell: PN 40 × With flange: PN 6/PN 40

Length of the capillary tube 3 m (special version: 5 m, 10 m or 15 m)

Data Sheet T 2131 EN 2012-02 69



Temperature regulators (TR) with a Type 2231, 2232, 2233,2234 or Type 2235 Thermostat and a Type 2118 Three-wayValve in sizes DN 15 to 50, for which the max. operating pres-sure must not exceed the max. permissible differential pressureDp specified in the technical data.



Thermowell for flammable gases typetested by DVGW (Ger-man Technical and Scientific Association on Gas and Water),G 1 threaded connection, PN 100

Temperature limiter (TL) with thermostat and three-way valve asspecified above and a double adapter Do (see Data SheetT 2036 EN).Further details on the selection and application of typetestedequipment can be found in Information Sheet T 2040 EN.



Arrangement of temperature regulators with three-way valves - depending on the plug arrangement in valve - Schematics

Plug arrangement IMixing service

Port B closes and A opensas the temperature rises

Mixing valveFlow pipe Return flow pipe


Plug arrangement IIDiverting service

Port A closes and B opensas the temperature rises

Diverting valveFlow pipe Return flow pipe


Heating Cooling

B

AB

A

B

A

AB

B

A AB

B

A AB

B

A AB

B

A AB

B

A AB

B

A AB

B

A AB

B

A AB

Heating Cooling

0.01 0.05 0.1 0.5 1 5 10 [bar]

p

200

100

50

20

10

5

2

1

0.5

0.2

0.1

32

20

6.3

4

1.6

K vs[ ] hm 3

1016

Q

Flow rate diagram of water

Fig. 5 · Flow rate diagram of water



70 Data Sheet T 2131 EN 2012-02




Ordering text


DN ...

Mixing or diverting valve with Thermostat Type …







Functionalprinciple

Type …Control

Thermostat


Without With

thermowell

Liquidexpansion

2231 70 120

2232 65 110

2233 25 –1)

2234 15 –1)

2235 10 –1)

2213 70 120


1) Not permissible


Type 2118 Three-way Valve DN 15 DN 20 DN 25 DN 32 DN 40 DN 50

Length L 130 150 160 180 200 230

H2 70 80 85 100 105 120

H1 78 88

H 370 380

Weight (body PN 16) approx. kg 5 6.5 8 12.5 14.5 17

Thermostat Type 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235


Weight approx. kg 3.2 4.0 3.4 3.7 3.61) Larger immersion depths available on request


Dimensions

Type 2232/2234Thermostat


Type 2118 Three-way Valve with thermostat

ValveDN 15 to 50

Ø25

G1

T

G1

290

410


Data Sheet T 2131 EN 2012-02 71

Accessories








A separating piece is made of brass (for water and steam) orCrNi steel (for water and oil).A separating piece must be used when a seal between thermo-stat and valve is required. Separating pieces made of CrNi steelmust be used when all wetted parts are to be free of non-ferrousmetals.In addition, it prevents the medium from leaking while the ther-mostat is being replaced.



Accessories

Thermostat Type 2231 2232Imm. depth T2 mm 325 250

G1

T2

Ø28(Ø30)

Threaded connectionG 1 for PN 40/PN 100

(dimensions for PN 100 inparentheses)

Ø140(Ø170)Ø100(Ø125)

G1¼

4xØ18(Ø22)

Ø28(Ø30)

18

(26

)

T2

Flanged connectionDN 32 for PN 40,

DN 40 for PN 100(dimensions in parentheses)


Thermowells for flammable gases (G 1/PN 100)

L2

SW46

L1

Ø29.5

G1¼

G1

L

G1

SW36

G1

1)


8


G1¼Ø11(Ø18) 10

(18)

Ø110(Ø100)Ø140

Flange PN 6, outer Æ 140Flange DN 32/PN 40,

dimensions in parentheses








72 Data Sheet T 2131 EN 2012-02

Application

Temperature regulator with mixing or diverting valve designedfor plants which are heated or cooled with liquids, includingcontrol thermostats for set points from –10 to +250 °C · Nominalsizes DN 15 to 150 · Nominal pressure PN 16 to 40 · Suitablefor temperatures up to 350 °C

The regulators consist of a three-way valve and a control ther-mostat with temperature sensor, set point adjuster with excesstemperature protection, capillary tube and operating element.

Special features


• Wide set point range and easy adjustment of the set point

• Three-way valve with plug balancing 1) by a stainless steelbellows, optionally available with a plug arrangement to mixor divert liquids



• Versions with double adapter for either installing a tempera-ture limiter or attaching a second control thermostat. Refer toData Sheet T 2036 EN for details.

Versions

Type 9 Temperature Regulators · Type 2119 Three-way ValveDN 15 to 25 not pressure balanced · DN 32 to 150 balancedPN 16 to 40 · Types 2231 to 2235 Control Thermostats

Three-way valves with optional plug arrangements for eithermixing or diverting service.

Further details on the application of thermostats can be found inInformation Sheet T 2010 EN

Type 2119/2231 (Fig. 1) · With Type 2119 Valve andType 2231 Control Thermostat for liquids and steam · Set pointadjustment at the sensor · Set points from –10 to +150 °C

Type 2119/2232 (Fig. 2) · With Type 2119 Valve andType 2232 Control Thermostat for liquids · Separate set pointadjustment · Set points from –10 to +250 °C




Special version




– Valve made completely of stainless steel (minimum materialgrade 1.4301)

– ANSI version on request (see T 2134 EN)

Note



Temperature Regulator Type 9with balanced 1) three-way valve · Flange connections

Fig. 2 · Type 9 Temperature Regulator withType 2232 Control Thermostat, version with separateset point adjustment


Data Sheet T 2133 EN 2012-02 73


The temperature sensor (11), capillary tube (8) and operatingelement (7) are filled with an expansion liquid. The temperatu-re-dependent change in volume of this liquid causes the opera-ting element (7) to move and, as a result, also moves the plugstem (5) with the attached plug (3).



With pressure balanced valves in nominal sizes DN 32 to 150,the pressure at port B acts through a hole in the plug stem (5)onto the outer surface of the balancing bellows 1) (4.1), whereasthe pressure at port A acts onto the inner bellows area. Thisequalizes the forces acting onto the valve plugs (3).

In mixing valves (Fig. 3 with plug arrangement I), the processmedia to be mixed enter through the ports A and B. The combi-ned flow leaves at port AB. The flow rate from A or B to AB is de-termined by the area released between the seats (2) and plugs(3), i.e. by the position of the plug stem (5). When the tempera-ture rises, port A opens and port B closes.


1) Valve sizes DN 15 to 25 are unbalanced.

Installation

• Valve

The thermostat connection (6) must be vertically suspended.Other mounting positions are possible on request.


• Capillary tube






Control thermostat

7 Operating element8 Capillary tube9 Key for set point adjustment10 Set point dial11 Temperature sensor

(bulb sensor)

Three-way valve

1 Valve body2 Seats (replaceable)3 Plug4 Bottom section

(bellows housing)5 Plug stem with spring6 Thermostat connection


Fig. 4 · Three-way valve with plug arrangement II,the arrows indicate diverting service

811

9

10

A AB

B

1

2

5

4

6

7

4.1

32



1

3

2

4

A AB

B

3

74 Data Sheet T 2133 EN 2012-02



Nominal size DN 15 to 150 DN 15 to 100

Nominal pressure PN 16 PN 25 to 40

Body Cast iron EN-JL1040 Cast steel 1.0619Cast stainless steel

1.4408

Seat and plug Steel 1.4006 (1.4301 with DN 125 and 150) 1.4571


Balancing bellows 1) 1.4571

Bellows housing 1.0425 1.4571


Extension piece/separating piece Brass (special version: stainless steel 1.4301) 1.4301




Sensor

Type 2231Type 2232




Type 2235 Copper


Thermowell




Flanged connection


Flange Steel

1) DN 15 to 25: without balancing bellows2) Type 2235 not available in stainless steel version

Table 1 · Technical data · All pressures in bar (gauge). The specified permissible pressures and differential pressures are limited bythe values specified in the pressure-temperature diagram and the nominal pressure ratings.



KVS coefficient and max. perm. differential pressures Dp in bar

Nominal size DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150

Mixing valve KVS coefficient 4 6.3 8 16 20 32 50 80 125 160 200

when p in B > p in A Dp 10 16 10 8

when p in A > p in B Dp 5 3.5 3 2


KVS coefficient 4 6.3 8 16 20 32 40 64 100 125 160

Dp 4 3.5 3 2

Permissible temperature at the valve 150 °C · See pressure-temperature diagram in T 2010 EN



–10 to +90 °C, 20 to 120 °C or 50 to 150 °CFor Types 2232, 2234, 2235 also 100 to 200 °C, 150 to 250°C


–40 to +80 °C





Type 2233/2234 Without thermowell: PN 40 × With flange: PN 6/PN 40

Length of the capillary tube 3 m (special version: 5 m, 10 m or 15 m)

Data Sheet T 2133 EN 2012-02 75



Temperature regulators (TR) with a Type 2231, 2232, 2233,2234 or Type 2235 Thermostat and a Type 2119 Three-wayValve in sizes DN 15 to 50, for which the max. operating pres-sure must not exceed the max. permissible differential pressureDp specified in the technical data.



Thermowell for flammable gases typetested by DVGW (Ger-man Technical and Scientific Association on Gas and Water),G 1 threaded connection, PN 100

Temperature limiter (TL) with thermostat and three-way valve asspecified above and a double adapter Do (see Data SheetT 2036 EN).Further details on the selection and application of typetestedequipment can be found in Information Sheet T 2040 EN.



0.01 0.05 0.1 0.5 1 5 10 [bar]

p

200

100

50

20

10

5

2

1

0.5

0.2

0.1

200160

80

50

32

20

86.3

4

K vs[ ]hm 3

125

16

40

64

100

Q














Heating Cooling

B

AB

A

B

A

AB

B

A AB

B

A AB

B

A AB

B

A AB

B

A AB

B

A AB

B

A AB

B

A AB

Heating Cooling

76 Data Sheet T 2133 EN 2012-02




Ordering text


DN ..., PN …

Mixing or diverting valve, body material …








Functionalprinciple

Type …Control

Thermostat


Without With

thermowell

Liquidexpansion

2231 70 120

2232 65 110

2233 25 –1)

2234 15 –1)

2235 10 –1)

2213 70 120


1) Not permissible


Type 2119 Three-way Valve DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150

Length L 130 150 160 180 200 230 290 310 350 400 480

H2 70 80 85 100 105 120 130 140 150 200 210

H1Up to 220 °C (without extension piece) 235 240 245 320 355 395 500

Up to 350 °C (with extension piece) 375 380 385 460 495 535 640

HUp to 220 °C (without extension piece) 525 530 535 610 645 685 790

Up to 350 °C (with extension piece) 665 670 675 750 785 825 930

Weight (body PN 16) 1) approx. kg 6 7 8.5 15 17 19 32 50 71 On request

Thermostat Type 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235


Weight approx. kg 3.2 4.0 3.4 3.7 3.6

Fig.5 · Dimensions

Dimensions



Ø25

G1

T

G1

290

410

H1

H2

H

L

31

5

T

Ø25

G1

G1

Type 2119 Three-way Valve with thermostat


ValveDN 15 to 50

Data Sheet T 2133 EN 2012-02 77

Accessories








A separating piece is made of brass (for water and steam) orCrNi steel (for water and oil).A separating piece must be used when a seal between thermo-stat and valve is required. Separating pieces made of CrNi steelmust be used when all wetted parts are to be free of non-ferrousmetals.In addition, it prevents the medium from leaking while the ther-mostat is being replaced.



Accessories

Thermostat Type 2231 2232Imm. depth T2 mm 325 250

G1

T2

Ø28(Ø30)



Ø140(Ø170)Ø100(Ø125)

G1¼

4xØ18(Ø22)

Ø28(Ø30)

18

(26

)

T2




Thermowells for flammable gases (G 1/PN 100)

L2

SW46

L1

Ø29.5

G1¼

G1

L

G1

SW36

G1

1)


8


G1¼Ø11(Ø18) 10

(18)

Ø110(Ø100)Ø140

Flange PN 6, outer Æ 140Flange DN 32/PN 40,

dimensions in parentheses



Special version (with bellowsseal)


Separating piece:with sealsapprox. L = 55 mm,approx. 0.2 kg

1) When accessories are used,H and H1 increase by thedimension L


78 Data Sheet T 2133 EN 2012-02


Temperature Regulator Type 9with balanced 1) three-way valve · Flange connections

ANSI version

Application

Temperature regulator with mixing or diverting valve designedfor plants which are heated or cooled with liquids, includingcontrol thermostats for set points from 15 to 480 °F (–10 °C to+250 °C) · Three-way valves in NPS ½ to 6 (DN 15 to150) · Pressure rating Class 150 and 300 · Suitable for tem-peratures up to 660 °F (350 °C)

The regulators consist of a three-way valve and a control ther-mostat with temperature sensor, set point adjuster with excesstemperature protection, capillary tube and operating element.

Special features

• Low-maintenance P regulators requiring no auxiliary energy• Wide set point range and easy adjustment of the set point• Three-way valve with plug balancing 1) by a stainless steel

bellows, optionally available with a plug arrangement to mixor divert liquids


• Valve body made of cast steel or cast stainless steel• Versions with double adapter for either installing a tempera-

ture limiter or attaching a second control thermostat. Refer toData Sheet T 2036 EN for details.

Versions

Type 9 Temperature Regulators · Type 2119 Three-way ValveNPS ½ to 1 not pressure balanced · NPS 1 ½ to 6 bal-anced · Class 150 and 300 · Types 2231 to 2235 Control Ther-mostats

Three-way valves with optional plug arrangements for eithermixing or diverting service. Further details on the application ofthermostats can be found in Information Sheet T 2010 EN

Type 2119/2231 (Fig. 1) · With Type 2119 Valve andType 2231 Control Thermostat for liquids · Set points from 15 to300 °F ( –10 to +150 °C) · Set point adjustment at the sensor

Type 2119/2232 (Fig. 2) · With Type 2119 Valve andType 2232 Control Thermostat for liquids · Set points from 15 to480 °F (–10 to +250 °C) · Separate set point adjustment

Type 2119/2233 · With Type 2119 Valve and Type 2233 Con-trol Thermostat for liquids, air and gases · Set points from 15 to300 °F (–10 to +150 °C) · Set point adjustment at the sensor

Type 2119/2234 · With Type 2119 Valve and Type 2234Control Thermostat for liquids, air and gases · Set points from15 to 480 °F (–10 to +250 °C) · Separate set point adjustment

Type 2119/2235 · With Type 2119 Valve and Type 2235 Con-trol Thermostat for air-heated storerooms as well as drying, cli-matic and heating cabinets · Set points from 15 to 480 °F (–10to 250 °C) · Separate set point adjustment and a sensor tube tobe installed on site

1) NPS ½ to 1: Not balanced

Special version

– Capillary tube 15 ft, 33 ft or 50 ft (5, 10 or 15 m)



– Valve made completely of stainless steel (minimum materialgrade 1.4301)

Fig. 2 · Type 9 Temperature Regulator with Type 2232Control Valve, version with separateset point adjustment


Note

Typetested temperature regulators (TR), tempera-ture limiters (TL), safety temperature monitors(STM), and safety temperature limiters (STL) areavailable.

Data Sheet T 2134 EN 2012-07 79


The temperature sensor (11), capillary tube (8) and operatingelement (7) are filled with an expansion liquid. The tempera-ture-dependent change in volume of this liquid causes the oper-ating element (7) to move and, as a result, also moves the plugstem (5) with the attached plug (3).



With pressure balanced valves in valve sizes NPS 1 ½ to 6, thepressure at port B acts through a hole in the plug stem (5) ontothe outer surface of the balancing bellows 1) (4.1), whereas thepressure at port A acts onto the inner bellows area. This equal-izes the forces acting onto the valve plugs (3).

In mixing valves (Fig. 3 with plug arrangement I), the processmedia to be mixed enter through the ports A and B. The com-bined flow leaves at port AB. The flow rate from A or B to AB isdetermined by the area released between the seats (2) andplugs (3), i.e. by the position of the plug stem (5). When the tem-perature rises, port A opens and port B closes.


1) Valves in NPS ½ to 1 are not balanced

Installation

• ValveThe thermostat connection (6) must be vertically suspended.Other mounting positions are possible on request.


• Capillary tubeThe capillary tube must be installed such that it is not exposed tolarge temperature fluctuations and cannot be damaged. Thesmallest possible bending radius is 2” (50 mm).

• Temperature sensorThe bulb sensor can be installed in any desired position.



Fig. 4 · Type 2119 Three-way Valve with plug arrangement II,the arrows indicate diverting service

811

9

10

A AB

B

1

2

5

4

6

7

4.1

32

1

3

2

4

A AB

B

3



Control thermostat7 Operating element8 Capillary tube9 Key for set point adjustment10 Set point dial11 Temperature sensor

(bulb sensor)

Three-way valve1 Valve body2 Seats (replaceable)3 Plug4 Bottom section

(bellows housing)5 Plug stem with spring6 Thermostat connection


80 Data Sheet T 2134 EN 2012-07

Table 1 · Technical data · All pressures in psi/bar (gauge). The specified permissible pressures and differential pressures are limitedby the values specified in the pressure-temperature diagram and the nominal pressure ratings.


Pressure rating Class 150 and 300

CV and KVS coefficients and max. perm. differential pressures Dp

Valve size NPS ½ ¾ 1 1 ½ 2 2 ½ 3 4 6

Mixing valveCV in US gal/min 5 7.5 9.4 23 37 60 94 145 230

KVS in m3/h 4 6.3 8 16 32 50 80 125 200

when p in B > p in ADp in psi 145 230 145 120

Dp in bar 10 16 10 8

when p in A > p in BDp in psi 75 50 45 30

Dp in bar 5 3.5 3 2


CV in US gal/min 5 7.5 9.4 23 37 50 77 117 185

KVS in m3/h 4 6.3 8 16 32 40 64 100 160

Dp in psi 60 50 45 30

Dp in bar 4 3.5 3 2

Permissible temperature at the valve 430 °F/660 °F (220 °C/350 °C) · See pressure-temperature diagram in T 2010 EN



15 to 195 °F, 70 to 250 °F, 120 to 300 °FFor Types 2232, 2234, 2235 also 210 to 390 °F, 300 to 480 °F

–10 to +90 °C, 20 to 120 °C or 50 to 150 °CFor Types 2232, 2234, 2235 also 100 to 200 °C, 150 to 250 °C


–40 to +150 °F · –40 to +80 °C



Type 2231/2232Without thermowell: Class 300 · With thermowell: Class 300/600

With thermowell with flange: Class 300/600

Type 2233/2234 Without thermowell: Class 100 · With flange: Class 50/100

Length of the capillary tube 10 ft/3 m (special version: 16 ft, 33 ft, 50 ft/5, 10, 15 m)

Table 2 · Materials · Material numbers according to ASTM and DIN EN


Valve size NPS ½ to 6 Up to NPS 4

Nominal pressure PN 16 Class 150 and 300

Body Cast iron A216 WCCCast stainless steel

A351 CF8M

Seat and plug Steel 1.4006 (1.4301 with NPS 6) 1.4571


Balancing bellows 1) 1.4571

Bellows housing 1.0425 1.4571


Extension piece/separating piece Brass (special version: stainless steel 1.4301) 1.4301




Sensor

Type 2231Type 2232


Type 2233Type 2234




Thermowell




Flanged connection


Flange Steel1) NPS ½ to 1: without balancing bellows2) Type 2235 not available in stainless steel version

Data Sheet T 2134 EN 2012-07 81



Temperature regulators (TR) with a Type 2231, 2232, 2233,2234 or Type 2235 Thermostat and a Type 2119 Three-wayValve in sizes NPS ½ to 6, for which the max. operating pres-sure must not exceed the max. permissible differential pressureDp specified in the technical data.

Sensor without thermowell: applicable up to 600 psi

Sensor with thermowell: only use SAMSON 1 NPT versionmade of bronze or stainless steel 1.4571 in Class 150


Further details on the selection and application of typetestedequipment can be found in Information Sheet T 2040 EN.















Heating Cooling

B

AB

A

B

A

AB

B

A AB

B

A AB

B

A AB

B

A AB

B

A AB

B

A AB

B

A AB

B

A AB

Heating Cooling


Functionalprinciple

Type …Control

Thermostat


Without With

thermowell

Liquidexpansion

2231 70 120

2232 65 110

2233 25 –1)

2234 15 –1)

2235 10 –1)

2213 70 120


1) Not permissible

82 Data Sheet T 2134 EN 2012-07

Accessories

Thermowells with threaded or flanged connections forTypes 2231 and 2232 Bulb Sensors · 1 NPT threaded connec-tion, Class 300, made of bronze/steel or CrNiMo steel ·NPS 1½ flanged connection, Class 300, with immersion tubemade of CrNiMo steel/steel




An extension piece is needed for temperatures over 430 °F(220 °C). The standard version does not have sealing. The spe-cial version of the extension piece for NPS ½ to 4 is made of

stainless steel and has a bellows seal. It additionally acts as aseparating piece.






Fig. 5 · Dimensions of valve and thermostat

Type 2119Three-way Valve

Type 2231/2233Control Thermostat Type 2232/2234

Table 4 · Dimensions and weightsType 2119 Three-way Valve NPS ½ ¾ 1 1½ 2 2½ 3 4 6

L

Class 150inch 7.25 8.75 10 10.9 11.75 13.9 17.75

mm 184 222 254 276 298 352 451

Class 300inch 7.5 7.6 7.75 9.25 10.5 11.5 12.5 14.5 18.6

mm 191 194 197 235 267 292 318 368 473

H2

Class 150inch 3.6 4.4 5 5.4 5.9 6.9 8.9

mm 92 111 127 138 149 176 225

Class 300inch 3.8 3.8 3.9 4.6 5.3 5.8 6.3 7.2 9.3

mm 95.5 97 98.5 117.5 133.5 146 159 184 236.5

H1

Up to 430 °F inch 9.25 9.5 9.7 12.6 14 19.7

Up to 220 °C mm 235 240 245 320 355 500

Up to 660 °F inch 14.8 15 15.5 18.1 19.5 25.2

Up to 350 °C mm 375 380 385 460 495 640

H

Up to 430 °F inch 20.7 20.9 21.1 24 25.4 31.1

Up to 220 °C mm 525 530 535 610 645 790

Up to 660 °F inch 26.2 26.4 26.6 29.5 30.9 36.6

Up to 350 °C mm 665 670 675 750 785 930

Weight 1) approx. lb 13 15.5 17.5 33 37.5 68 82 108

approx. kg 6 7 8.5 15 17 31 37 49

Thermostats Type 2231 Type 2232 Type 2233 Type 2234 Type 2235

Immersion depth T 11.4“ (290 mm) 2) 9.25“ (235 mm) 2) 16.9“ (430 mm) 18.1“ (460 mm) 136.2“ (3460 mm)

Weight, approx. 7 lb (3.2 kg) 8.8 lb (4.0 kg) 7.5 lb (3.4 kg) 8.1 lb (3.7 kg) 7.9 lb (3.6 kg)1) +10 % for Class 300 · 2) Larger immersion depths on request

(Ø25)Ø1"

1NPT

T

G1

(29

0)

(41

0)

16

.2"

11

.4"H1

H2

H

L

(31

5)

12

.2"

T

(Ø25)Ø1"

1NPT

G1

withoutextension piece

withextension piece

withoutextension piece

withextension piece

Data Sheet T 2134 EN 2012-07 83

Ordering text


NPS ...

Mixing or diverting valve

Body material …, Class …


Set point range … °F (°C)

Length of capillary tube … ft (m)



Accessories



2.7"(69)

1.2

"(3

0)

(60

)2

.4"

19

.7"

(50

0)

1.4

"(3

5)

0.3

"(8

)

1.8"(45)

Ø0.3"(Ø6.5)

Ø5"(127)

Ø3.8"(98.4)

G1¼

4 x 0.36"(4 x Ø15.9)

1.1"(Ø28)

T2

0.6

9"

(17

.5)



L2

SW1.8"(SW46)

L1

Ø1.2"(Ø30)

G1¼

1 NPT



321 mm 246 mm

1 NPT

T2

(Ø28)Ø1.1"

SW 1.8"(SW46)



mm 314 254


mm 340 280


SW 1.4”(SW 36)

Thermowell with threaded connection1 NPT/Class 150





84 Data Sheet T 2134 EN 2012-07


Typetested Safety DevicesType 1/..., Type 4/..., Type 8/..., Type 9/...

Application

Control, limitation, safety monitoring and safety limitation of theenergy supplied to heat generators or heat exchangers whichmust be equipped with typetested devices.

The safety devices are used to control and protect indirectlyheated heat generators in heating and service water heatinginstallations.

The temperature regulators, temperature limiters, safetytemperature monitors and safety temperature limiters arecompulsory according to the relevant regulations (e.g.DIN 4747-1, DIN EN 12828 and DIN 4753) for installationswith heat generators or heat exchangers which are heated bysteam, hot liquids or by district heating systems.These devices must be tested for reliability and certifiedaccordingly. Therefore the devices listed in this InformationSheet have been tested by TÜV (German Technical Inspectorate)and licensed with a register number.

Device designation

The designation of safety devices is stipulated in DIN EN 14597(thermostats and temperature limiters for heat generatingsystems). The temperatures specified in Figs. 1 to 3 are intendedonly as a guide to the typical application ranges of the devicesshown. The devices needed in each case must meet therequirements of the installation and comply with the relevantsafety regulations.

Temperature regulators (TR), which are typetested, arenecessary in many installations. They constantly measure thetemperature as a controlled variable, compare it with a givenset point, adjust the actual temperature to the set point andinterrupt the energy supply when the temperature exceeds theset point.

Safety temperature monitors (STM) interrupt the energy supplywhen the temperature reaches the adjusted limit value, when thecapillary tube ruptures or when there is a leak in the sensor(Figs. 2 and 3). They reset themselves automatically when thetemperature has fallen below the limit value and the fault hasbeen corrected.

Safety temperature limiters (STL) interrupt and block the energysupply when the temperature reaches the adjusted limit value,when the capillary tube ruptures or when there is a leak in thesensor (Fig. 1). They can only be reset and put back intooperation with a tool when the temperature has fallen below thelimit and the fault has been corrected.

Pressure limiters (PL) interrupt and block the energy supplywhen the pressure reaches the adjusted limit value. They canonly be reset and put back into operation when the pressure hasfallen below the limit and the fault has been corrected.

TR Temperature regulatorSTM Safety temperature monitorSTL Safety temperature limiter

Note

Typetested devices are available forinstallations complying with DIN 4747-1,DIN EN 12828 and DIN 4753.

Fig. 1 · Hot water installation according to DIN 4753

Fig. 2 · Heating system with safety temperature monitoraccording to DIN 4747-1

Fig. 3 · Hot water heating with temperature regulator andsafety temperature monitor according toDIN 4747-1

>110˚C

STL <95˚C

<100˚C_

STL

TR

>120°CSTM

<120°C

>100°C

STM

TR

< 75°C_


Typetested Safety DevicesVersions for DN 15 to 150 · PN 16 to 40 · Limit values up to120 °C

The temperature sensors of the regulators and limiters functionaccording to the liquid expansion principle or the adsorptionprinciple. The temperature-dependent pressure change in thesensor causes the valve plug position to change, thus changingthe flow rate of the heating medium. Safety devices areavailable with globe or three-way valves.

Temperature regulators (TR) (Fig. 4)

These devices consist of a Type 2231, 2232, 2233, 2234 or2235 Control Thermostat and a Type 2111, 2114, 2118 or2119 Valve.

They control the temperature and interrupt the energy supplywhen the temperature exceeds the adjusted set point.

Typetested regulators

Typetested temperature regulators (TR) are available. Theregister number is available on request.

Safety temperature monitors (STM) (Fig. 5)

These devices consist of a Type 2213 Safety Thermostat and aType 2111, 2114, 2118 or 2119 Valve.

The safety thermostat does not only close the valve when thetemperature reaches its limit value, adjustable between –10 to90 °C or 20 to 120 °C, but also when the capillary tube rupturesor when there is a leak in the sensor. It resets itself automaticallywhen the fault has been removed and the temperature has fallenbelow the limit.


The regulator's dynamics basically depends on the responsebehavior of the sensor with its characteristic time constant.

Table 2 shows the time constants of SAMSON thermostatsworking according to different operating principles measuredin water.


Operatingprinciple

Type …Control

Thermostat


Without With

thermowell

Liquidexpansion

2231 70 120

2232 65 110

2233 25 –1)

2234 15 –1)

2235 10 –1)

2213 70 120


1) Not permissible

Fig. 5 · Safety temperature monitors (STM) withType 2213 Safety Thermostat

Table 1 · Overview of temperature regulators

Type…

With Type … Valve · DN/G Data Sheet

1/...2111 · DN 15 to 50 T 2111 EN

2111 · G ½ to 1 T 2112 EN

1 u/... 2121 · DN 15 to 50/G ½ to 1 T 2113 EN

4/...2114 · DN 15 to 250

T 2121 EN

4 u/... T 2123 EN

8/... 2118 · DN 15 to 50 T 2131 EN

Fig. 4 · Temperature regulators (TR) with Type 2231 Thermostat

Fig. 4.1Type 2111/2231 orType 2114/2231

Fig. 4.2Type 2118/2231 orType 2119/2231

STM

5

Fig. 5.1Type 2111/2213 orType 2114/2213

STM

2

5

Fig. 5.2Type 2118/2213 orType 2119/2213


Combination of temperature regulators (TR) with safety tem-perature monitors (STM) (Fig. 6)

The attached control thermostat takes on the task of atemperature regulator (TR) in the TR/STM combination. Athree-way valve can be used instead of a globe valve also in thisversion.


Typetested safety temperature monitors with a Type 2213Safety Thermostat are available. The register number isavailable on request.

Refer to Data Sheet T 2043 EN for further details.

Safety temperature limiters (STL) (Fig. 7)

These devices consist of a Type 2212 Safety Thermostat and aType 2111, 2114, 2118 or 2119 Valve.

The spring mechanism in the safety thermostat closes and locksthe valve when the temperature reaches the limit value,adjustable within the range between 10 and 95 °C, between 20to 120 °C and between 30 and 170 °C, when the capillary tuberuptures or when there is a leak in the sensor. The additionalelectromagnetic release device or the attachable pressureelement closes and locks the valve when the safety interlockcircuit is interrupted, when the temperature exceeds theadjusted limit value or when the device or the power fails.

It can only be reset and put back into operation with a specialtool when the temperature has fallen below the limit value andthe fault has been removed.

Combination of temperature regulator TR …with safety temperature limiter STL (TR/STL)with safety temperature limiter STL and pressure limiter PL(TR/STL/PL)

The control thermostat, additionally attached to the safetythermostat, functions in the combinations TR/STL (Fig. 8) andTR/STL/PL (Fig. 9) as a temperature regulator (TR) and thepressure element (Type 2401) as a pressure limiter (PL).

The globe valve can be replaced by a three-way valve in allversions.


The register number is available on request for the typetestedversion with:

– Type 2212 Safety Thermostat

– Type 2401 Pressure Element.

Refer to Data Sheet T 2046 EN for further details.

Extended safety according to DIN EN 14597

Safety temperature monitors (STM) and safety temperaturelimiters (STL) are designed for extended safety according toDIN EN 14597, since they are also effective even when a defectoccurs.

TR STM

1

3

5

Fig. 7 · Safety temperature limiter (STL) with Type 2212 SafetyThermostat, Type 2111/2212 or Type 2114/2212

Fig. 8 · Temperature regulator and safety temperature limiter(TR/STL) with control and safety thermostat,Type 2114/2231/2212

Fig. 9 · Temperature regulator, safety temperature limiter andpressure limiter (TR/STL/PL),Type 2114/2231/2212/2401

Fig. 6 · Temperature regulator and safety temperature monitor(TR/STM) with Type 2231 Control Thermostat andType 2213 Safety Thermostat, Type 2114/2231/2213

Legend for Figs. 6 to 11

1 Type 2111 or Type 2114 Globe Valve2 Type 2118 or Type 2119 Three-way Valve3 Type 2231 Control Thermostat (optionally also Type 2232,

Type 2233, Type 2234 or Type 2235)5 Type 2213 Safety Thermostat7 Type 2212 Safety Thermostat8 Type 2401 Pressure Element10 Optional electric signal transmitter or electromagnetic release

device


Special version

The safety temperature limiters and pressure limiters areequipped optionally with an electric signal transmitter and/oran electromagnetic release device.

The signal transmitter contains a microswitch (max. permissibleload: 230V~, 10 A at ohmic load) which provides a limit signalwhen the temperature has exceeded the limit value or the sensorfails (capillary tube rupture).

The solenoid of the electromagnetic release device is connectedin a safety interlock circuit. It is energized in normal operation.When the safety interlock circuit is interrupted the solenoid isde-energized and releases the spring mechanism via a lever,which closes the valve.

Fig. 10 × Circuit diagram of the signal transmitter

PE N L23

0V 5

0Hz

12

3

PEH

12

3

Fig. 11 · Circuit diagram of the electromagnetic release device

Brownunlocked

Black

Bluelocked



Safety Temperature Monitors (STM)with Safety Thermostat Type 2213

Application

Safety temperature monitoring of the energy supplied to heatgenerators or heat exchangers by closing the valve.

For limit signals from –10 to 120 °C · With valves in sizes DN 15to 150 · PN 16 to 40 · Max. 350 °C

Safety temperature monitors with a valve and a Type 2213Safety Thermostat operate without auxiliary energy and are de-signed for extended safety acc. to DIN EN 14597. The valve isclosed by a spring mechanism when the temperature reachesan adjusted limit value, when the capillary tube breaks or whenleakage occurs in the sensor system. The thermostat is reset andthe regulator put back into operation automatically as soon asthe temperature has fallen below the limit value and the fault hasbeen removed.

VersionsSafety temperature monitors consist of a Type 2111 orType 2114 Globe Valve or a Type 2118 or Type 2119Three-way Valve and a Type 2213 Safety Thermostat · TheType 2213 Safety Thermostat consists of a temperature sensor(including thermowell f required) with limit value adjuster, capil-lary tube and operating element with spring mechanism.

Safety temperature monitors (Figs. 1 and 3)Type 2111/2213 · With Type 2111 Globe Valve for DN 15 toDN 50 and Type 2213 Thermostat · Unbalanced · With flanges

Type 2114/2213 · With Type 2114 Globe Valve for DN 15 toDN 150 and Type 2213 Thermostat · Balanced · With flanges

Type 2118/2213 · With Type 2118 Three-way Valve forDN 15 to DN 50 and Type 2213 Thermostat · UnbalancedWith flanges

Type 2119/2213 · With Type 2119 Three-way Valve forDN 15 to DN 150 and Type 2213 Thermostat · Balanced 1)

With flanges

Temperature regulators and safety temperature monitors(TR/STM) (Figs. 2 and 4) consist of one of the above mentionedinstruments Type .../2213 and a Type 2231 Control Thermo-stat typetested acc. to DIN EN 14597, for example:

Type 2114/2231/2213 · With Type 2114 Valve for DN 15 toDN 150 · PN 16 to PN 40 · Type 2231 Control Thermostat andType 2213 Safety ThermostatIn these combinations, the Type 2231 Control Thermostat canalso be replaced by Types 2232 to 2235 Control Thermostatstypetested acc. to DIN EN 14597.

Details and technical data can be found in the Data Sheets:T 2111 EN · With Type 2111 Globe ValveT 2121 EN · With Type 2114 Globe ValveT 2131 EN · With Type 2118 Three-way ValveT 2133 EN · With Type 2119 Three-way Valve

1) DN 15 to DN 25 unbalanced

Note

Devices typetested acc. to DIN EN 14597 are available forinstallations acc. to DIN 4747-1 or DIN EN 12828.Refer to Information Sheet T 2040 EN fordetails on the use of the safety temperaturemonitors.

1 Type 2213 Safety Thermostat2 Globe valve (Type 2111 or Type 2114)3 Three-way valve (Type 2118 or Type 2119)4 Type 2231 Control Thermostat

1

2

STM

Fig. 1 · Type 2111/2213 orType 2114/2213safety temperature monitor (STM)

2

1

4

TR STM

Fig. 2 · Type 2111/2231/2213 or Type 2114/2231/2213temperature regulator andsafety temperaturemonitor (TR/STM)

3

1

STM

Fig. 3 · Type 2119/2213safety temperature monitor (STM)

1

4

3

TR STM

Fig. 4 · Type 2119/2231/2213temperature regulator andsafety temperature monitor(TR/STM)

Data Sheet T 2043 EN 2012-04 89

Principle of operation (Fig. 5)

The safety temperature monitors work according to the liquidexpansion principle. The temperature sensor (12), the capillarytube (9) and the operating element (8) are filled with an expan-sion liquid.

The temperature-dependent change in volume of the liquid con-tained in the bulb sensor (12) causes the piston in the operatingelement (8) to move, thus also moving the pin of the operatingelement (7) and consequently the plug stem (5) with the attachedplug (3). The temperature limit is adjustable with a key (10). Thislimit value is indicated on the dial (11).

The thermostat closes the associated valve when the tempera-ture reaches the adjusted temperature limit. The thermostat re-sets itself automatically when the temperature has fallen to avalue of approx. 5 K below the adjusted limit.

The spring mechanism is released when the capillary tubebreaks or when there is a leak in the sensor. It moves the plugstem (5) with the attached plug (3) over the pin (7) and closesand locks the valve.

Installation

• Valve

Install the valve in a horizontal pipeline with the operating ele-ment of the thermostat vertically suspended. Make sure the di-rection of flow through the valve matches the arrow on the body.


The temperature sensor can be installed in any desired position.Its entire length must be immersed in the process medium.Choose a place of installation where neither overheating norconsiderable idle times occur.

When combining a Type 2213 Safety Temperature Monitorwith a Type 2231, 2232, 2233, 2234 or 2235 Control Ther-mostat, make sure there is a minimum difference of approx.15 K between the adjusted limit temperature and the set pointtemperature.

• Capillary tube

Install the capillary tube such that it is not exposed to large tem-perature fluctuations and cannot be damaged. Make sure thepermissible ambient temperature range (approx. temperature:20 °C) is not exceeded. The smallest permissible bending radiusis 50 mm.


Special installation regulations according to VdTÜV

Only install the valve with a strainer (e.g. Type 2 NI accordingto Data Sheet T 1015 EN) mounted upstream of the valve inlet.Only use the supplied SAMSON thermowells.

Register numbers of devices tested acc. to DIN EN 14597

The test marks assigned in the typetest of the Type 2213 SafetyThermostat (STM) with Types 2111, 2114, 2118 and 2119Valves and Types 2231, 2232, 2233, 2234 and 2235 ControlThermostats are available on request.

Accessories

Extension piece to protect the operating element against exces-sive temperatures 1) made of

– Brass or CrNi steel

Thermowell with G 1 threaded connection made of

– Bronze, PN 40 or CrNiMo steel, PN 40

Special versions

– Electric signal transmitter for remote transmission of plantstates. This transmitter contains a microswitch (max. permis-sible load: 230 V, 10 A at ohmic load), which provides alimit signal when the temperature has exceeded the limitvalue or the sensor fails (capillary tube breakage)

– Special KVS coefficient (reduced) for Type 2111/2213 orType 2114/2213

– 10 or 15 m capillary tube made of copper or 5, 10 or 15 mcapillary tube made of plastic-coated copper (10/15 m nottypetested)

1) Type 2118: The use of an extension piece does not permit themaximum permissible temperature to be increased

Fig. 5 · Type 2114/2213, safety temperature monitor (STM)

Type 2114 Globe Valve and Type 2213 Safety Thermostat

1 Valve body2 Seat (exchangeable)3 Plug4 Bellows housing4.1 Balancing bellows5 Plug stem with spring6 G 1 coupling nut7 Connection piece with pin

of the operating element

8 Operating element withspring element

8.1 Electric signal transmitter9 Capillary tube10 Key to adjust the limit

value11 Limit value dial12 Temperature sensor (bulb

sensor) with thermowell

90 Data Sheet T 2043 EN 2012-04

Ordering text

Safety temperature monitor (STM)Type 2111/2213, Type 2114/2213, Type 2118/2213 orType 2119/2213PN ..., DN …KVS coefficient …Body material …

With Type 2213 Safety ThermostatLimit value range … °COptionally, accessories …Optionally, special version

Temperature regulator with safety temperature monitor(TR/STM)Type 2111/2231/2213, Type 2114/2231/2213,Type 2118/2231/2213 or Type 2119/2231/2213PN ..., DN ...,KVS coefficient ...,Body material …

With Type 2231 ThermostatCapillary tube … m, set point range ...°CandType 2213 Safety ThermostatCapillary tube … m, limit value range … °COptionally, accessories …Optionally, special version


Valves

Nominal size DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 2001) 2501)

Type 2111 Further details on the techni-cal data of the valves andcontrol thermostats can befound in the listed datasheets.

See Data Sheet T 2111 EN –

Type 2114 See Data Sheet T 2121 EN

Type 2118 See Data Sheet T 2131 EN –



Type 2213 Safety Thermostat for STM

Adjustable limit value range –10 to 90 °C · 20 to 120 °C

Permissible ambient temperature range atthe limit value adjuster

–40 to +80 °C

Permissible temperature at the sensor 100 K above adjusted temperature limit

Permissible pressure at the sensor

With G 1 thermowell PN 40

Without thermowell PN 10

Capillary tube length 5 m 2)

1) Type 2114 only: on request2) Special version 10 or 15 m made of copper and 5, 10 or 15 m made of plastic-coated copper (10 and 15 m not typetested)


Type 2213 Safety Thermostat for STM



Sensor Nickel-plated bronze –

Capillary tube Nickel-plated copper Plastic-coated copper

Thermowell with conductive plate

G 1Immersion tube Nickel-plated bronze

Stainless steel 1.4571Threaded nipple Nickel-plated brass

Data Sheet T 2043 EN 2012-04 91

Dimensions


Nominal size DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 15 20 25 65 80 100 125 150

Valve Type 2114 Type 2111 (2114) Type 2111 Type 2114

Length L 130 150 160 180 200 230 130 150 160 290 310 350 400 480

H1Without extension piece 225 225 3)/1524)/(225) 225 3)/82 4) 300 355 460 590

With extension piece 365 3653)/–4)/(365) 365 3)/–4) 440 495 600 730

Weight (body PN 16)2) Approx. kg 5 5.5 6.5 13 13.5 16 4 4.5 5.5 27 32 40 70 113

Valve Type 2119 Type 2118/2119 Type 2118 Type 2119

Length L 130 150 160 180 200 230 130 150 160 290 310 350 400 480

H2 70 80 85 100 105 120 70 80 85 130 140 150 200 210

H1Without extension piece1) 235 88/245 78 320 355 395 500

With extension piece1) 375 –/385 – 460 495 535 640

Weight (body PN 16)2) Approx. kg 6 7 8.512.5/

1514.5/

1717/19

5 6.5 8 32 50 71 On request

Overall height HType .../2213 STM H = H1 + 125

TR/STM H = H1 + 415

Type 2213 Safety Thermostat

Approx weight in kgThermostat 5

Thermowell 0.51) Type 2118: The use of an extension piece does not permit the maximum permissible temperature to be increased2) +15 % for PN 25 or PN 403) Type 2111: valve made of 1.0619 and stainless steel4) Type 2111: valve made of EN-JS1049 and EN-JL1040

G1G1

Ø25

290

310

H

L

H1

L

H1H

G1

G1H

H2

L

H1

140

G1

G1

SW 36

G1

Ø28

325

H1

H

L

H2

G1


Type 2111/2213 · Type 2114/2213 · Type 2118/2213 · Type 2119/2213 safety temperature monitors

Type 2114 ValveType 2111 Valve of 1.0619,stainless steel

Type 2111 Valve ofEN-JS1049, EN-JS1040 Type 2118 Valve

Type 2119 Valve

Safetythermostat

Accessories

To safetythermostat

Thermowell for Type 2213With G 1 threaded connection for PN 40

To safetythermostat

To safetythermostat

Extension piece(weight approx. 0.5 kg)

When the extension pieceis used, the H and H1 in-crease by approx. 140 mm

92 Data Sheet T 2043 EN 2012-04


Safety Temperature Limiters (STL)with Safety Thermostat Type 2212

Application

Safety temperature limitation of the energy supplied to heatgenerators or heat exchangers by closing and locking the valve.Additional pressure limitation when equipped with a pressurelimiter (PL) or an electromagnetic release device.

For limit signals from 10 to 170 °C · With valves in sizes DN 15to 150 · PN 16 to 40 · Max. 350 °C

Safety temperature limiters (STL) with a valve and a Type 2212Safety Thermostat operate without auxiliary energy and aredesigned for extended safety acc. to DIN EN 14597. The valveis closed and locked by a spring mechanism when thetemperature reaches a limit, when the capillary tube ruptures orthere is a leak in the sensor system. The limiters can only be resetand put back into operation with a tool after the temperaturehas fallen below the limit and the fault has been removed.

Versions

The Type 2212 Safety Thermostat consists of a temperaturesensor (only with thermowell), capillary tube and an operatingelement with spring mechanism and limit value adjuster.

Type 2111/2212 · With Type 2111 Globe Valve for DN 15 to50 and Type 2212 Thermostat · Unbalanced · With flanges

Type 2114/2212 · With Type 2114 Globe Valve for DN 15 to150 and Type 2212 Thermostat · Balanced · With flanges

Type 2118/2212 · With Type 2118 Three-way Valve for DN 15to 50 and Type 2212 Thermostat · Unbalanced · With flanges

Type 2119/2212 · With Type 2119 Three-way Valve for DN 15to 150 and Type 2212 Thermostat · Balanced 1) · With flanges

Temperature regulators and safety temperature limiters(TR/STL) (Fig. 2) consist of one of the above mentioned devicesType … /2212 and a typetested Type 2231 ControlThermostat, for example:Type 2114/2231/2212 · With Type 2114 Valve, Type 2231Control Thermostat and Type 2212 Safety Thermostat.

Special versions

Optionally with an electric signal transmitter (7) for faultindication and/or an electromagnetic release device (6) with asolenoid for connection to a safety interlock circuit (Fig. 5) orwith a Type 2401 Pressure Element for limits from 1 to 10 bar.

Temperature regulators, safety temperature limiters andpressure limiters (TR/STL/PL) acc. to Fig. 4 consist of one of theabove mentioned devices and a Type 2401 Pressure Limiter.

The Type 2231 Control Thermostat can be replaced by atypetested Type 2232 to Type 2235 Control Thermostat.

Details and technical data can be found in the Data Sheets:

Data Sheet T 2111 EN: With Type 2111 Globe ValveData Sheet T 2121 EN: With Type 2114 Globe ValveData Sheet T 2131 EN: With Type 2118 Three-way ValveData Sheet T 2133 EN: With Type 2119 Three-way Valve

1) DN 15 to DN 25: Unbalanced

1 Type 2212 Safety Thermostat2 Globe valve (Type 2111 or Type 2114)3 Three-way valve

(Type 2118 or Type 2119)4 Type 2231 Control Thermostat

Note

Typetested devices are available for installations acc. toDIN 4753.Refer to Information Sheet T 2040 ENfor details on application of the safetytemperature limiters.

2

1

Fig. 1 · Type 2111/2212 orType 2114/2212 SafetyTemperature Limiter (STL)

1

2

4

Fig. 2 · Type 2111/2231/2212or Type 2114/2231/2212Temperature Regulator (TR) andSafety Temperature Limiter (STL)

1

3

Fig. 3 · Type 2118/2212or Type 2119/2212 SafetyTemperature Limiter (STL)

2

1

54

Fig. 4 · Type 2111/2231/2212/2401 or Type 2114/2231/2212/2401Temperature Regulator, SafetyTemperature Limiter and PressureLimiter (TR/STL/PL)

6

2

1

7

Fig. 5 · Type 2212 SafetyThermostat with electromagneticrelease device (6) in a safetyinterlock circuit

Safety interlock circuit

5 Type 2401 Pressure Limiter6 Electromagnetic release device7 Electric signal transmitter

STL STLTR

STL STLTR/PL

Data Sheet T 2046 EN 2012-04 93


The safety temperature limiters (STL) are equipped with atemperature sensor which operates according to the adsorptionprinciple.

The medium temperature produces a pressure in the sensor (9)that corresponds to the actual temperature. This pressure istransmitted through the capillary tube (10) to a positioningbellows, converted into a positioning force and compared withthe force of a positioning spring.

The spring force is adjusted at the limit value adjuster (11). If theactual temperature exceeds the adjusted limit, the springmechanism in the operating element (8) releases and moves thepin (6) as well as the plug stem (5). The spring mechanism closesand locks the valve.

The valve can only be unlocked and put back into operation witha special tool, after the temperature has fallen below the limitvalue and the fault has been removed.

Installation

• Valve

The valves are to be installed in horizontal pipelines. Thedirection of medium flow through the valve must match thearrow on the body. The operating element of the thermostatmust be suspended downwards.

• Capillary tube

The capillary tube must be laid in such a way that it is notexposed to large temperature fluctuations and cannot bedamaged. The ambient temperature should not exceed thepermissible limits. The smallest permissible bending radius is50 mm.


The temperature sensor may be installed in any desiredposition. Its whole length must be immersed in the medium to becontrolled. It should be installed in a location where overheatingor considerable idle times cannot occur.

Only the same kind of materials should be combined, forexample thermowells of stainless steel 1.4571 can be installedinto heat exchangers of stainless steel.


The valve may be only used with a strainer (e.g. Type 2NI acc.to Data Sheet T 1015 EN) installed upstream of the valve inlet.

Only use SAMSON thermowells.

Accessories

– Extension piece to protect the operating element against ex-cessive temperatures 1) (see specifications in associated datasheet)

– Separating piece made of brass or CrNi steel

– Thermowell made of CrNiMo steel

Special version

– An additional electromagnetic release device and/or elec-tric signal transmitter for remote transmission of the plantstate can be attached to the operating element (8).

– Special KVS coefficient (reduced) for Type 2114/2212 orType 2111/2212.

– With Type 2401 Pressure Limiter (PL)

– 10 m capillary tube (not typetested).


Test marks assigned in the typetest to the Type 2212 SafetyThermostat with Type 2111, Type 2114, Type 2118 andType 2119 Valves and Type 2231, Type 2232, Type 2233,Type 2234 and Type 2235 Control Thermostats as well asType 2401 Pressure Limiter are available on request.

1) Type 2118: The use of an extension piece does not allow anincrease in the maximum permissible temperature.

1

2

3

4

4.1

5

7

6

8

1211

10

9

Fig. 6 · Type 2114/2212 Safety Temperature Limiter (STL)

Safety thermostat6 Pin of operating element7 Coupling nut G 18 Operating element with

spring element9 Temperature sensor

with thermowell10 Capillary tube11 Limit value adjuster

(Type 2212)12 Connection for control

thermostat

Type 2114 Valve1 Valve body2 Seat (exchangeable)3 Plug4 Bellows housing4.1Balancing bellows5 Plug stem with spring

94 Data Sheet T 2046 EN 2012-04

Ordering text

Safety Temperature Limiter Type .../2212Nominal pressure PN ..., nominal size DNKVS coefficient ..., body material …

With Type 2212 Safety Thermostatlimit value range … °Climit value adjusted … °C (normal 90 or 110 °C)Optional accessories …Optional special version …

Temperature Regulator with Safety Temperature LimiterType .../2231/2212Nominal pressure PN ..., nominal size DN ...,KVS coefficient ...,body material …

With Type 2231 Thermostat, capillary tube … m,set point range ...°CandType 2212 Safety Thermostat, capillary tube … m,limit value range … °Climit value adjusted … °C (normal 90 or 110 °C)Optional accessories …Optional special version …


Valves

Nominal size DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150

Type 2111 Further details ontechnical data ofvalves andcontrolthermostats canbe found in thedata sheets listed.

See Data Sheet T 2111 EN –





Type 2212 Safety Thermostat for STL Size 50 Size 150

Adjustable range of limit value 10 to 95 °C · 20 to 120 °C · 30 to 170 °C

Permissible ambient temperaturewith electromagnetic release device

–20 to +80 °C–20 to +60 °C

Permissible temperature at sensor Max. 20 K above adjusted set point

Capillary tube length 5 m (special version 10 m) 1)

Permissible pressure at sensorwith thermowell G ½

PN 40

Electromagnetic release device

Power supply 230 V (AC) +5/–10 %, 50 Hz or 24 V (DC)

Degree of protection IP 54

Power consumption 31 VA (100 % ED)

Electric signal transmitter Permissible load: 230 V (AC), 10 A at ohmic load

1) Not typetested


Type 2213 Safety Thermostat for STL


Operating element GD AlSi 12 (230) · Connection piece 1.4104 –

Sensor Only with thermowell and conducting plate

Thermowell Copper SF-Cu F20 Stainless steel 1.4571

Capillary tube Copper SF-Cu F20 –

Data Sheet T 2046 EN 2012-04 95

Dimensions

Circuit diagrams


Nominal size DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 15 20 25 65 80 100 125 150

Type 2114 Type 2111 (2114) Type 2111 Type 2114

Length L 130 150 160 180 200 230 130 150 160 290 310 350 400 480

H1Without extension piece 225 225 3)/152 4)/(225) 225 3)/82 4) 300 355 460 590

With extension piece 365 365 3)/– 4)/(365) 365 3)/– 4) 440 495 600 730

Weight (body PN 16) 2) Approx. kg 5 5.5 6.5 13 13.5 16 4 4.5 5.5 27 32 40 70 113

Type 21149 Type 2118/2119 Type 2118 Type 2119

Length L 130 150 160 180 200 230 130 150 160 290 310 350 400 480

H2 70 80 85 100 105 120 70 80 85 130 140 150 200 210

H1Without extension piece 1) 235 88/245 78 320 355 395 500

With extension piece 1) 375 –/385 – 460 495 535 640

Weight (body PN 16) 2) Approx. kg 6 7 8.512.5/

1514.5/

1717/19

5 6.5 8 32 50 71 On request

H1Type ..../2212 SL H = H1 + 255

TR/STL H = H1 + 545

Type 2212 Safety Thermostat

Weight, approx. in kg 3.51) Type 2118: The use of an extension piece does not allow an increase in the maximum permissible temperature.2) +15 % for PN 25 and PN 403) Type 2111: valve material 1.0619 and stainless steel4) Type 2111: valve material EN-JS 1049 and EN-JL 1040

L

H1

H

137 188

G1

G1

G½

170

20

Ø12

G1

188

L

H1

H

G1

L

H1

H

G1

G1

188

H2

G1

188

H

G1

H1

H2

L


Type 2119 ValveType 2114 Valve(1.0619, stainless steel)

Safety Temperature Limiters with Type 2212 Safety Thermostat

Type 2111 Valve(EN-JS 1049, EN-JS 1040)

Type 2212Safety Thermostat

Type 2118 Valve

Fig. 8 · Circuit diagrams

PE N L2

30

V 5

0H

z

12

3

PEH

12

3

Electric signal transmitter

Black

Brown:unlocked

Blue:locked

Electromagnetic release device

Type 2212Type 2212

Type 2212

96 Data Sheet T 2046 EN 2012-04


Series 43

PN 25 · Class 250DN 15 to 50 · NPS ½ to 2G ½ to 1 · ½ to 1 NPTUp to 200 oC · Up to 390 oF


Series 43 Self-operated Temperature RegulatorsSteam · ·

Water, liquids · · · · · · · · ·

Oil · · · · · ·

Air, non-flammable gases · · · · · ·

Heating · · · · · · ·

Cooling · · · ·

Mixing · ·

Globe valve · · · · · · ·

Three-way valve · ·

Pressure-balanced · · · · · ·

Not balanced · · ·

Threaded flanges · · · ·

Female thread · · ·

Welding ends · · · · ·1)

Threaded ends · · · · ·1)

Nominal size G ½ to 1 DN 15 to 50 G ½ to 1 G ½ to 1 DN 32 to 50 DN 15 to 50 G ½ to 1 DN 15 to 50 DN 15

Nominal pressure PN 25 PN 16

Perm. temperature 150 °C 150 °C 200 °C 150 °C 150 °C 200 °C 150 °C 150 °C 120 °C

Body material· · · · · · · · ·

· · · · · ·

With thermostat Type 2430 K

Set point 0 to 35 °C · 25 to 70 °C · 40 to 100 °C · 50 to 120 °C · 70 to 150 °C 0 to 100 °C

Double adapter/man. adjuster · · · · · · · · ·

Sensor material Copper

Thermowell Optionally copper or stainless steel

Type 43-1 43-2 3) 43-5 43-6 43-6 3) 43-7 3) 43-3 43-3 2) 43-2 N

Data Sheet T 2171 EN T 2172 EN T 2173 EN T 2186 EN

Type 2040 Safety Temperatu-re Monitor for cryogenic ap-plications on request (seeT 2090 EN).

1) Connecting thread G ¾ B to attach soldering ends, welding ends or threaded ends2) In the version with male thread for welding ends, threaded ends or flanges also available as diverting valve3) DN 32 to 50: also with flanged body made of EN-JS1049 (DIN version only)

Red brass

Ther

mos

tat

Valv

e

Con

nect

ion

Applic

atio

nsw

ith

Thermostats and temperature sensors

Series 43 Temperature Regulators are fitted with Type 2430 KThermostats. The temperature sensors can be used for operatingpressures up to 40 bar (580 psi) and set points up to 150 °C(300 °F).

Refer to corresponding data sheets for details.

Combined regulators

To attach further thermostats and control equipment, a doubleadapter can be installed between valve and control thermostat (seeData Sheet T 2176 EN).

The regulators can be combined with flow and differential pressureregulators.

10 Control thermostat11 Housing with spring mechanism20 Double adapter (housing)21 Type 2439 K Safety Thermostat (STL)22 Temperature sensor with thermowell

TR Temperature regulatorSTL Safety temperature limiter

Temperature sensor with withthermowell screw gland

STL

TR21

2222

10

11

Fig. 1 · Thermostat with various sensor versions

Fig. 2 · Combined regulators

Temperature regulator withsafety temperature limiter(STL)

Temperature regulator withdouble adapter Do3 K

St. steel


ANSI version

·

· · · · · · ·

· · ·

· · ·

· · · · ·

· · ·

· ·

· · · · · ·

· ·

· · · · ·

· ·

·

·

·

· · ·

DN 15 ½ to 1 NPT NPS ½ to 2 ½ to 1 NPT NPS 1¼ to 2 ½ to 1 NPT NPS ½ to 2 ½ to 1 NPT NPS ½ to 2

PN 25/16 Class 250

150 °C/120 °C1) 300 °F 300 °F 390 °F 300 °F 300 °F 390 °F 300 °F 300 °F

· · · · · · · ·

2430 K

45 to 65 °C 30 to 95 °F · 75 to 160 °F · 105 to 210 °F · 125 to 250 °F · 160 to 300 °F

· · ·

CrNiMo Copper

Without Optionally copper or stainless steel

43-8 43-1 43-2 43-5 43-6 43-6 43-7 43-3 43-3

T 2178 T 2175 EN T 2174 EN T 2177 EN

1) Max. permissible valve temperature

·

Safety thermostats

Fig. 3 · Safety thermostats

Fig. 4 · Type 2439 K Safety Thermostat with electricsignal transmitter


The regulator's dynamics basically depends on the response behav-ior of the sensor with its characteristic time constant.

Table 1 shows the time constants of SAMSON thermostats workingaccording to different operating principles measured in water.

Table1 · Time constants of SAMSON thermostats

Operatingprinciple Type

Without With

thermowell

Adsorption2430 K 15 s 1) 30 s 2) 40 s 1) 80 s 2)

2439 K – 3) 40 s

Vaporpressure

2403 K 3 s – 3)

1) DN 15 to 25 · 2) DN 32 to 50 · 3) Not permissible

230 V~

The Type 2403 K Safety Thermostat for safety temperature moni-tors (STM) consists of a temperature sensor without thermowell,limit adjuster, capillary tube and connecting element.

The Type 2439 K Safety Thermostat for safety temperature limiters(STL) consists of a housing with spring mechanism and thermostatwith capillary tube, bulb sensor as well as a thermowell.

They can also be supplied with an electric signal transmitter for theremote transmission of a fault.

Type 2403 K Type 2439 K


Conversion factorsThe conversion factors commonly used for sizing, calculatingand selecting valves are given below.

KVS and CV coefficients

The valve flow coefficients can be determined accurately usingIEC 60534, Part 2-1 and Part 2-2. In addition, the equationsspecified in the ISA-S75.01-1-1985 standard and the VDI/VDEGuideline 2173 can be used for this purpose. Calculating theKV coefficient according to the methods provided by theVDI/VDE guideline is sufficiently accurate in most cases.

The equations can be found in SAMSON’s AB 04 EN Calcula-tion Sheet.

KVS= 0.86 ´ CV KVS [m³/h]

CV = 1.17 ´ KVS CV [U.S. gallons/min]

Pressure

1 pound/square inch [lbs/in² = psi] = 0.06895 bar

1 bar = 14.5 psi

Area

1 square inch [sq.in; in²] = 6.452 cm²1 cm² = 0.155 in²

Mass

1 pound [lb] = 0.4536 kg1 kg = 2.2046 lb

Mass flow

1 pound per second [lb/s] = 0.4536 kg/s1 kg/s = 2.2046 lb/s

Flow rate

1 U.S. gallon per min [US gal/min] = 0.227 m³/h

1 m³/h = 4.4 US gal/min

Temperature

°F =9

5C° + 32

°C =5

9( F 32)° -

Steam

Water · · ·

Oil

Air and non-flammable gases

Heating

Cooling

Mixing

Globe valve · · Angle valve

Three-way valve

Pressure-balanced

Not balanced · · ·

Threaded flanges

Female thread · Outlet Outlet

Welding ends · ·

Threaded ends · Inlet

Nominal size G ½ to G 1 G 38 to G ½ G 3

8 to G ½

Nominal pressure PN 25 PN 16 PN 16

Perm. temperature 120 °C

Body material Brass

With thermostat Type Installed

Set point 20 to 70 °C 10 to 60 °C

Double adapter/manual adjuster · · ·

Sensor material Brass

Type 3 D 4 D 4 E

Data Sheet T 2080 EN

Return temperature limitersV

alv

esTh

erm

osta

t

Con

nect

ion

Applic

atio

nsw

ith


p [bar]

40

30

20

10

0

0 10020 150 250200 300 350 [˚C]

PN

40

25

16

1.4408, 1.4571

1.0619

t

t

EN-JS1049,CC491K/CC499K

EN-JL1040

0

0 32 100

38 100

200 300 400

200 232 349

450 500 600 660

300

400

200

100

300

360

20

25

10

30

[˚F]

[˚C]

[bar] [psi]

p A 351 CF8MA 126 BA 216 WCC

Class 150

Class 250

Class 125

Class 300

Fig. 5 · Pressure-temperature diagram according to DIN/ANSI

Pressure-temperature diagrams

The pressures specified in the data sheets are the maximum pressure specifications. They are limited by the specifications of the associ-ated pressure-temperature diagrams.

The diagrams for DIN materials were created based on DIN EN 12516-1 and for ANSI materials according to ASME B16.1 andASME B16.34.

Pressure-temperature diagramaccording to DIN

Pressure-temperature diagramaccording to ANSI

Max. perm. inlet pressurein Type 43-x

A351 CF8MA126BA216 WCC, C83600


Principle of operation of Series 43 Tempera-ture RegulatorsThe measuring unit of self-operated temperature regulatorswithdraws the energy it requires from the process medium andreleases enough force to move the valve stem.

The regulators illustrated in the figures consist of a valve (1) anda control thermostat with set point adjuster (8), capillary tube(10) and a temperature sensor (11) which operates accordingto the adsorption principle 1).

The medium temperature generates a pressure pt in the sensor(11) corresponding to the actual value. This pressure is transmit-ted to the bellows (9) through the capillary tube (10). The forceFt = pt ´ A is created at the effective area A of the metal bellows.This force corresponds to the controlled variable x. At the bot-tom of the metal bellows, it is compared to the spring force Fs (=set point w), which depends on the set point adjustment. Whenthe temperature changes, the plug (3) is moved until Ft = Fs.

Pressure-balanced plug

Control accuracy and stability depend on the disturbances thatoccur (e.g. changes in upstream pressure and flow). However,the regulators are designed to keep this impact low.

The force exerted by the upstream pressure on the valve plug,for example, may be eliminated by using a pressure-balancedplug. The balanced plug has a bore so that both the front and

the back of the plug are pressurized. The downstream pressureis separated from the plug either by the bushing of a piston plug(Fig. 6.2) or by a metal bellows (Fig. 6.3).

Regulators for heating installations

Regulators illustrated in Figs. 6.2 and 6.3 are suitable for heat-ing installations. The valve closes as the temperature at the sen-sor rises .

Regulators for cooling installations

Regulators illustrated in Fig. 6.4 are suitable for cooling installa-tions. The valve opens as the temperature at the sensor rises.

1) Special versions with small time constant, which operate according to thevapor pressure principle, are available.

p p1 2

5

pt

3

Fig. 6.4 · Temperature regulator with plug balanced by a bellows,valve opens as the temperature rises

3 Plug

5 Bellows

p p1 2

3

pt

6

Fig. 6.2 · Temperature regulator with plug balanced by a piston,valve closes as the temperature rises

3 Plug

6 Bushing

Fig. 6.3 · Temperature regulator with plug balanced by a bellows,valve closes as the temperature rises

3 Plug

5 Bellows

p p1 2

1

23

8

7

9

4

10

11pt

5

Fig. 6.1 · Temperature regulator

1 Valve body2 Valve seat

(exchangeable)3 Plug4 Plug stem5 Valve spring7 Positioning spring(s)8 Set point adjuster9 Operating bellows10 Capillary tube11 Temperature sensor


Series 43 Temperature Regulators• Low-maintenance P regulators requiring no auxiliary energy

• Temperature sensor suitable for installation in any positionand for operation at high permissible ambient tempera-tures

• Suitable for liquids, gases and vapors at operating pres-sures up to 40 bar

• Especially suitable for use in district heating supply systems

Versions with globe valves

Type 43-1 and Type 43-2 Temperature Regulators

Regulators for heating installations · With a plug balanced by apiston 1) · The valve closes as the temperature rises


Set point ranges 0 to 150 °C · 30 to 300 °F

Nominal sizeDN 15 to 50 · NPS ½ to 2G ½ to G 1 · ½ to 1 NPT

Nominal pressure PN 25 · Class 250 · Class 300

TemperaturesLiquidsNon-flammable gases

Up to 150 °C · Up to 300 °FUp to 80 °C · Up to 175 °F

Series 43- ... N• Low-maintenance P-regulators requiring no auxiliary energy

• Temperature sensor can be mounted in any position

• For treated water up to 120 °C at operating pressures upto 16 bar

• Especially suitable for local heat supply and large heatingnetworks

Type 43-2 N Temperature Regulator

Temperature regulators for heating installations · Valve closesas the temperature rises


Set point ranges 0 to 100 °C

Nominal size DN 15


Temperature

Treated water Up to 120 °C


Regulators for heating installations · With a plug balanced by apiston 1) · The valve closes as the temperature rises



Nominal sizeDN 15 to 50 · NPS 1

2 to 2G ½ to G 1 · ½ to 1 NPT


TemperaturesLiquids and steamNon-flammable gases


Type 43-6 Temperature Regulator

Regulators for cooling installations · With a plug balanced by apiston 1) · The valve opens as the temperature rises



Nominal sizeDN 15 to 50 · G ½ to G 1½” to 2” · ½ to 1 NPT


TemperaturesLiquidsGases


Versions with three-way valves


Temperature regulators for mixing and flow-diverting service inheating or cooling installations



Nominal sizeDN 15 to 50 · G ½ to G 1½” to 2” · ½ to 1 NPT

Nominal pressure PN 25 · Class 250

TemperaturesWater and oil Up to 150 °C · Up to 300 °F

2) Type 43-5 and Type 43-7 are identical in design. The valve of Type 43-7 is designedwith fitting for attachment of threaded or welding ends (DN 15 to 50).

Fig. 7 · Series 43 Temperature Regulators

1) Pressure balancing is not necessary in versions with reduced KVS coefficientsand small seat bores

Type 43-1

Type 43-2

Type 43-2 N

Type 43-5 2)Type 43-6

Type 43-3


Type 43-8 and Type 43-8 N Temperature Regulators with Hy-draulic Controller

Temperature regulation of instantaneous water heaters in smalldistrict heating units, particularly in single- and two-familydwellings

• Regulation of small instantaneous water heaters

• Compact design, simple installation and operation

• Stable regulation already at tapped quantity of 2 l/min

• Idle temperature regulation

• Fast-responding vapor pressure thermostats


Valve Type 2432 K

Nominal pressure PN 25/PN 16 1)

Nominal size DN 15

KVS coefficient 2.5

Max. perm. temperature 130 °C/120 °C 1)

Control thermostat Type 2430 K

Set point range 45 to 65 °C

Perm. pressure at sensor PN 40

Perm. temp. at set point adjuster 35 °C

Hydraulic controller Type 2438 K


Perm. ambient temperature 80 °C1) Type 43-8 N

Type 3 D, Type 4 D and Type 4 E Return Flow TemperatureLimiters

Limiters for the return flow temperature in district heating sys-tems and other heating installations · The valve closes as thetemperature rises


Set point range +10 to +70 °C

Nominal size G ½ to G 1 or G 38 bis G ½

Nominal pressure PN 25/PN 16

Max. perm. temperature 120 °C

Type 2040 Temperature Regulator for special applications

The Type 2040 Safety Temperature Monitor is used for protec-tion of consumer plants, especially in cryogenics.

The regulator with integrated temperature sensor and set pointadjuster closes whenever the medium temperature falls below

the adjusted set point or when the sensor fails (safetyfunction).

Suitable for cryogenic gases and liquids as well as other liquids,gases and vapors

Technical data Data Sheet T 2090 EN 1)

Set point range –30 to 70 °C

Connection Conical joint G 1¼ A

Operating pressure Max. 40 bar

Temperature range –60 to +60 °C1) See Volume 1 of Self-operated Regulators Catalog

Temperature regulators with double adapter or manual ad-juster

Double adapter Do3 K

The double adapter can be installed between valve and controlthermostat for the attachment of further thermostats to apply ad-ditional controlled variables. The adapter is suited to attachmax. two control thermostats or control units. One of the con-nections may be used to attach a manual adjuster.

Manual adjuster

For the manual operation of the valve. The manual adjuster caneither be attached directly to the valve instead of a control ther-mostat or to the Do3 K at connection b.

Technical data Data sheet T 2176 EN

Connection toSeries 43 Globe andThree-way Valves

Nominal size G ½ to G 1 · DN 15 to 50


Typetested temperature regulators

Typetested temperature regulators (TR), safety temperaturemonitors (STM), safety temperature limiters (STL) and pressurelimiters (PL) as well as combined regulators (e.g. TR/PL) with li-mit values up to 170 °C are part of the safety equipment used inheat generating installations.

These versions are DIN-tested and approved.Register no. and test mark are available on request.

For details refer to the corresponding data sheets and Informati-on Sheet T 2181 EN.

Fig. 8 · Various temperature regulators

Type 4 E

Type 3 D

Type 2040 Safety TemperatureMonitor

Return Temperature Limiter

Temperature regulator withdouble adapter Do3 K

Globe valvewith manual

adjuster


Temperature regulation for different consumersT1 Heating or cooling with globe valve

T2 Heating with three-way valve (mixing valve)

T3 Regulation of a water-heated air duct

T4 Regulation of a steam-heated drying cabinet, drying chamberor storeroom

Temperature regulation of boilers, heat generators and heatexchangersT5 Regulation of water-heated boilers

T6 Regulation of steam-heated boilers

T7 Regulation of a heat generator or water-heated heat exchanger

T8 Temperature regulation safeguarded by safety temperaturemonitor on a heat exchanger or water-heated heat exchanger

Temperature regulation in district heating systems and coolinginstallationsT9 Return flow temperature limitation

T10 Return flow temperature increase in a boiler system

T11 Temperature regulation of a condenser

T12 Regulation of the cooling water circuit of engines or compressors

Legend of the typical applications:1 For heating: Type 43-1, 43-2, 43-5, 43-7, 43-2 N,

For cooling: Type 43-6

2 Type 43-3

3 Type 43-1, 43-2, 43-2 N

4 Type 43-5, 43-7

5 Type 43-1, 43-2, 43-5, 43-7, 43-2 N with typetestedsafety equipment (TR/STL)

6 Type 43-1, 43-2, 43-5, 43-7, 43-2 N

8 Type 43-6

9 SAMSON strainer

10 SAMSON steam trap

For further application examples of typetested regulators, referto Information Sheet T 2181 EN.

W

9

9

99 5

6 9

3

10

4

1/8

t1

t2

2 110

t1

t2

t1

t2

t1

t3

t2

t1t3

t2

t1

t2

tm

9

2

t1

t2

9 3

t1

t2

9 3

t3

t1

t3

t2

10

4

9 2

9

T1 T2 T3

T4 T5 T6

T7 T8 T9

T10 T11 T12

tm

t1

t2

t1

t2

t3

9 1

t1

t2


Fig. 9 · Typical appliations

Heating energyHeating orcooling energy

From heat generator

To heat generator


Self-operated Temperature Regulators Series 43

Temperature Regulators Type 43-1 · Type 43-2

Application

Regulators for district heating supply systems, heat generators,heat exchangers as well as other building and industrialapplications

Temperature set points from 0 to 150 °C · Valves G ½ to G 1DN 15 to 50 × Nominal pressure PN 25 · Suitable for liquidsup to 150 °C and non-flammable gases up to 80 °C


Special features

• Self-operated P regulators requiring little maintenance

• Temperature sensor suitable for installation in any positionand for operation at high permissible ambient temperatures(50 K above the adjusted set point), designed for operatingpressures up to 40 bar

• Globe valves with a plug balanced by a piston

• Especially suitable for use in district heating supply systems

• Suitable for liquids and gases

• Special version: fast-responding thermostat for instantaneouswater heaters (see details on vapor pressure thermostats)

Versions (Figs. 1 to 4)

The regulators consist of a valve and a control thermostat withset point adjuster, capillary tube and temperature sensor whichfunctions according to the adsorption principle.

Valve bodies made of red brass, spheroidal graphite iron orstainless steel

Refer to T 2176 EN for versions with double adapter or manualadjuster for attachment of additional control thermostats.

Type 43-1 · Temperature regulator with Type 2431 K ValveG ½ to G1 female thread · Type 2430 K Control Thermostat(sensor optionally available with or without thermowell)

Type 43-2 · Temperature regulator with Type 2432 K ValveDN 15 to 50 · Connection nuts with welding ends (specialversion with threaded ends, flanges or with flanged valve body)Type 2430 K Control Thermostat (sensor optionally availablewith or without thermowell)


Register numbers are available on request.

Type 43-1 and Type 43-2 Temperature Regulators (TR) whosemaximum operating pressures must not exceed the maximumdifferential pressure Dp specified in the technical data. OnlySAMSON thermowells may be used for sensors requiringthermowells.

Details about the selection and application of typetested devicescan be found in Information Sheet T 2181 EN.

Safety Temperature Monitors (STM) and Safety TemperatureLimiters (STL) are also available. Further details can be found inData Sheets T 2183 EN and T 2185 EN.

Note

Typetested temperature regulators (TR), safetytemperature monitors (STM), and safetytemperature limiters (STL) are available.

Fig. 1 · Type 43-2 Temperature Regulator

Fig. 2 · Type 43-1Temperature Regulator

Fig. 3 · Type 43-1with stainless steel body

Fig. 4 · Type 43-2 Temperature Regulator, DN 40,version with flanged valve body

Data Sheet T 2171 EN 2012-07 107

Accessories

– Thermowell made of:Copper PN 40CrNiMo steel PN 40

– Double adapter Do 3K or manual adjuster

– Intermediate insulating piece for insulated pipelines or formedium temperatures down to –15 °C

Special versions

– 5 m capillary tube

– Reduced KVS for DN 15 or G ½

– Oil-resistant internal parts

– Fast-responding thermostats (see details on vapor pressurethermostats) available on request


– Stainless steel body for Type 43-1/G ½, G ¾ and G 1,DN 15 and DN 25

– Flanged body made of EN-JS1049 for Type 43-2

Principle of operation (Figs. 5 and 6)

The temperature regulators work according to the adsorptionprinciple.

The temperature of the medium produces a pressure in themeasuring sensor that corresponds to the actual temperaturemeasured. This pressure is transmitted through the capillarytube (11) to the operating element (9) where it is converted intoa positioning force. Depending on the adjusted set point, thisforce acts on the valve plug (3) over the pin of the operatingelement (10).

The point of response is changed by the set point adjuster (8) toallow the valve plug to move through its full travel range within ahigher or lower temperature range measured by the sensor.

The regulators are designed for heating installations. The valvesclose as the temperature rises and when the adjusted set point isexceeded.

The left side of the diagram represents Type 2432 K andthe right side Type 2431 K. Both regulators work accordingto the same principle.

Fig. 5 · Type 43-1 and Type 43-2 Temperature Regulators

1

2

3

5

4

Fig. 6 · Special version of Type 43-2 with flanged valve body

Type 43-2Type 2432 K

- Connection nut -


- Female thread -

Legend for functional diagrams of Type 43-1 and Type 43-2

1 Valve body

2 Valve seat (replaceable)

3 Valve plug

4 Plug stem

5 Valve spring

7 Positioning spring(s)

8 Set point adjuster

9 Operating element

10 Pin of the operating element

11 Capillary tube (connection to the sensor)

12 Coupling nut (connection between thermostat and valve)

108 Data Sheet T 2171 EN 2012-07

Installation

• Valve

Install valves in horizontal pipelines. The control thermostat mustbe vertically suspended; other installation positions are alsopossible with temperatures up to 110 °C. The direction of flowmust correspond with the arrow on the valve body.

• Capillary tube

Install the capillary tube such that it is not exposed toconsiderable temperature fluctuations and cannot be damaged.Make sure the permissible ambient temperature range is notexceeded. The smallest possible bending radius is 50 mm.


The temperature sensor can be installed in any desired position.Nevertheless, make sure its entire length is immersed in theprocess medium. Choose a point of installation where neitheroverheating nor considerable idle times occur.

Only use the same sort of materials together; thermowells madeof stainless steel 1.4571, for example, can be installed instainless steel heat exchangers.


Type 2431 K (Type 43-1)| Type 2432 K Valve (Type 43-2)

Type 43-1 G ½ G ¾ G 1–

KVS coefficient 3.6 1) 5.7 7.2

Type 43-2 DN 15 4), 5) DN 20 5) DN 25 4), 5) DN 32 DN 40 DN 50

KVS coefficient 4 1) 6.3 8 12.5 16 20


Max. perm. differential pressure Dp 20 bar 12 bar

Max. perm. temperature of the valve 150 °C

Type 2430 K Control Thermostat

Set point range 2) Continuously adjustable 0 to 35 °C, 25 to 70 °C, 40 to 100 °C, 50 to 120 °C or 70 to 150 °C

Capillary tube 2 m (special version 5 m)

Max. perm. temperature at the sensor 50 K above the adjusted set point

Max. perm. ambient temperature range –20 to 80 °C 3)

Perm. pressure at sensor/at thermowell PN 25/PN 40

1) Special version with KVS = 0.4, 1.0 or 2.52) Other set point ranges on request3) Note: For temperatures below the freezing point: formation of ice can damage the plant and especially the valve.4) Flanged body in stainless steel (special version)5) Flanged body in spheroidal graphite iron (special version)

Table 1 · Materials · Material numbers acc. to DIN EN

Valve body CC491K/CC499K (Rg 5) · EN-JS1049 1) Stainless steel 1.4408 2)

Seat Stainless steel 1.4305 1.4404

Plug1.4305 and brass, resistant to dezincification,

with EPDM soft sealing 3) 1.4404

Valve spring Stainless steel 1.4310

SensorCapillary tube Copper

Thermowell Copper or stainless steel 1.4310

Set point adjuster PETP, glass fiber reinforced

1) Flanged valve body for Type 43-22) Special version for Type 43-1 as well as flanged valve body for Type 43-23) Special version for oils (ASTM I, II, III): FPM (FKM) soft sealing



Qm3

h Kvs

1620

12.5 7.2

5.78 6.3

4

3.62.5

1

0.4

p

100

50

20

10

2

1

0.5

0.2

0.1[bar]2010510.50.10.050.01

Data Sheet T 2171 EN 2012-07 109

Dimensions

Fig. 8 · Dimensional diagrams

L

SW3018

0

180

30

L1L

d R

18

5(2

20

)

18

5(2

20

)

Ø12(19) Ø9.5(16)

G½(G¾)

(230

)

SW

(55

)

Screw-on flangesThreaded ends

Type 43-2 · Connections (special version)

L3

180

(228)

Type 43-1 Type 43-2 · Version with welding ends

Bulb sensor withthermowell screwed gland

Values in parentheses ( ) for DN 32 to DN 50



Connection G ½ G ¾ G 1

–Length L 65 75 90

Weight 1), approx. in kg 1.4 1.5 1.6

Width across flats SW 34 34 46


Nominal size DN 15 DN 20 DN 25 DN 32 DN 40 DN 50

Pipe diameter Ød 21.3 26.8 32.7 42 48 60

Connection size R G ¾ G 1 G 1¼ G 1¾ G 2 G 2½

Width across flats SW 30 36 46 59 65 82

Length L 65 70 75 100 110 130

L1 with welding ends 210 234 244 268 294 330

Weight 1), approx. in kg 1.7 2 2.3 4.4 5.1 5.9

Special versions

… with connection nuts and threaded ends

Length L2 129 144 159 180 196 228

Male thread A G ½ G ¾ G 1 G 1¼ G 1½ G 2

Weight 1), approx. in kg 1.7 2 2.3 4.4 5.1 5.9

… with connection nuts and flange connections 2) PN 16/25

Length L3 130 150 160 180 200 230

Weight 1), approx. in kg 3.1 4 4.8 7.6 9.1/9.8 3) 11/14.1 3)

1) Version without thermowell: minus 0.2 kg ×2) Valve also with flanged body ×

3) Flanged valve body

Type 43-2 · Special version withflanged valve body

Sensorconnection

18

04

6

L

Type 43-1 · Special versionwith stainless steel body

L3

180

(230)

Type 43-2 · Special versionwith flanged body (stainless steel)

Ø 16/220 mm:Versionfunctioning asair sensor

110 Data Sheet T 2171 EN 2012-07

Special version - vapor pressure thermostats -

Fast-responding temperature regulators

Application

Temperature sensors functioning according to the vaporpressure principle are particularly suitable for the use ininstantaneous water heaters1) due to their fast response time ofapproximately three seconds.

Temperature set points from 45 °C to 65 °C (55 to75 °C) 2)

× Type 2430 K Control Thermostat combined withType 2431 K Valve (Type 43-1) or Type 2432 K Valve(Type 43-2) × G ½ to G 1 × DN 15 to DN 50 × Nominalpressure PN 25 × Sensor made of copper or CrNiMosteel × Special installation position of the sensor must beobserved!


Type 43-1/-2 Temperature Regulator with a sensor functioningaccording to the vapor pressure principle.

The temperature sensor is partially filled with a liquid whichvaporizes at a certain temperature. This process creates apressure in the sensor which is proportional to the temperature.The pressure is transferred through the capillary tube to thepositioning bellows where it is converted into a positioningforce. This force moves the valve plug depending on theadjusted set point.

Installation

The sensor is to be installed in the position where the fastresponse of the vapor pressure sensor can be used optimally.When used in instantaneous water heaters, the sensor must beinstalled directly upstream of the hot water outlet from the heatexchanger and upstream of the hot water inlet (see Fig. 9).

– Installation without thermowell

– The ambient temperature at the set point adjuster of the ther-mostat must be at least 15 K below the adjusted set point.

– The installation position of the sensor depends on the sensortype (see Table 4).

– Only use the same sort of materials together, sensors madeof stainless steel 1.4571, for example, can be installed instainless steel heat exchangers.


Fig. 9 · Vapor pressure thermostat, installed in a coaxialheat exchanger (typical installation)

Sensor1072710 Hot water

Cold water

Type 43-1/43-2Temperature Regulator

1) Versions for plate heat exchanger on request2) Special version

185170

Ø10

Type 2430 K Vapor Pressure Thermostat (45 to 65 °C),CrNiMo steel/copper,Var.-IDs: 1045853, 1067861, 1045883, 1072710

Table 4 · Installation position and materials

Type 2430 K Vapor Pressure Thermostats · 45 to 65 °C

Plate heatexchangers 1)

Configuration ID (Var.-ID) 1058730 1109125

Sensor position

Horizontal ·

Tip downwards –

Tip upwards –

Sensor materialCopper –

CrNiMo steel ·

Sensor connection, screw gland G ½ Without

Capillary tube length 2 m

Shell-and-tube orcoaxial heatexchangers

Configuration ID (Var.-ID) 1045853 1067861 1045883 1072710

Sensor position

Horizontal · · · ·

Tip downwards – – · ·

Tip upwards · · – –

Sensor materialCopper · – · –

CrNiMo steel – · – ·

Sensor connection G ½


1) Type 43-8, with instantaneous plate heat exchangers

170

Ø12

Type 2430 K Vapor Pressure Thermostat (45 to 65 °C),CrNiMo steel, Var-IDs: 1058730, 1109125

Data Sheet T 2171 EN 2012-07 111

Ordering text

Temperature Regulator Type 43-1

G …

Set point range ...°C

Body made of red brass/stainless steel

Optionally, special version

Optionally, accessories


DN …

With connection nuts and welding ends/threaded ends/flanges or flanged valve body

Set point range ...°C



112 Data Sheet T 2171 EN 2012-07


Temperature Regulator Type 43-1 × Type 43-2

ANSI version

Application

Temperature set points from 30 to 300 °F (0 to 150 °C) × Valves½ to 1 NPT × Valve size NPS ½ to 2 × Pressure ratingClass 250 × Suitable for liquids up to 300 °F (150 °C) andnon-flammable gases up to 175 °F (80 °C)

The valve closes when the temperature rises.

Regulators for district heating systems, heat generators, heatexchangers and other building services and industrial plants.

Special features

• Low-maintenance P-regulators requiring no auxiliary en-ergy

• Temperature sensor suitable for installation in any positionand for operation at high permissible ambient temperatures(50 K above the adjusted set point), designed for operatingpressures up to 580 psi (40 bar)

• Globe valves with plug balanced by a piston

• Especially suitable for use in district heating systems

• Suitable for liquids and gases

• Special version: fast-responding thermostat for instantaneouswater heaters (see details on vapor pressure thermostats)

Versions (Figs. 1 and 3)

The regulators consist of a valve and a control thermostat withset point adjuster, capillary tube and temperature sensor whichfunctions according to the adsorption principle. The valve bodyis made either of red brass or stainless steel.

Refer to T 2176 EN for versions with double adapter or manualadjuster for attachment of additional control thermostats.

Type 43-1 · Temperature regulator with Type 2431 K ValveWith ½ to 1 NPT female thread · Special version with stainlesssteel body · Type 2430 K Control Thermostat (sensor optionallyavailable with or without thermowell)

Type 43-2 · Temperature regulator with Type 2432 K ValveValve size NPS ½ to 2 · Connection nuts with welding ends(special version with threaded ends or flanges) · Type 2430 KControl Thermostat (sensor optionally available with or withoutthermowell)




Details about the selection and application of typetested devicescan be found in Information Sheet T 2181 EN.

Note

Typetested temperature regulators (TR), safetytemperature monitors (STM) and safety temperaturelimiters (STL) are available.

Fig. 1 × Type 43-2 Temperature Regulator

Fig. 2 × Type 43-1 Temperature Regulator

Fig. 3 × Type 43-1 Temperature Regulator with stainless steelbody

Data Sheet T 2175 EN 2012-07 113

Additionally, safety temperature monitors (STM) and safetytemperature limiters (STL) are available. Refer to Data SheetsT 2183 EN and T 2185 EN for details.

Accessories

– Thermowell made of:Copper or CrNiMo steel Class 300

– Double adapter Do 3K or manual adjuster

– Intermediate insulating piece for insulated pipelines or formedium temperatures down to 5 °F (–15 °C)

Special versions

– 16.4 ft (5 m) capillary tube

– Reduced CV (KVS) coefficient for NPS ½ or ½ NPT

– Mineral-oil-resistant internal parts

– Fast-responding thermostats (see details on vapor pressurethermostats) available on request

– Stainless steel body for Type 43-1 with ½, ¾ and 1 NPT



The temperature of the medium produces a pressure in themeasuring sensor that corresponds to the actual temperaturemeasured. This pressure is transmitted through the capillarytube (11) to the operating element (9) where it is converted intoa positioning force. Depending on the adjusted set point, thisforce acts on the valve plug (3) over the pin of the operatingelement (10).

The point of response is changed by the set point adjuster (8) toallow the valve plug to move through its full travel range within ahigher or lower temperature range measured by the sensor.

The regulators are designed for installations that are heated.The valves close when the temperature rises and the adjusted setpoint is exceeded.


The left side of the diagram represents Type 2432 K andthe right side Type 2431 K. Both regulators work accordingto the same principle.

Fig. 4 · Type 43-1 and Type 43-2 Temperature Regulators


- Connection nut -


- Female thread -

1 Valve body

2 Valve seat (replaceable)

3 Valve plug

4 Plug stem

5 Valve spring

7 Positioning spring(s)

8 Set point adjuster

9 Operating element

10 Pin of the operating element

11 Capillary tube (connection to the sensor)

12 Coupling nut (connection between thermostat and valve)

114 Data Sheet T 2175 EN 2012-07

Installation

Only use the same sort of materials together; thermowells madeof stainless steel 1.4571, for example, can be installed instainless steel heat exchangers.

• Valve

Install valves in horizontal pipelines. The control thermostat mustbe vertically suspended; other installation positions are alsopossible with temperatures up to 230 °F (110 °C). The directionof flow must correspond with the arrow on the valve body.

• Capillary tube

Install the capillary tube such that it is not exposed toconsiderable temperature fluctuations and cannot be damaged.Make sure the permissible ambient temperature range is notexceeded. The smallest possible bending radius is 2” (50 mm).


The temperature sensor can be installed in any desired position.Nevertheless, make sure its entire length is immersed in theprocess medium. Choose a point of installation where neitheroverheating nor considerable idle times occur.


Type 2431 K and Type 2432 K Valve

Type 43-1

Connection size ½ NPT ¾ NPT 1 NPT

–CV coefficient 4.3 6.8 8.6

KVS coefficient 3.6 1) 5.7 7.2

Type 43-2

Valve size NPS ½ NPS ¾ NPS 1 NPS 1¼ NPS 1½ NPS 2

CV coefficient 4.6 7.3 9.2 14.5 20 23

KVS coefficient 4 1) 6.3 8 12.5 16 20

Pressure rating Class 250 4)

Max. perm. differential pressure Dp 290 psi (20 bar) 175 psi (12 bar)

Max. perm. temperature of valve 300 °F (150 °C)


Set point range 2), continuously ad-justable

30 to 95 °F, 75 to 105 °F, 100 to 210 °F, 125 to 250 °F or 160 to 300 °F

0 to 35 °C, 25 to 70 °C, 40 to 100 °C, 50 to 120 °C or 70 to 150 °C

Capillary tube 6.5 ft (2 m), special version in 16.4 ft (5 m)

Max. perm. temperature at thesensor

50 K above the adjusted set point

Max. perm. ambient temperaturerange

–5 °F to 175 °F (–20 to 80 °C) 3)

Perm. pressure at the sensor/at the thermowell

Class 300

1) Special version with CV = 0.5, 1.2 or 3 (KVS = 0.4, 1.0 or 2.5)2) Other set point ranges on request3) Note: For temperatures below the freezing point: formation of ice can damage the plant and especially the valve.4) Class 150 for body material A351 CF8M

Table 1 × Materials × Material numbers acc. to ASTM and DIN EN

Valve body C83600 Stainless steel A351 CF8M 1)

Seat Stainless steel 1.4305 A351 CF8M

Plug1.4305 and brass, resistant to dezincification, with

EPDM soft sealing 2) 1.4404




Set point adjuster PETP, glass fiber reinforced

1) Special version for Type 43-12) Special version for oils (ASTM I, II, III): FPM (FKM) soft sealing

Data Sheet T 2175 EN 2012-07 115

Dimensions

Fig. 5 × Dimensional diagrams

L

1.2

"3

07

.1"

18

0L1L

d R

18

5 (

22

0)

18

5 (

22

0)

7.3

"(8

.7")

Ø12(19)Ø½"(¾")

Ø9.5(16)Ø "( ")

½(¾)NPT

7.1

"(9

.1")

18

0(2

28

)

SW

1.2

"(2

.2")

30

(55

)/58/3 8

Screwed-on flangesThreaded ends

Type 43-2 · Connections (special version)

Type 43-1 Type 43-2 × Version with welding ends


Values in parentheses ( ) forNPS 1¼ to 2 (DN 32 to 50)

Table 3 × Dimensions and weightsType 43-1 Temperature Regulator

Thread size ½ NPT ¾ NPT 1 NPT

-Length L 2.6”/65 mm 2.9”/75 mm 3.6”/90 mm

Weight 1), approx. 3.1 lb/1.4 kg 3.3 lb/1.5 kg 3.5 lb/1.6 kg


Valve size NPS ½ NPS ¾ NPS 1 NPS 1¼ NPS 1½ NPS 2

Pipe diameter Ød 0.84”/21.3 mm 1.05”/26.8 mm 1.29”/32.7 mm 1.65”/42 mm 1.9”/48 mm 2.36”/60 mm

Thread size R G ¾ G 1 G 1¼ G 1¾ G 2 G 2½

Width across flats SW 1.18”/30 mm 1.42”/36 mm 1.81”/46 mm 2.32”/59 mm 2.56”/65 mm 3.23”/82 mm

Length L 2.6”/65 mm 2.8”/70 mm 3”/75 mm 4”/100 mm 4.3”/110 mm 5.1”/130 mm

L1 with welding ends 8.27”/210 mm 9.22”/234 mm 9.61”/244 mm 10.55”/268 mm 11.57”/294 mm 13”/330 mm

Weight 1), approx. 3.7 lb/1.7 kg 4.4 lb/2 kg 5.0 lb/2.3 kg 9.7 lb/4.4 kg 11.3 lb/5.1 kg 13.0 lb/5.9 kg

Special versions

Version with threaded ends

Length L2 5.1”/129 mm 5.7”/144 mm 6.3”/159 mm 7.1”/180 mm 7.7”/196 mm 9”/228 mm


Weight 1), approx. 3.7 lb/1.7 kg 4.4 lb/2 kg 5.0 lb/2.3 kg 9.7 lb/4.4 kg 11.3 lb/5.1 kg 13.0 lb/5.9 kg

Version with flanges (Class 150 and 250)

Length L3 5.1”/130 mm 5.9”/150 mm 6.3”/160 mm 7.1”/180 mm 7.9”/200 mm 9.1”/230 mm

Weight 1), approx. 6.8 lb/3.1 kg 8.8 lb/4 kg 10.6 lb/4.8 kg 26.7 lb/7.6 kg 20.1 lb/9.1 kg 24.3 lb/11 kg

1) Version without thermowell: minus 0.5 lb/0.2 kg

7.1

"1

80

1.8

"4

6

L

Type 43-1 · Special version withstainless steel body

116 Data Sheet T 2175 EN 2012-07

Special version - vapor pressure thermostats -

Fast-responding temperature sensors

Application

Temperature sensors functioning according to the vaporpressure principle are particularly suitable for the use ininstantaneous water heaters 1) due to their fast response time ofapproximately three seconds.

Temperature set points from 110 to 150 °F (45 to65 °C) × Type 2430 K Control Thermostat combined withType 2431 K Valve (Type 43-1) or Type 2432 K Valve(Type 43-2) × ½ NPT to 1 NPT × NPS ½ to 2 × Pressure ratingClass 250 × Sensor made of copper or CrNiMo steel × Specialinstallation position of the sensor must be observed!


Type 43-1 and Type 42-2 Temperature Regulators with asensor functioning according to the vapor pressure principle.

The temperature sensor is partially filled with a liquid whichvaporizes at a certain temperature. This process creates apressure in the sensor which is proportional to the temperature.The pressure is transferred through the capillary tube to thepositioning bellows where it is converted into a positioningforce. This force moves the valve plug depending on theadjusted set point.

Installation

The sensor must be installed in the position where the fastresponse of the vapor pressure sensor can be used optimally.When used in instantaneous water heaters, the sensor must beinstalled directly upstream of the hot water outlet from the heatexchanger and upstream of the hot water inlet (see Fig. 6).

– The ambient temperature must be at least 15 K below the setpoint adjusted at the thermostat.

– The installation position of the sensor depends on its type.

– Only combine the same kind of materials, e.g. a heatexchanger made of CrNiMo steel only with sensors alsomade of CrNiMo steel.

Hot waterSensor

1072710

Type 43-1/43-2Temperature

Regulator

Cold water

Fig. 7 × Dimensions

170

Ø12

Type 2430 K Vapor Pressure Thermostat (110 to 150 °F/45 to65 °C), CrNiMo steel, Var.-IDs: 1058730, 1109125

6.7” (170 mm)

Æ0

.5”

(12

mm

)

185170

Ø10

Type 2430 K Vapor Pressure Thermostat (110 to 150 °F/45 to65 °C), CrNiMo steel/copper,Var.-IDs: 1045853, 1067861, 1045883, 1072710

7.3” (185 mm)

6.7” (170 mm)

Æ0

.39

”(1

0m

m)

Table 4 · Installation position and materials

Type 2430 K Vapor Pressure Thermostats · 110 to 150 °F (45 to 65 °C)

Plate heatexchangers 1)

Configuration ID (Var.-ID) 1058730 1109125

Sensor position

Horizontal ·

Tip downwards –

Tip upwards –

Sensor materialCopper –

CrNiMo steel ·

Sensor connection, screw gland G ½ Without

Capillary tube length 78.7“ (2 m)

Shell-and-tube orcoaxial heatexchangers

Configuration ID (Var.-ID) 1045853 1067861 1045883 1072710

Sensor position

Horizontal · · · ·

Tip downwards – – · ·

Tip upwards · · – –

Sensor materialCopper · – · –

CrNiMo steel – · – ·

Sensor connection G ½

Capillary tube length 78.7“ (2 m)

1) Type 43-8, with instantaneous plate heat exchangers

Fig. 6 × Vapor pressure thermostat, installed in a coaxialheat exchanger (typical installation)

Data Sheet T 2175 EN 2012-07 117

Ordering text


… NPT

Set point range ...°F (°C)

Body made of red brass/stainless steel




NPS ...

With welding ends/threaded ends/flanges/flanged body




118 Data Sheet T 2175 EN 2012-07

Self-operated Temperature Regulator

Series 43

Type 43-2 N

Application

Temperature regulators for plants which require heating · Espe-cially suitable for local heat supply and large heating networks ·Valve closes as the temperature increases · Temperature setpoints from 0 to 100 °C · Nominal size DN 15 · Nominal pres-sure PN 16 · For treated water up to 120 °C

Special features

• Self-operated P regulators which require little maintenance

• Process medium: water

• Especially suitable for local heat supply and large heatingnetworks

• Single-seated valve, soft-seated without balanced plug

• Typetested according to DIN EN 14597

Versions

The regulator consists of a valve and a control thermostat withset point adjuster, a capillary tube and a temperature sensorworking according to the adsorption principle.

Type 43-2 N × Temperature Regulator with Type 2432 N Valvemade of bronze · Nominal size DN 15 with connecting threadaccording to ISO 228/1- G ¾ B on both sides for attachment ofthreaded ends G ½, welding ends or soldering ends ·Type 2430 K Control Thermostat

Special version

With fast-responding thermostat according to the vapor pres-sure principle · Set point range +45 to 65 °C · 5 m capillarytube · Small KVS coefficient · Oil-resistant internal parts

Accessories

– Threaded ends G ½, welding ends, soldering ends

– ThermowellsCopper or CrNiMo steel (1.4571), PN 40, G ½

Fig. 1 · Type 43-2 N Temperature Regulator,version with welding ends

Data Sheet T 2186 EN 2012-04 119


The medium temperature creates a pressure according to theactual value in the measuring sensor (thermostat). This pressureis transmitted onto the operating element (8) through the con-nection line (10) and converted into a positioning force. De-pending on the set point adjustment, the positioning force actson the valve plug (3) via the operating element pin (9) and theplug stem (4).

By turning the set point adjuster (7), the point of response ischanged in a way that allows the valve plug to pass through itstravel in a temperature range measured by the sensor.

Special versionVapor pressure thermostat with short time constant of approx.3 s.The temperature sensor is filled with a liquid which evaporatesdepending on the temperature. As a result, a pressure in pro-portion to the temperature is created in the sensor. This pressureis transmitted onto the operating bellows through the connectionline and converted into a positioning force. This force moves thevalve plug according to the set point adjustment.



2.5

V.

0.01 0.05 0.1 0.5 1 5 [bar]

[ ]

Dp0.1

0.2

0.5

1

2

10

m³h Kvs

Values apply to a fully opened valve.

Fig. 2 · Principle of operation

1 Valve body1.1 Screw joints on both sides

with flat gasket (accessories)2 Seat3 Plug4 Plug stem5 Valve spring

6 Positioning spring(s)7 Set point adjuster8 Operating element9 Operating element pin10 Connection line11 Coupling nut (connection

valve/control thermostat)

Table 2 · Materials · Material no. according to DIN EN

Valve body CW602N

Plug1.4301 and CW617N

with EPDM seal

Plug stem 1.4305

Seat CW602N

Valve spring 1.4310 K

Thermostat

Sensor, capillary tube Copper

Set point adjuster PETP, glass-fiber reinforced

Accessories

Welding ends S235JR (St 37-2)

Threaded ends Brass

Soldering ends Red brass

ThermowellCopper or stainless steel

1.4571

2

3

4

10

6

7

8

9

511

1

1.1

Table 1 × Technical data × All pressures as gauge pressure in bar

Type 2432 N Valve

Nominal size DN 15

Connection ISO 228/1- G ¾ B

Type of connectionThreaded ends G ½ ×

Welding ends × Soldering ends

KVS value 2.5


Max. perm. diff. pressure Dp 6 bar



Set point rangeContinuously adjustable 0 to 35 °C,

25 to 70 °C and 40 to 100 °C

Capillary tube 2 m (special version: 5 m)

Sensor connection Screw gland G ½

Max. permissible ambienttemperature range

-20 to +80 °C

120 Data Sheet T 2186 EN 2012-04

Installation

Valves

– Any mounting position, preferably with the thermostat verti-cally suspended,

– Flow direction according to the arrow on the body.

Connection pipe

– Make sure the permissible ambient temperature range is notexceeded in the section near the connection pipe,

– Avoid mechanical damage,

– The smallest possible bending radius is 50 mm.

Temperature sensor

– Any mounting position. Note special mounting instructionsfor vapor pressure thermostats,

– Choose appropriate point of installation to avoid overheat-ing and noticeable dead time,

– The sensor must immerse in the process medium with its fulllength.

Application with a thermowell:

– Only use SAMSON thermowells,

– Only combine materials of the same kind, e. g. heatexchangers of stainless steel in combination withthermowells of stainless steel 1.4571.

Fig. 4 · Dimensions in mm

Dimensions

SW30

Ø2

1.3

di

L

Valve with soldering ends

SW30

210Ø2

1.3

Valve with welding ends

SW30

129

G½

Valve with threaded ends185

185

65

ISO

228/1

- G

¾B

150

Ø68Ø12 Ø9.5

G½

Type 43-2 N with Type 2430 K Control Thermostat and temperature sensor with/without thermowellWeight: approx. 1.5 kg

Inside Ø di 15 18

Length L 107 103

Soldering ends × Dimensions

Data Sheet T 2186 EN 2012-04 121

Ordering text

Type 43-2 N Temperature Regulator

Standard version without accessories

Accessories:Screw joints on both sides with threaded ends G ½/welding ends/soldering ends (di = 15 or 18 mm)Thermowells of copper/CrNiMo steel

122 Data Sheet T 2186 EN 2012-04


Temperature Regulators Type 43-5 · Type 43-7 · Valve closes as the temperature rises

Temperature Regulator Type 43-6 · Valve opens as the temperature rises

Application

Temperature set points from 0 to 150 °C · Valves G ½ to G 1 ·DN 15 to 50 · Nominal pressure PN 25 · Suitable for liquidsand steam up to 200 °C and non-flammable gases up to 80 °C ·For cooling and heating installations

Special features


• Temperature sensor suitable for installation in any positionand for operation at high permissible ambient temperature(50 K above the adjusted set point), designed for operatingpressures up to 40 bar

• Globe valves with a plug balanced by a bellows

• Compact design and a particularly low overall height

• Suitable for liquids, gases and steam


The regulators consist of a globe valve and a control thermostatwith set point adjuster, capillary tube and a temperature sensorwhich functions according to the adsorption principle.

Valve bodies made of red brass, spheriodal graphite iron orstainless steel.

Versions with double adapter or manual adjuster for attachingadditional control thermostats (see Data Sheet T 2176 EN).

Temperature regulators with Type 2430 K Control Thermostatand valve with connection G ½, G ¾ or G 1 female thread.

Type 43-5 · For heating installations · Type 2435 K Valve forPN 25 · Suitable for liquids and steam up to 200 °C

Type 43-6 · For cooling installations · Type 2436 K Valve forPN 16 · Suitable for gases up to 80 °C and liquids up to 150 °C

Temperature regulators with Type 2430 K Control Thermostatand valve DN 15 to DN 50 with connection nuts and weldingends (special version with threaded ends, flanges or valve withflanged body)

Type 43-6 · For cooling installations · Type 2436 K Valve forPN 25 · Nominal sizes DN 32, 40, 50 · Suitable for gases up to80 °C and liquids up to 150 °C

Type 43-7 · For heating installations · Type 2437 K Valve forPN 25 · Nominal sizes DN 15 to 50 · Suitable for liquids andsteam up to 200 °C




Note


Fig. 3 · Type 43-7 Temperature Regulator ·Special version with flanged valve body in DN 40 (right)


Fig. 2 · Type 43-6Temperature Regulatorwith female thread

Data Sheet T 2172 EN 2012-03 123

Safety temperature monitors (STM) and safety temperaturelimiters (STL) are also available. Further details can be found inData Sheets T 2183 EN and T 2185 EN.

Special versions


– Reduced KVS value for DN 15 or G ½

– Oil-resistant internal parts for Type 43-6

– ANSI version on request (see Data Sheet T 2174 EN)

– Stainless steel body for Type 43-6

– Flanged body made of EN-JS1049 for Types 43-6/43-7



The temperature of the medium produces a pressure in themeasuring sensor which is proportional to the actualtemperature measured. This pressure is transmitted through thecapillary tube (11) to the operating element (9) where it isconverted into a positioning force. This force acts via the pin ofthe operating element (10) on the plug stem (4) and the valveplug (3). The point of response of the valve spring (5) is changedby turning the set point adjuster (8).

The valves are pressure-balanced by the metal bellows (6). Thebalancing bellows compensates for any changes in pressureupstream of the valve since a hole in the valve plug (3) allowsthe upstream pressure also to act on the inside of the bellows.

The Type 43-5 and Type 43-7 Regulators are suitable forheating installations. The valves close as the temperature rises.

The Type 43-6 Regulator has a valve which opens as thetemperature rises. This regulator is therefore suitable for coolinginstallations.

Installation

• Valve

Install valves in horizontal pipelines. The direction of flow shouldcorrespond with the arrow on the valve body. The controlthermostat must be installed suspended; other installationpositions are also possible for Type 2436 K with temperaturesup to 110 °C.


The temperature sensor can be installed in any position.However, the entire sensor must be immersed in the medium tobe controlled. Choose a point of installation where overheatingor noticeable idle times cannot occur.

Only the same sort of materials can be combined, e.g. astainless steel heat exchanger with thermowells made ofstainless steel 1.4571.

• Capillary tube

Run the capillary tube in such a way that the permissibleambient temperature range is not exceeded, temperaturedeviations cannot occur and the tube cannot be damaged. Thesmallest possible bending radius is 50 mm. Fig. 4 · Type 43-5/-6/-7 Temperature Regulators

5

63

2

1

11

12

78

9

10

4

Type 43-6 Temperature Regulator, principle of operation

1

2

3

5

4

Type 43-6/-7, valve withflanged body (thermostat not shown)

Type 2436 K Valve

13

5

4

6

3

2

1

12

Type 43-5/-7, principle of operation (thermostat not shown)

Type 2435 KType 2437 K

1 Valve body2 Seat (exchangeable)3 Plug4 Plug stem5 Valve spring6 Balancing bellows7 Positioning springs

8 Set point adjuster9 Operating element10 Pin of operating element11 Capillary tube12 Coupling nut13 Insulating pipe

124 Data Sheet T 2172 EN 2012-03

Ordering text


G … orDN … with connection nuts and welding ends/threadedends/flanges or flanged valve body

With stainless steel bellows

Set point range … ° C

Optionally, accessories … /special version …

Temperature Regulator Type 43-5/Type 43-7

G … orfor Type 43-7 DN … with connection nuts and weldingends/threaded ends/flanges or flanged valve body


Set point range … ° C

Optionally, accessories … /special version …


Temperature Regulator Type 43-6 43-5 43-7

Valve Type 2436 K 2435 K 2437 K

Thread size G ½ to 1 –

Nominal size DN 32 to 50 – DN 15 to 50

Flanged valve body DN 15 to 50 – DN 15 to 50


Max. perm. differential pressure Dp With stainless steel bellows: 16 bar 2)

Max. perm. temperature range of valve 0 to 150 °C 1) 0 to 200 °C


Set point range 3) Continuously adjustable 0 to 35 °C, 25 to 70 °C, 40 to 100 °C, 50 to 120 °C or 70 to 150 °C

Capillary tube 2 m (special version 5 m)

Max. perm. temperature at the sensor 50 K above the adjusted set point

Max. perm. ambient temperature range –20 to 80 °C

Perm. pressure at sensor/at thermowell PN 25/PN 40

1) With intermediate insulating piece: –15 to 150 °C · 2) Type 43-6, 43-7: max. 8 bar · 3) Other set point ranges available on request

Table 2 · KVS coefficients

KVS coefficients with …

Thread size G ½ G ¾ G 1 -

Nominal size DN 15 1), 2) DN 20 1) DN 25 1), 2) DN 32 1) DN 40 1) DN 50 1)

KVS values 3.2 4 5 12.5 16 20

Special version 0.4 ·1.0 · 2.5 3)

1) Flanged body made of spheroidal graphite iron for Type 43-6/-7 (special version)2) Flanged body made of stainless steel for Type 43-6 (special version) · 3) On request

Table 3 · Materials · Material no. acc. to DIN EN

Body CC491K/CC449K (Rg 5) · EN-JS1049 4) Stainless steel 1.4408 5)

Seat Stainless steel 1.4104 1) 1.4408

Plug

Type 43-6 Brass, free of dezincification, CW617N (CuZn40Pb) and1.4104 with EPDM soft sealing 2), 3)

1.4408

Type 43-5/-7 Brass, free of dezincification, CW617N (CuZn40Pb) and1.4104 with EPDM soft sealing 3)

–

Balancing bellows Stainless steel 1.4571 1.4571

Valve spring Stainless steel 1.4310 1.4310

Sensor Capillary tube Copper


Set point adjuster PETP, glass fiber-reinforced

1) For Type 43-6 G ½ to 1: 1.4305 · 2) Special version for oils (ASTM I, II, III): FPM (FKM) soft sealing · 3) For KVS = 0.4 and 1.0: 1.43054) Type 43-6/-7: Version with flanged body · 5) Special version for Type 43-6: Flanged body DN 15 and 25 or with G ½ to G 1 female thread



Qm3

h Kvs

1620

12.5

54

3.22.5

1

0.4

p

100

50

20

10

2

1

0.5

0.2

0.1[bar]2010510.50.10.050.01

∆

Data Sheet T 2172 EN 2012-03 125

Dimensions and weights

190

46

L

Type 43-6 · G ½ to G 1210

95

LL1

d R

185(2

20)

185(2

20)

G½(G )

Ø12(Ø19) Ø9.5(Ø16)

SW

34

Type 43-6 · DN 32 to DN 50Version with welding ends

d R

L1L

30

(55

)2

60

(31

0)

Ø12(Ø19) Ø9.5(Ø16)

18

5(2

20

)

18

5(2

20

)

G½(G )3

4

Type 43-7 · Version with welding ends

L

30

260

185(2

20)

185(2

20)

G½(G¾)

Ø12(Ø19) Ø9.5(Ø16)

Type 43-5

Threaded ends

Flanges (screwed-on)

L3

H

~9

5

Version with flanged valve body

Special versions for Type 43-6 · Type 43-7



Length L 65 75 90

Type Height HWeight, approx. in kg · Version with bulb

sensor and thermowell 1)

43-5 260 1.8 1.9 2

43-6 190 1.8 1.9 2

1) Version without thermowell: minus 0.2 kg

Type 43-6 and Type 43-7 · Special version with flanged body

Type DN Height H Sensor Æ

43-6 Without inter-mediate piece

15 to 25 190 Æ 9.5

43-6 32 to 50 210 Æ 12

43-7 With inter-mediate piece

15 to 25 260 Æ 9.5

43-7 32 to 50 310 Æ 12

Dimensions in mm and weightsType 43-5 and Type 43-6 (G ½ to G 1) Nominal size DN 15 20 25 32 40 50

Pipe diameter 21.3 26.8 32.7 42 48 60

Connection R G ¾ G 1 G1¼ G1¾ G2 G2½

Width across flats 30 36 46 59 65 82

Length L 65 70 75 100 110 130

L1 with welding ends 210 234 244 268 294 330

Weight 1), approx. in kg 2 2.3 2.8 4.7 5.1 7.5

Special versions

… with connection nuts and threaded ends (male thread)

Length L2 129 144 159 180 196 228

Male thread A G ½ G ¾ G 1 G1¼ G1½ G2

Weight 1), approx. in kg 2 2.3 2.8 4.7 5.1 7.5

… with connection nuts and flanges 2) (PN 16/25)

Length L3 130 150 160 180 200 230

Weight 1), approx. in kg 3.1 3.9 4.6 7.68.4/9.8 3)

11.4/14.13)

1) Version without thermowell: minus 0.2 kg · 2) Valve also availablewith flanged body · 3) Weight of flanged valve body version

Type 43-7 (DN 15 to 50) and Type 43-6 (DN 32 to 50)

Dimensions in parentheses ( )for DN 32 to DN 50

Dimensions in parentheses ( )for DN 32 to DN 50

Bulb sensorwiththermowell/screw gland



1)

1)

1) Ø 16/220 mm: Version functioning as air sensor

1)

Fig. 6 · Dimensions in mm

126 Data Sheet T 2172 EN 2012-03

Self-operated Temperature RegulatorsSeries 43

Temperature Regulators Type 43-5 · Type 43-7 · Valve closes when the temperature rises

Type 43-6 · Valve opens when the temperature rises

ANSI version

Application

Set points from 30 to 300 °F (0 to 150 °C) · Valves ½ to 1 NPTNPS ½ to 2 · Pressure rating Class 250 · For gases up to 175 °F(80 °C), liquids and vapors up to 390 °F (200 °C) · For coolingand heating installations

Special features


• Temperature sensor suitable for any installation position andpermissible excess temperature of 120 °F (50 °C) above theset point adjusted, designed for operating pressures up to580 psig (40 bar)

• Globe valves with a plug balanced by a bellows

• Compact design and a particularly low overall height

• Suitable for liquids, gases and vapors


The regulators consist of a globe valve and a control thermostatwith set point adjuster, capillary tube and a temperature sensorwhich functions according to the adsorption principle.

The valve body is made either of red brass or stainless steel(Type 43-6 in special version).

Temperature regulators with Type 2430 K Control Thermostatand valve with connection ½, ¾ or 1 NPT female thread.

Type 43-5 · For heating installations · Type 2435 K Valve forClass 250 · For liquids and steam up to 390 °F (200 °C)

Type 43-6 · For cooling installations · Type 2436 K Valve forClass 250 · For gases up to 175 °F (80 °C) and liquids up to300 °F (150 °C)

Temperature regulators with Type 2430 K Control Thermostatand valve in NPS ½ to 2 with connection nuts and welding ends(special version with threaded ends).

Type 43-6 · For cooling installations · Type 2436 K Valve forClass 250 · Sizes NPS 1¼ to 2 · For gases up to 175 °F (80 °C)and liquids up to 300 °F (150 °C)

Type 43-7 · For heating installations · Type 2437 K Valve forClass 250 · Sizes NPS ½ to 2 · For liquids and vapors up to390 °F (200 °C)




Note


Fig. 3 · Type 43-7 Temperature Regulator with welding ends

Fig. 2 · Type 43-6Temperature Regulatorwith female thread


Data Sheet T 2174 EN 2012-07 127


Refer to Information Sheet T 2181 EN for details on selectionand application of the typetested devices.

Accessories and combinations

– Thermowell made of: Copper, Class 300CrNiMo steel, Class 300

– Type 43-5/-6/-7: Double adapter Do3 K or manual adjus-ter (see Data Sheet T 2176 EN)

Special versions

– 16.4 feet (5 meter) capillary tube

– Oil-resistant internal parts for Type 43-6

– Stainless steel body for Type 43-6



The temperature of the medium produces a pressure in themeasuring sensor which is proportional to the actualtemperature measured. This pressure is transmitted through thecapillary tube (11) to the operating element (9) where it isconverted into a positioning force. This force acts via the pin ofthe operating element (10) on the plug stem (4) and the valveplug (3). The point of response of the valve spring (5) is changedby turning the set point adjuster (8).

The valves are pressure-balanced by the metal bellows (6). Thebalancing bellows compensates for any changes in pressureupstream of the valve since a hole in the valve plug (3) allowsthe upstream pressure also to act on the inside of the bellows.

The Type 43-5 and Type 43-7 Regulators are suitable forheating installations. The valves close when the temperaturerises.

The Type 43-6 Regulator has a valve which opens when thetemperature rises. This regulator is therefore suitable for coolinginstallations.

Installation

Only the same sort of materials can be combined, e.g. astainless steel heat exchanger with thermowells made ofstainless steel 1.4571.

• Valve

Install valves in horizontal pipelines. The direction of flow shouldcorrespond with the arrow on the valve body. The controlthermostat must be installed suspended; other installationpositions are also possible for Type 2436 K with temperaturesup to 230 °F (110 °C).


The temperature sensor can be installed in any position.However, the entire sensor must be immersed in the medium tobe controlled. Choose a point of installation where overheatingor noticeable idle times cannot occur.

• Capillary tube

Run the capillary tube in such a way that the permissibleambient temperature range is not exceeded, temperaturedeviations cannot occur and the tube cannot be damaged. Thesmallest possible bending radius is 2“ (50 mm).

Fig. 4 · Type 43-5/-6/-7 Temperature Regulators

5

63

2

1

11

12

78

9

10

4

Type 43-6 Temperature Regulator, principle of operation

Type 2436 K Valve

13

5

4

6

3

2

1

12

Type 43-5/-7, principle of operation (thermostat not shown)

Type 2435 KType 2437 K

1 Valve body2 Seat (exchangeable)3 Plug4 Plug stem5 Valve spring6 Balancing bellows7 Positioning spring(s)

8 Set point adjuster9 Operating element10 Pin of operating

element11 Capillary tube12 Coupling nut13 Insulating pipe

128 Data Sheet T 2174 EN 2012-07

Table 1 · Technical data · All pressures as gauge pressure

Temperature Regulator Type 43-6 43-5 43-7

Valve Type 2436 K 2435 K 2437 K

Thread size ½ to 1 NPT –

Valve size NPS 1¼ to 2 – NPS ½ to 2

Pressure rating Class 250

Max. perm. differential pressure Dp Version with stainless steel bellows: 200 psi 1) (14 bar)

Max. perm. temperature range 300 °F (150 °C) 390 °F (200 °C)

1) Type 43-6, 43-7 and NPS 1¼ to 2: max. 115 psi (8 bar)

CV (KVS) coefficients with ...

Thread size NPT ½ NPT ¾ NPT 1 NPT -

Valve size NPS NPS ½ NPS ¾ NPS 1 NPS 1¼ NPS 1½ NPS 2

CV coefficient 3.7 5 6 15 20 23

KVS coefficient 3.2 4 5 12.5 16 20


Set point range 2), continuouslyadjustable

30 to 95 °F, 75 to 160 °F, 105 to 210 °F, 125 to 250 °F or 160 to 300 °F


Capillary tube 6.5 ft (2 m), special version 16.4 ft (5 m)

Perm. temperature at the sensor 120 °F (50 °C) above the adjusted set point

Max. perm. ambient temperature range –5 to +175 °F (–20 to 80 °C)

Perm. pressure at sensor/at thermowell Class 300

2) Further set point ranges on request

Table 2 · Materials · Material no. acc. to ASTM and DIN EN

Body C 83600 Stainless steel 2)

Seat Stainless steel 1.4104 3) 1.4408

Plug

Type 43-6Brass, free of dezincification, and1.4104 with EPDM soft sealing 1) 1.4408

Type 43-5/-7Brass, free of dezincification, and

1.4104 with PTFE soft sealing–

Balancing bellows Stainless steel 1.4571 1.4571

Valve spring Stainless steel 1.4310 1.4310



Set point adjuster PETP, glass fiber-reinforced

1) Special version for oils (ASTM I, II, III): FPM (FKM) soft sealing2) Special version for Type 43-63) For Type 43-6, ½ to 1 NPT: 1.4305

Data Sheet T 2174 EN 2012-07 129

Ordering text


… NPT or NPS … with connection nuts and weldingends/threaded ends


Set point range ... °F (° C)

Optionally, accessories ... /special version ...

Temperature Regulator Type 43-5/Type 43-7

… NPT orfor Type 43-7 NPS … with connection nuts and weldingends/threaded ends


Set point range ... °F (° C)

Optionally, accessories ... /special version …

d R

L1L

1.1

8"(

2.1

7")

30

(55

)

10

.24

"(1

2.2

")2

60

(31

0)

Ø12(Ø19)Ø0.48"(0.75")

Ø9.5(Ø16)Ø0.38"(0.63")

18

5 (

22

0)

18

5 (

22

0)

7.2

8"(

8.7

")NPT½(¾)

Type 43-7Version with welding ends

8.2

7"

21

03

.74

"9

5

LL1

d R

18

5 (

22

0)

18

5 (

22

0)

7.2

8"

(8.7

")

NPT½(¾)

Ø12(Ø19)Ø0.48"(0,75")

Ø9.5(Ø16)Ø0.38"(0.63)

SW

Type 43-6 · NPS 1¼ to 2 (DN 32 to 50)Version with welding ends

Threaded ends

Thread size ½ NPT ¾ NPT 1 NPT

G ½ G ¾ G 1

Length L inch 2.56 2.95 3.54

mm 65 75 90

TypeHeight H Weight, approx. in lb (kg)

in mm Version with bulb sensor and thermowell 1)

43-5 10.24 260 4 (1.8) 4.2 (1.9) 4.4 (2.0)

Table 3 · Dimensions in inch (mm) and weights in lb (kg)Type 43-5 and Type 43-6 (½ to 1 NPT)

Dimensions in parentheses ( )NPS 1¼ to 2 · DN 32 to DN 50



Nominal sizeNPS ½ ¾ 1 1¼ 1½ 2

DN 15 20 25 32 40 50

Pipe diameter din 0.84 1.05 1.29 1.66 1.90 2.38

mm 21.3 26.8 32.7 42 48 60

Thread size R G ¾ 1 1¼ 1¾ 2 2½

Width acrossflats

in 1.18 1.42 1.81 2.32 2.56 3.65

mm 30 36 46 59 65 82

Length Lin 2.56 2.76 2.95 3.94 4.33 5.12

mm 65 70 75 100 110 130

L1 withwelding ends

in 8.27 9.22 9.61 10.55 11.57 13.0

mm 210 234 244 268 294 330

Weight 1),approx.

lb 4.4 5.1 6.2 10.4 11.2 16.5

kg 2.0 2.3 2.8 4.7 5.1 7.5

Special versions

… with connection nuts and threaded ends (male thread)

Length L2in 5.1 5.67 6.26 7.1 7.72 8.98

mm 129 144 159 180 196 228

Male thread A NPT ½ ¾ 1 1¼ 1½ 2

Weight 1),approx.

lb 4.4 5.1 6.2 10.4 11.2 16.5

kg 2.0 2.3 2.8 4.7 5.1 7.5

1) Version with screw gland and thermowellwithout thermowell: minus 0.44 lb (0.2 kg)

Type 43-7 (NPS ½ to 2 · DN 15 to 50)Type 43-6 (NPS 1¼ to 2 · DN 32 to 50)

H

1.8

1"

46

L

Type 43-6G ½ to G 1


L

1.1

8"

30

H

185 (

220)

185 (

220)

7.2

8"

(8.7

")

NPT½(¾)

Ø12(Ø19) Ø0.48" (0.75")

Ø9.5(Ø16)Ø0.38"(0.63")

Type 43-5


130 Data Sheet T 2174 EN 2012-07


Series 43

Temperature Regulators with Hydraulic ControllerType 43-8Type 43-8 N

Application

Temperature regulation of instantaneous water heaters in smalldistrict heating units, particularly in single- and two-familydwellings · Valve closes when temperature increases

The regulators are suitable for use with plate heat exchangersfor domestic hot water (DHW) heating, particularly in smallresidential units. Fast-responding thermostats regulate the watertemperature to the desired value without delay while thehydraulic control element closes the control valve immediatelyafter tapping has been completed. This prevents the heatedDHW from reheating. In addition, temperature peaks do notoccur any longer and thus scaling (lime deposits) in the heatexchanger are avoided.

Moreover, the regulator switches to a reduced idle temperaturethat prevents the heating water supply lines from cooling off.This ensures that hot water is immediately available for the nexttapping.

The connections available as accessories enable operation withor without circulation of the heated DHW.

Special features• Low-maintenance P-regulators requiring no auxiliary

energy• Regulation of small instantaneous water heaters• Compact design• Simple installation and operation• Prevention of temperature peaks and reduction of loss

during idle operation (reduced idle temperature)• Stable regulation already at tapped quantity of 2 l/minute• Idle temperature regulation• Fast-responding vapor pressure thermostats

Versions

The Type 43-8 and Type 43-8 N Regulators function the sameway, the only difference between them being that the technicalfeatures of the Type 43-8 N have been tailored to therequirements of local heat supply networks. Its overall height isapprox. 20 mm lower than that of the Type 43-8. As a result,the regulators are not interchangeable.

The regulators consist of a control thermostat (vapor pressurethermostat), a hydraulic control element, and a valve. They canadditionally be equipped with a Type 2439 K SafetyTemperature Limiter.

Type 43-8 (43-8 N)

Type 2430 K Vapor Pressure Thermostat · Set point range 45to 65 °C · In combination with Type 2432 K Valve (2432 N)Red brass or hot-pressed brass body · DN 15 · PN 25(PN 16) · Suitable for liquids up to 130 °C(120 °C) · Permissible differential pressure Dp = 20 bar(4 bar) · KVS = 2.5 · Sensor made of CrNiMo steel · Observemounting position!

Type 2438 K Hydraulic Controller · Red brass body · Idletemperature approx. 8 K (optionally 15 K) below adjusted setpoint · Required differential pressure at control element 0.4 to0.6 bar · PN 16

Fig. 1 · Type 43-8 Temperature Regulator with Hydraulic Controller

(regulator including accessories and indicated heat exchanger)

Data Sheet T 2178 EN 2012-03 131


Fast-responding vapor pressure sensors are used to regulate thetemperature of instantaneous water heaters.

The temperature of the heated DHW creates a pressure in thesensor that corresponds to the actual value. This pressure istransferred through the capillary tube (8) to the operatingelement (13) and converted into a positioning force, which iscompared to the force of the set point spring (10). The forceratio causes the plug in the valve (1) to move.

Depending on the travel, an annular gap forms between theseat (2) and the plug (3) that determines the flow rate of theheating water. A temperature increase at the sensor causes thevalve plug to close, thus reducing the flow rate of the heatingwater.

Upon tapping hot water, a pressure difference of Dp = p1– p2 iscreated above the baffle plate (6). The resulting force opposesthe force of the compression spring (7) that acts in closingdirection and causes the valve (1) to open. Once hot watertapping has been completed, the pressure balance is restored.The force of the compression spring causes the valve plug tomove in closing direction and the heat flow is interrupted. At thesame time, the temperature set point of the thermostat drops byapprox. 8 K (optionally 15 K) to reach the reduced idletemperature. As a result, reheating with temperature peaks aswell as cooling off of the supply lines is prevented. Hot water isimmediately available for the next tapping.

Vapor pressure thermostat

Thermostat operating according to the vapor pressure principle.Due to the fast response time of approx. 3 s, these thermostatsare particularly suitable for use in plate heat exchangers 1).

1) Other versions on request

Installation

The sensor must be installed in the best possible location to makeideal use of the thermostat’s fast response. With plate heatexchangers, this location is directly upstream of the heatexchanger’s hot water outlet.

– Install the temperature sensor such that the sensor reacheshorizontally into the hot water duct when the heat exchangeris mounted, observing a maximum deviation of ±5° from thehorizontal position. The notch at the end of the sensor mustpoint upward (see View A).

– Only install the sensor without thermowell.

– Observe a distance of approx. 5 mm between the tip of thesensor and the rear of the housing.

– Install the plate heat exchanger such that the heating waterflows vertically between the plates.

– The heat exchanger connections for cold water and the (dis-trict) heating water return pipe are located at the bottom; theconnections for hot water and the (district) heating waterflow pipe can be found at the top.

– The ambient temperature at the set point adjuster must notexceed 35 °C.

Fig. 3 · Installing the sensor

45

3

2

13

12

11

10

9

8

76

1

p1

p2

1 Valve body 7 Compression spring2 Seat (replaceable) 8 Capillary tube3 Plug 9 Set point adjuster4 Plug stem 10 Set point spring5 Valve spring 11 Positioning bellows6 Baffle plate 12 Pin of operating element

13 Operating element

Fig. 2 · Principle of operation

Principle of operation · Vapor pressure thermostat

The temperature sensor is filled with a liquid that vaporizes de-pending on the temperature. In the sensor, a pressure proportio-nal to the temperature is created. The pressure is transmittedthrough the capillary tube onto the positioning bellows and con-verted into a positioning force, which causes the valve plug tomove depending on the adjusted set point.

Type 2430 KControl Thermostat

Type 2438 KHydraulic Controller

Type 2432 KGlobe Valve

Hot waterreturn pipe

Cold water connectionto heat exchanger(turned into plane ofprojection)

Cold watersupply

Temperature sensor- vapor pressure thermostat -

5mm

max. ±5˚

A

View ATemperature sensor,notch facing upward

Connection piecewith temperaturesensor

Hot water outletPlate heat exchanger

132 Data Sheet T 2178 EN 2012-03

Field of application

The quality of the domestic water to be controlled determines thefield of application of the regulator. The water quality shall meetthe requirements specified in Table 3.

Table 3 · Water quality

Domestic water

pH Min. 7/max. 10

Chlorideconcentration

Max. 150 mg/l

HCO

SO3–

42– >1.5

Carbonate hardness Min. 5° dH (German hardness)

Total hardness Max. 12° dH (German hardness)

Table 1 · Technical data

Type 2432 Valve Type 43-8 Type 43-8 N

Nominal size DN 15

KVS 2.5

Nominal pressure PN 25 PN 16

Max. perm. differential pressure 20 bar 6 bar

Max. perm. valve temperature 130 °C 120 °C

Type 2430 K Control Thermostat 1)



Max. perm. temperature at sensor 30 K above adjusted set point

Max. perm. temperature at set point adjuster 35 °C

Perm. pressure at sensor PN 40

Type 2438 K Hydraulic Controller

Required differential pressure at control element onthe cold water side

0.4 bar with a tapping rate up to 10 l/minute0.5 bar with a tapping rate up to 20 l/minute


Idle temperature Approx. 8 K (optionally 15 K) below adjusted set point

Min. temperature difference betweenflow temperature and temperature set point

10 K

Max. flow rate 20 l/minute

1) In addition to a Type 2430 K Control Thermostat, a Type 2439 K Safety Temperature Limiter can be used. Observe changed dimensions!


Body CC491K (red brass Rg 5) CW602N (hot-pressed brass)

Valve seat Stainless steel 1.4305 CW602N

Valve plug 1.4104 and dezincification-resistant brass with EPDM soft sealing

Valve spring and spring in Type 2438 K Stainless steel 1.4310

Baffle plate 1.4301

Temperature sensorCapillary tube Copper

Sensor CrNiMo steel

Set point adjuster Glass fiber reinforced PETP

1

2

3

4

Domestic hot water heated in an instantaneous heatingsystem with Type 43-8

Fig. 4 · Domestic hot water in an instantaneous heating system

1 District heating supply2 District heating return flow

3 Cold water4 Hot water

Data Sheet T 2178 EN 2012-03 133

Ordering text

Temperature Regulator with Hydraulic ControllerType 43-8/Type 43-8 N · Valve DN 15, KVS 2.5

Heat exchanger Type …

Heat exchanger connection G ¾/G 1

With/without circulation pipe connection

Sensor (160 or 190 mm) with/without screw gland

Optionally, special version …

Optionally, accessories …

Fig. 5 · Regulator with accessories 1) For Type 43-8N

Accessories

Connection piece (1) to hot water tapping point (G ¾ or G 1)With/without sensor pocket (G ¾ or G 1) · Including flat gasketFor temperature sensor Ø 12, Rg 5

Cold water supply · Corrugated pipe (4) with/without circulationpipe connection (2) for connection to heat exchanger (G ¾ or G 1)Including flat gasket

Hot water return pipe · Double nut (5) of brass (G ¾ or G 1) forconnection to heat exchanger · Welding end (3) with connection nutIncluding flat gasket

Connection dimensions for heat exchanger

Heat exchanger connectionDouble nut (5)

G ¾ G 1

Distance “a” in mm 40 to 4548 to 5269 to 73

Corrugated pipe (4) connection With/without circulation

5mm

1

5

2

3

4

a

H

2

60

mm

(24

0m

m)1

)≥

ConnectionG ¾

or

G 1

To hot watertapping point Hot

waterHeating waterflow pipe

Coldwater

Heatingwater return pipe

Cold watersupply

Ø 12

Ø 76G¾ /G1

G¾

G¾

6543

15 35

24

11)

65

30

16

0/1

90

G¾


Dimensions in mm

1) For Type 43-8 N: 221 mmWith Type 2439 K Safety Temperature Limiter: 361 mm

134 Data Sheet T 2178 EN 2012-03


Temperature Regulator with Three-way ValveType 43-3

Application

Temperature regulators for mixing and flow-diverting1) servicein heating or cooling installations · Set points from 0 to 150 °CValves G ½ to G 1 female thread · DN 15 to 50 for attachmentof welding ends, threaded ends or flanges · PN 25 · Suitable forliquids up to 150 °C

Special features• Low-maintenance P regulators requiring no auxiliary energy• Temperature sensor suitable for installation in any desired

position and for operation at high excess temperatures,designed for operating pressures up to 40 bar

• Easy set point adjustment on a scale• Three-way valve for mixing and flow-diverting service, flow

across section AB independent from the valve plug position• Version with double adapter Do3K for the attachment of

additional control thermostats or manual adjuster (see DataSheet T 2176 EN)

• Suitable for heat transfer media, such as water and oil

Versions

The regulators consist of a three-way valve made of red brasswith a control thermostat comprising a set point adjuster,capillary tube and temperature sensor which functionsaccording to the adsorption principle.

Type 43-3 Temperature Regulator with an unbalancedType 2433 K Three-way Valve · Female thread connectionG ½ to G 1 · DN 15 to 50 for connection nuts with weldingends, threaded ends or flanges · Oil and water resistantType 2430 K Control Thermostat.



Type 43-3 Temperature Regulator (TR) whose maximumoperating pressure must not exceed the maximum differentialpressure Dp specified in the Technical data. For sensors withthermowells, only SAMSON thermowells can be used.

Details about the selection and application of typetested devicescan be found in the Information Sheet T 2181 EN.


Accessories

– Thermowell made of: Copper, PN 40, G ½CrNiMo steel, PN 40, G ½

– Combinations available on request

1) Used as a flow-diverting valve, only with male thread to attachwelding ends, threaded ends or flanges

Special versions

– ANSI version available on request


Fig. 1 · Type 43-3 Temperature RegulatorDN 25 with welding ends

NoteTypetested temperature regulators (TR), safetytemperature monitors (STM) and safety temperaturelimiters (SL) are available.

Data Sheet T 2173 EN 2012-01 135


The temperature of the medium produces a pressure in thesensor, which is proportional to the actual temperaturemeasured. This pressure is transmitted through the capillarytube (6) to the positioning bellows (9), where it is converted intoa positioning force. It acts on the valve plug (3) according to theset point adjusted.

The three-way valve is used only for mixing services with thefemale thread connection or for mixing or diverting services inthe version with male thread connection in sizes DN 15 to 50.

When used as a mixing valve, the media to be mixed enter Aand B ports. The combined stream flows off through AB. Theflow from A or B to AB is determined by the free area betweenthe seat (2) and the plug (3) and, as a result, depends on theposition of the plug stem (4). When the temperature rises, port Aopens and port B closes.

When used as a flow-diverting valve, the medium enters at ABand the diverted streams flow off at port A or port B. The flowfrom AB to A or B is determined by the position of the plug stemand the plugs. When the temperature rises, port A closes andport B opens.

Installation

• Valves

The valves must be installed in horizontal pipelines. The thermo-stat should preferably hang downwards. Other installation po-sitions are possible for temperatures up to 110 °C. The mediummust flow through the valve in the direction indicated by the ar-row on the valve body. The flow direction at ports A, B and ABmust correspond with the regulator arrangement specific to theinstallation (see Fig. 4).

• Capillary tube

The capillary tube must be laid in such a way that the ambienttemperature does not exceed the permissible temperaturelimit, the temperature is kept as even as possible at ambienttemperatures of approx. +20 °C and the tube cannot be dam-aged. The smallest permissible bending radius is 50 mm.


The temperature sensor can be installed in any desired position.Its whole length must be immersed in the medium to be con-trolled. The sensor should be installed in a location where over-heating or considerable idle times cannot occur.

Only the same kind of materials should be combined, forexample, a thermowell made of stainless steel 1.4571 installedin a stainless steel heat exchanger.

1

3

A

B

AB2

3

A

B

AB

1

3

2

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

Fig. 2 · Type 43-3 Temperature Regulatormale thread connection for DN 15 to 50

1 Valve body 7 Positioning spring(s)2 Seat 8 Set point adjustment ring3 Plug (exchangeable) 9 Positioning bellows4 Plug stem 10 Pin of operating element5 Valve spring 11 Coupling nut6 Capillary tube

8

0.50.4

0.2

0.10.01 0.05 0.1 0.5

.

.



Type 43-3 asmixing valve

Type 43-3 asflow-diverting valve

136 Data Sheet T 2173 EN 2012-01

Examples of arrangements for Type 43-3 Temperature Regulators


Type 2433 K Three-way Valve

Connection Female thread Male thread

Nominal size G ½ G ¾ G 1 –

– DN 15 DN 20 DN 25 DN 32 DN 40 DN 50

Medium Water · Oil

KVS coefficient 4 6.3 8 4 6.3 8 10 12.5 16


Max. perm. differential pressure Dp in bar

Mixing valveDp when p in B > p in A

4.4 2.6 1.8 4.4 2.6 1.8 0.9 0.6 0.6

Dp when p in A > p in B 4.4 2.6 1.8 4.4 2.6 1.8 0.9 0.6 0.6

Diverting valveDp when AB > A or B

4.4 2.6 1.8 4.4 2.6 1.8 0.9 0.6 0.6

Max. perm. valve temperature 150 °C


Set point range, continuously adjustable 0 to 35 °C, 25 to 70 °C, 40 to 100 °C, 50 to 120 °C or 70 to 150 °C


Max. permissible excess temperature at sensor 50 °C above adjusted set point

Max. permissible ambient temperature 80 °C

Permissible pressure at sensor/thermowell PN 25/PN 40

Max. permissible temperature range of medium 0 to +150 °C (–15 to +150 °C with intermediate piece)


Body CC491K/CC499K (Rg 5)

Plug Dezincification-resistant brass CW617N (CuZn40) with EPDM soft sealing



Thermowell Nickel-plated copper or stainless steel 1.4571

Set point adjuster Glass fiber reinforced PETP

Heating Cooling

A

B

B

AB

A

B

AB

A AB

B

A AB

B

A AB

B

A AB

B

A AB

B

A AB

Fig. 4 · Regulator arrangement in heating or cooling installations

Mixing valvein the flow pipe in the return flow pipe


Flow-diverting valvein the flow pipe in the return flow pipe


Return flow

Flow

Return flow

FlowFlow

Return flow

Return flow

FlowFlow

FlowFlow

Return flow

Return flowReturn flow

Return flow

Flow

Data Sheet T 2173 EN 2012-01 137

Dimensions

Ordering text

Temperature Regulator with three-way valve Type 43-3

Female thread … G

Male thread for DN … with connection nuts and welding ends,threaded ends or flanges

Used as mixing valve/flow-diverting valve





.

1

L1

Type 43-3 (G ½ to G 1 connections)


H3

A R

L

L3

SW

H5

DN 15 to DN 50

Threaded endsL2

L

H2

Rd

SW

H5

Welding ends

L

L4

H4

R

H5

Flanges

The flanges are already mountedto the valve with flanges in DN 40and DN 50

Specifications in parentheses ()DN 32 to 50

Ø 16/220 mm:

Version functioning as air sensor


Nominal size G G ½ G ¾ G 1 –

DN DN 15 DN 20 DN 25 DN 32 DN 40 DN 50

Pipe diameter Ø d 21.3 26.8 32.7 42 48 60

Connection size R G ¾ G 1 G 1¼ G 1¾ G 2 G 2½


Length 65 70 75 100 110 130

Length L1 65 75 90 –

Height H1 40 65 70 75

Weight1), approx. kg 1.5 1.6 1.7 2.7 2.8 3.7

Connection nuts with welding ends, threaded ends or flanges

Height H5 40 60 65

Connection nuts with welding ends

Length L2 210 234 244 268 294 330

Height H2 112 122 124 144 157 165

Weight1), approx. kg 2 2.3 2.5 3.9 4.2 5.5

Connection nuts with threaded ends (male thread)


Length L3 129 144 159 180 196 228

Height H3 72 77 82 100 108 114

Weight1), approx. kg 2 2.3 2.5 3.9 4.2 5.5

Connection nuts with flanges (PN 16/25)

Length L3 130 150 160 180 200 230

Height H4 70 80 85 100 105 120

Weight1), approx. kg 4.1 5.3 6.3 8.7 10.2 13

1) Version for version with bulb sensor and thermowell · Version without thermowell: minus 0.2 kg

138 Data Sheet T 2173 EN 2012-01


Series 43

Temperature Regulator with Three-way Valve Type 43-3

ANSI version

Application

Temperature regulators for mixing and flow-diverting 1) servicein heating or cooling installations · Set points from 30 to 300 °F(0 to 150 °C) · Valves ½ to 1 NPT · NPS ½ to 2 (DN 15 to 50)for connection of welding ends, threaded ends or flanges ·Class 250 · Suitable for liquids up to 300 °F (150 °C)

Special features• Low-maintenance proportional regulators requiring no

auxiliary energy• Temperature sensor suitable for installation in any desired

position and for operation at high excess temperatures,designed for operating pressures up to 580 psig (40 bar)

• Easy set point adjustment on a scale• Three-way valve for mixing and flow-diverting service, flow

across section AB independent from the valve plug position• Version with double adapter Do3K for the attachment of

additional control thermostats or manual adjuster (see DataSheet T 2176 EN)

Versions

The regulators consist of a three-way valve made of red brasswith a control thermostat containing a set point adjustment ring,a capillary tube and a temperature sensor which functionsaccording to the adsorption principle.

Type 43-3 Temperature Regulator (Fig. 1) with anunbalanced Type 2433 K Three-way Valve · Female threadconnection ½ to 1 NPT, optionally NPS ½ to 2 (DN 15 to 50) forconnection nuts with welding ends, threaded ends orflanges · Oil and water resistant · Class 250 · Type 2430 KControl Thermostat.



Type 43-3 Temperature Regulator (TR) whose maximumoperating pressure must not exceed the maximum differentialpressure Dp specified in the technical data. For sensors withthermowells, only SAMSON thermowells can be used.

Details about the selection and application of typetested devicescan be found in the Information Sheet T 2181 EN.


Accessories

– Thermowell made of copper, Class 300 orCrNiMo steel, Class 300

– Combinations available on request

1) Used as a flow-diverting valve, only with male thread connectionfor attachment of welding ends, threaded ends or flanges

Special versions

– 16.4 ft (5 m) capillary tube

– With intermediate piece for temperature range between 5and 300 °F (–15 to +150 °C)

Fig. 1 · Type 43-3 Temperature RegulatorNPS 1 with welding ends

NoteTypetested temperature regulators (TR), safetytemperature monitors (STM) and safety temperaturelimiters (SL) are available.

Data Sheet T 2177 EN 2012-07 139


The temperature of the medium produces a pressure in thesensor, which is proportional to the actual temperaturemeasured. This pressure is transmitted through the capillarytube (6) to the positioning bellows (9), where it is converted intoa positioning force. It acts on the valve plug (3) according to theset point adjusted.

The three-way valve is used only for mixing services with thefemale thread connection or for mixing or diverting services inthe version with male thread connection in sizes NPS ½ to 2(DN 15 to 50).

When used as a mixing valve, the media to be mixed enter Aand B ports. The combined stream flows off through AB. Theflow from A or B to AB is determined by the free area betweenthe seat (2) and the plug (3) and, as a result, depends on theposition of the plug stem (4). When the temperature rises, port Aopens and port B closes.

When used as a flow-diverting valve, the medium enters at ABand the diverted streams flow off at port A or port B. The flowfrom AB to A or B is determined by the position of the plug stemand the plugs. When the temperature rises, port A closes andport B opens.

Installation

Only the same kind of materials should be combined, forexample, a thermowell made of stainless steel 1.4571 installedin a stainless steel heat exchanger.

• Valves

The valves must be installed in horizontal pipelines. The thermo-stat should preferably hang downwards - other installation po-sitions are possible for temperatures up to 230 °F (110 °C). Themedium must flow through the valve in the direction indicatedby the arrow on the valve body. The flow direction at ports A, Band AB must correspond with the regulator arrangement spe-cific to the installation (see Fig. 3).

• Capillary tube

The capillary tube must be laid in such a way that the ambienttemperature does not exceed the permissible temperaturelimit, the temperature is kept as even as possible at ambienttemperatures and the tube cannot be damaged. The smallestpermissible bending radius is 2“ (50 mm).


The temperature sensor can be installed in any desired position.Its whole length must be immersed in the medium to be con-trolled. The sensor should be installed in a location where over-heating or considerable idle times cannot occur.

Ordering text

Temperature Regulator with three-way valve Type 43-3

Female thread … NPT

Male thread for NPS (DN) ... with welding ends, threaded endsor flanges

Used as mixing valve/flow-diverting valve




Specifications subject to change without notice.

1

3

A

B

AB2

3

Type 43-3 as flow-diverting valve

A

B

AB

1

3

2

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

Type 43-3 as mixing valve

Fig. 2 · Type 43-3 Temperature Regulator- NPS ½ to 2 (DN 15 to 50) -

1 Valve body 7 Positioning spring(s)2 Seat 8 Set point adjustment ring3 Plug (exchangeable) 9 Positioning bellows4 Plug stem 10 Pin of operating element5 Valve spring 11 Coupling nut6 Capillary tube

140 Data Sheet T 2177 EN 2012-07

Examples of arrangements for Type 43-3 Temperature Regulators


Type 2433 K Three-way Valve

Connection Female thread Male thread

Thread size ½ NPT(G ½)

¾ NPT(G ¾)

1 NPT(G 1)

–

Valve size–

NPS ½(DN 15)

NPS ¾(DN 20)

NPS 1(DN 25)

NPS 1¼(DN 32)

NPS 1½(DN 40)

NPS 2(DN 50)

Medium Water · Oil

CV coefficients 5 7.5 9.4 5 7.5 9.4 12 15 20

KVS coefficients 4 6.3 8 4 6.3 8 10 12.5 16

Pressure rating Class 250

Max. permissible differential pressure Dp

Mixing valveDp when p in B > p in A 64 psi

4.4 bar38 psi2.6 bar

26 psi1.8 bar

64 psi4.4 bar

38 psi2.6 bar

26 psi1.8 bar

13 psi0.9 bar

9 psi0.6 bar

9 psi0.6 bar

Dp when p in A > p in B 64 psi4.4 bar

38 psi2.6 bar

26 psi1.8 bar

64 psi4.4 bar

38 psi2.6 bar

26 psi1.8 bar

13 psi0.9 bar

9 psi0.6 bar

9 psi0.6 bar

Diverting valveDp when AB > A or B 64 psi

4.4 bar38 psi2.6 bar

26 psi1.8 bar

64 psi4.4 bar

38 psi2.6 bar

26 psi1.8 bar

13 psi0.9 bar

9 psi0.6 bar

9 psi0.6 bar

Max. perm. valve temperature 300 °F (150 °C)


Set point range, continuously adjustable30 to 95 °F, 75 to 160 °F, 105 to 210 °F, 125 to 250 °F or 160 to 300 °F


Capillary tube 6.5 ft (2 m), special version: 16.4 ft (5 m)

Max. permissible excess temperature at sensor 50 K above adjusted set point

Max. permissible ambient temperature 175 °F (80 °C)

Permissible pressure at sensor/thermowell Class 250/Class 300

Max. permissible temperature range of medium 30 to 300 °F (0 to +150 °C)Special version with intermediate piece: 5 to 300 °F (–15 to +150 °C)

Heating Cooling





Return flow

Flow

Return flow

FlowFlow

Return flow

Return flow

FlowFlow

FlowFlow

Return flow

Return flowReturn flow

Return flow

Flow

A

B

B

AB

A

B

AB

A AB

B

A AB

B

A AB

B

A AB

B

A AB

B

A AB

Fig. 3 · Regulator arrangement in heating or cooling installations

Data Sheet T 2177 EN 2012-07 141

Table 3 · Dimensions and weights

Thread size ½ NPT (G ½) ¾ NPT (G 34) 1 NPT (G 1) –

Valve size NPS ½ (DN 15) NPS ¾ (DN 20) NPS 1 (DN 25) NPS 1¼ (DN 32) NPS 1½ (DN 40) NPS 2 (DN 50)

Pipe Æd 0.8” (21.3 mm) 1.1” (26.8 mm) 1.3” (32.7 mm) 1.7” (42 mm) 1.9” (48 mm) 2.4” (60 mm)

Thread size R G ¾ G 1 G 1¼ G 1¾ G 2 G 2½

Width across flats SW 1.2” (30 mm) 1.4” (36 mm) 1.8” (46 mm) 2.3” (59 mm) 2.6” (65 mm) 3.3” (82 mm)

Length L 2.6” (65 mm) 2.8” (70 mm) 3” (75 mm) 4” (100 mm) 4.3” (110 mm) 5.1” (130 mm)

Length L1 2.6” (65 mm) 3” (75 mm) 3.5” (90 mm) –

Height H1 1.6” (40 mm) 1.6” (40 mm) 1.6” (40 mm) 2.6” (65 mm) 2.8” (70 mm) 3” (75 mm)

Weight 1), approx. 3.3 lb (1.5 kg) 1.6 lb (3.5 kg) 3.7 lb (1.7 kg) 5.9 lb (2.7 kg) 6.2 lb (2.8 kg) 8.2 lb (3.7 kg)

With welding ends, threaded ends and flange connections

Height H5 1.6” (40 mm) 2.4” (60 mm) 2.6” (65 mm)

With welding ends

Length L2 8.3” (210 mm) 9.2” (234 mm) 9.6” (244 mm) 10.6” (268 mm) 11.6” (294 mm) 13” (330 mm)

Height H2 112 mm) 122 mm) 124 mm) 144 mm) 157 mm) 165 mm)

Weight 1), approx. 2 2.3 2.5 3.9 4.2 5.5

With threaded ends (male thread)

Male thread A 12 NPT 3

4 NPT 1 NPT 1 14 NPT 11

2 NPT 2 NPT

Length L3 5.1” (129 mm) 5.7” (144 mm) 6.3” (159 mm) 7.1” (180 mm) 7.7” (196 mm) 9” (228 mm)

Height H3 2.8” (72 mm) 3” (77 mm) 3.2” (82 mm) 4” (100 mm) 4.2” (108 mm) 4.5” (114 mm)

Weight 1), approx. 4.4 lb (2 kg) 5.1 lb (2.3 kg) 5.5 lb (2.5 kg) 5.6 lb (3.9 kg) 9.3 lb (4.2 kg) 12.1 lb (5.5 kg)

With flanges PN 16/25

Length L4 5.1” (130 mm) 6” (150 mm) 6.3” (160 mm) 7.1” (180 mm) 7.9” (200 mm) 9.1” (230 mm)

Height H4 2.8” (70 mm) 3.1” (80 mm) 3.3” (85 mm) 4” (100 mm) 4.1” (105 mm) 4.7” (120 mm)

Weight 1), approx. 9 lb (4.1 kg) 11.7 lb (5.3 kg) 13.8 lb (6.3 kg) 19.2 lb (8.7 kg) 22.5 lb (10.2 kg) 28.7 lb (13 kg)

1) Version for version with bulb sensor and thermowell · Version without thermowell: minus 0.44 lb (0.2 kg)

Table 2 · Materials · Material numbers according to ASTM and DIN EN

Body C 83600 (Rg 5)

Plug Dezincification-resistant brass C37700 (CW617N) with EPDM soft sealing



Thermowell Nickel-plated copper or stainless steel 1.4571

Set point adjustment ring Glass fiber reinforced PETP


L1

6.9

3"

(7.3

2")

176

(186) NPT½(¾)

185

(220)

185

(220)

7.3

1"

(8.7

0")

Ø12(Ø19)ıØ0.48"(Ø0.75")

Ø9.5(Ø16) Ø0.38"(Ø0.63")

H1

Type 43-3 (½ to 1 NPT connections)


L

L4

H4

R

H5

Flanges

The flanges are already mountedto the valve with flanges in sizesNPS 1½ (DN 40) and NPS 2(DN 50)

Specifications in parentheses ()NPS 1¼ to 2 (DN 32 to 50)

H3

A R

L

L3

SW

H5

NPS ½ to 2 · DN 15 to 50

Threaded ends

L2

L

H2

Rd

SW

H5

Welding ends

0.6“/8.7“:Version as air sensor

142 Data Sheet T 2177 EN 2012-07


Temperature Regulators Series 43 with- Double adapter Do3 K- Manual adjuster

ApplicationTemperature regulator with a double adapter for attaching asecond thermostat for control by a second process variable.Temperature regulator with a manual adjuster for manualcontrol of the process

Connection to globe valves and three-way valves · G ½ to G 1DN 15 to 50 · PN 25

Double adapter Do3 K and manual adjuster

in combination with Series 43 Temperature Regulators

• Double adapter Do3 KInstallation between valve and control thermostat. It is suitablefor attaching two control thermostats or control devices at themaximum. This includes the use of one connection point for theattachment of the manual adjuster. In all combinations, thelargest signal actuates the valve during operation.

• Manual adjusterFor the manual operation of the valve. The manual adjuster(Fig. 2) can either be attached directly to the valve instead of acontrol thermostat or to the Do3 K at connection b.

VersionsDouble adapter Do3 K (Fig. 1) · Connection a with a couplingpin bushing · Connection b and c for attaching a controlthermostat or other control devices (e.g. a manual adjuster).

Combined regulators with double adapters to control thedifferential pressure, (flow) and temperature are available.Details can be found in Data Sheet T 3132 EN.

Manual adjuster (Fig. 2) directly attached to the valve · For themanual operation of the valve.

Fig. 2 · Type 2436 K Valve with manual adjuster

Table 2 · Versions with double adapter/manual adjusterTechnical data according to the listed data sheets

Valve Type … 2431 K 2432 K 2433 K 2435 K 2436 K 2437 K

Globe valve · · · · ·

Three-way valve ·

Thread sizeG ½ to

G 1– G ½ to G 1 –

Nominal size 1) – DN 15 to 50 -

DN 32to 50

DN 15to 50

Data Sheet T 2171 EN T 2173 EN T 2172 EN

Fitted with Type 2430 K Control Thermostat1) Normal version with welding ends; optionally with threaded ends

or flanges · Types 2432 K, 2436 K, 2437 K: DN 32 to 50also with flanged body made of EN-JS1049

a

bc

Fig. 1 · Temperature regulator with Type 2432 K Valve,Double adapter Do3 K with two Type 2430 K Thermostats

Table 1 · Materials and weights

The permissible ambient temperatures of the valves, thermostatsand actuators also apply to regulators with double adapterand/or manual adjuster.

Materials acc. to DIN ENDouble adapter

Body PETP, glass fiber reinforced

Coupling pin Stainless steel 1.4104

Manual adjuster

Body CW509 (brass)

Threaded pin S275JR (St 44-2)

Lock nut 1.4301

Intermediate insulating piece

Intermediate piece 1.4305, CW617N, PTFE, EPDM, FPM

Weights

Double adapter Do3 K Approx. 0.2 kg

Manual adjuster Approx. 0.2 kg

Manual adjuster

Double adapter Do3 K

Data Sheet T 2176 EN 2011-12 143

Double adapter Do3 K with manual adjuster (Fig. 4) · Tomanually close the valve or to limit its travel · Connection c forcontrol thermostat, connection b for manual adjuster.

Principle of operation (Figs. 3, 4 and 5)The double adapter mounts between the valve (1) and thecontrol thermostat (5) and allows two control thermostats to beattached to connections b and c (Fig. 3). A manual adjuster canbe attached to the double adapter at connection b to limit thevalve travel (Fig. 4).

In the double temperature regulator shown in Fig. 1, thethermostat attached to connection b can be used to control theflow temperature and the second thermostat can be used to limitthe return flow temperature, for example. Each thermostatproduces a positioning force according to its process variable.The thermostat that produces the greater force is coupled to thevalve plug. Depending on the connection of the thermostatexerting the greater force, the positioning force is transmittedeither directly from connection c or via the lever (3) fromconnection b to the coupling pin (4) and thus to the plug stem (2)and valve plug.

Manual adjuster (Fig. 5) - directly attached to the valveThe threaded pin (8) of the manual adjuster acts on the plugstem (2) of the valve. Turning the threaded pin (8) manually willchange the position of the valve plug and thus the flow rate ofthe heat transfer medium. The lock nut (7) is used to fix theadjusted valve plug position.

Intermediate insulating piece (Fig. 6)It is installed between the valve and thermostat or manualadjuster in applications involving low temperatures of thecontrol medium (down to –15 °C).


Dimensions

5

6 7 8a

b

c

1

2

3

4

5

5a

b

c

1

2

6

78

Fig. 3 · Type 2431 K Valve and double adapter Do3 K withtwo Type 2430 K Thermostats

Fig. 4 · Double adapter Do3 K, Type 2430 K Thermostatand manual adjuster

5 Control thermostat6 Manual adjuster7 Lock nut8 Threaded pin

Fig. 5 · Type 2431 K Valve with manual adjuster

a, b, c Connections1 Valve2 Plug stem3 Lever4 Coupling pin

Double adapter Do3 K (1180-8632)

Manual adjuster (1790-8169) Intermediate insulatingpiece (1990-1712)

144 Data Sheet T 2176 EN 2011-12


Return Flow Temperature LimitersType 3 DType 4 D/4 E

Application

Limiters for the return flow temperature in district heating sys-tems and other heating installations · Set point range 10 to70 °C · Valves G 3

8 to G 1 · Nominal pressure PN 25/PN 16

Suitable for water up to max. 120 °C


The return flow temperature limiter consists of a valve with a seatand an integrated thermostat with a plug, excess temperatureprotection and set point adjuster.

Tight-closing, single-seated valve · Inlet: connection nut withthreaded end or welding end · Outlet: female thread · Option-ally both ends with connection nuts with threaded ends or weld-ing ends (not for Type 4 E).

Especially suitable for district heating systems.

Special features

• Low-maintenance P regulator requiring no auxiliary energy;a temperature sensor is integrated

• Wide set point range and easy set point adjustment. Limita-tion to a minimum and maximum set point available on re-quest

• Adjustment to a specified temperature set point with a leadseal

• Suitable for water and liquids, provided these do not causethe materials used to corrode

Versions

Type 3 D (2043) · Return flow temperature limiter with a globevalve G ½ , G ¾, and G 1 (PN 16) and thermostat for set pointsfrom 20 to 70° C (Fig. 1) · PN 25

Type 4 D (2044) · Return flow temperature limiter with a globevalve G 3

8 and G ½ and thermostat for set points from 10 to60 °C · PN 16

Type 4 E (2044) · Return flow temperature limiter, same versionas Type 4 D, but with an angle valve · Outlet: female thread(Fig. 2) · PN 16


The return flow temperature limiters function according to theliquid expansion principle.

The temperature-based volume change of the expanding liquidin the thermostat (3) moves the thermostat casing and thethermowell (4) with the valve plug (5). The set point can be ad-justed by turning the cap (1). This adjustment causes the thermo-stat (3), thermowell and valve plug (5) to move.

The position of the valve plug determines the flow rate across thefree area between the plug (5) and the valve seat (6).

1

2

3

4

7

8

5

6

9

Fig. 3 · Type 3 D

1 Cap for set pointadjustment

2 Spring for excesstemperature protection

3 Thermostat with metal bellows4 Thermowell

5 Valve plug6 Valve seat7 Stop screw8 Marking rib9 Return spring

Fig. 2 · Type 4 EFig. 1 · Type 3 D

Data Sheet T 2080 EN 2012-03 145

Installation

– The device may be installed in any desired position

– Installation in horizontal pipelines (with scaled cap in uprightposition) is preferable

– The direction of flow must correspond with the arrow on thebody

Ordering text

Return Flow Temperature Limiter Type …Thread size G …Special version …


Type 3 3 D 4 D 4 E

Thread size G ½ G ¾ G 1 G 38 G ½ G 3

8 G ½

L (threadedconnection)

112 144 151 98 95

L (welding ends) 140 140 150 115 110

L1 45 33 27

H max. 150 127

H1 60 35

H2 – – 15

Æ D 61 48

Weight, approxin kg

1.3 1.4 1.5 0.75


Type 3 D 4 D/4 E

Thread size G ½ G ¾ G 1 G 38 G ½

KVS coefficient 1.2 1.6 2 0.6 0.8

Max. perm. diff. pressure 6 bar 4 bar

Set point range 1) 20 to 70 °C 10 to 60 °C


Max. perm. operatingpressure

25 bar 16 bar

1) Optional: limited to minimum or maximum temperature within set pointrange. Adjustment to a temperature set point, lead-sealed, if required

Table 2 · Materials · Material number acc. to DIN EN

Body CC754S

Seat CC754S

Plug CW509 (brass) with EPDM soft seal

Thermostat CW509 (brass)

Scaled cap Plastic


The values apply to a fully open valve.


Fig. 5 · Dimensional diagram

ØD

H1

H

L1L

H1

H

L1L

ØD

H2

H1

L1L

ØD

H

Type 3 D · Normal version Version withwelding ends

Type 4 D Type 4 E

Q

Kvs6

6 [bar]

G1G¾

G3 8

G½G½

p

54

4

3

3

2 2

2

1

1

0.8 0.80.6 0.6

0.6

0.50.4

0.4

0.3

0.3

0.2

1.21.6

0.2

0.1

0.1

0.080.060.05

0.01 0.02 0.040.03 0.06

m³h

–––– Type 3 D

– – – Type 4 E

Optional: Type 3 D und Type 4 D with threaded ends or weldingends on both sides

146 Data Sheet T 2080 EN 2012-03


Typetested Safety Devices Series 43

Application

Control, limitation, safety monitoring and safety limitation of theenergy supply to heat generators and heat exchangers whichmust be equipped with typetested devices.

The safety devices are used to control and protect indirectlyheated heat generators in heating and water-based heatingsystems.

The temperature regulators, temperature limiters, safetytemperature monitors and safety temperature limiters arecompulsory according to the relevant regulations (e.g.DIN 4747-1, DIN EN 12828 and DIN 4753) for installationswith heat generators or heat exchangers which are heated bysteam, hot liquids or by district heating systems. These devicesmust be tested for reliability and certified accordingly. Thereforethe devices listed in this information sheet have been tested byTÜV (German Technical Inspectorate) and licensed with aregister number.

Device designations

The designation of the safety devices is laid down inDIN EN 14597 (temperature control and limiting devices forheat generators). The temperatures specified in Figs. 1 to 3 aremeant only as a guide to the typical application ranges of thedevices shown. The device needed in each case must meet therequirements of the installation and comply with the relevantsafety regulations.

Temperature regulators (TR), which have been typetested, arenecessary in many installations. They constantly measure thetemperature as a controlled variable, compare it with a givenset point, adjust the actual temperature to the set point andinterrupt the energy supply when the temperature exceeds theset point.

Safety temperature monitors (STM) interrupt the energy supplywhen the temperature reaches the adjusted limit value, when thecapillary tube ruptures or when there is a leak in the sensor(Fig. 3). They reset themselves automatically when thetemperature has fallen below the limit value and the fault hasbeen removed.

Safety temperature limiters (STL) interrupt and block the energysupply when the temperature reaches the adjusted limit value,when the capillary tube ruptures or when there is a leak in thesensor (Fig. 1). They can only be reset and put back intooperation with a tool when the temperature has fallen below thelimit value and the fault has been removed.

Safety temperature monitors and safety temperature limiters aredesigned for Extended Safety according to DIN EN 14597,since they are also effective even when a defect occurs. Thesafety temperature limiters are available optionally with asignal transmitter which produces a signal for fault indication.

Fig. 2 · Heating installation with safety temperature monitoraccording to DIN 4747-1

Note

Devices typetested acc. to DIN EN 14597 areavailable for installations acc. to DIN 4747-1,DIN EN 12828 and DIN 4753.

Fig. 3 · Heating installation with temperature regulator andsafety temperature monitor according to DIN 4747-1

TR Temperature regulatorTL Temperature limiterSTM Safety temperature monitorSTL Safety temperature limiter

>110°C

STL <95°C

<100˚C_

STL

TR

>120°CSTM

<120°C

>100°C

STM

TR

< 75°C_

Fig. 1 · DHW heating systems according to DIN 4753



Versions for G ½ to G 1 · DN 15 to 50 · PN 16 or 25 · Limitsup to 120 °C

The regulators and limiters function according to the adsorptionprinciple or the vapor pressure principle.

The temperature-dependent pressure change in the sensorcauses the valve plug position to change, thus changing the flowrate of the heating medium.

Table 1 gives an overview of the Series 43 TemperatureRegulators.

Time behavior of thermostats

The regulator’s dynamics is largely determined by the sensor’sresponse behavior and its typical time constant.

Table 2 shows the time constants of SAMSON thermostats forSeries 43 Regulators with varying functioning principles onmeasuring water.

Temperature regulators (TR)

Temperature regulators (TR) (Fig. 4) consist of a Type 2430 KControl Thermostat (3) and a valve (1).

They control the temperature and adjust the energy supply whenthe temperature exceeds the adjusted set point.

Safety temperature monitors (STM)

Safety temperature monitors (STM) (Fig. 5) consist of aType 2403 K Safety Thermostat (4) and a valve (1).

The safety thermostat not only closes the valve when thetemperature reaches its limit value adjustable between 60 to75 °C, 75 to 100 °C or 100 to 120 °C, but also when thecapillary tube ruptures or when there is a leak in the sensor. Itresets itself automatically when the fault has been removed andthe temperature has fallen below the limit value.

Legend for Figs. 4 to 91 Type 2431 K, Type 2432 K, Type 2435 K, Type 2436 K or

Type 2437 K Globe Valve2 Type 2433 K Three-way Valve3 Type 2430 K Control Thermostat4 Type 2403 K Safety Thermostat5 Type 2439 K Safety Thermostat6 Electric signal transmitter (optional)

Table 1 · Overview of temperature regulators

Type With valve Details in

Type Connection size Nom. press. Data Sheet

43-1 2431 K G ½ to G 1 PN 25T 2171 EN

43-2 2432 K DN 15 to 50 2) PN 25

43-3 2433 KG ½ to G 1

PN 25 T 2173 ENDN 15 to 50 2)

43-5 2435 K G ½ to G 1 PN 25

T 2172 EN43-6 1) 2436 KG ½ to G 1 PN 16

DN 32 to 50 2) PN 25

43-7 2437 K DN 15 to 50 2) PN 25

43-8 2432 K DN 15 PN 25 T 2178 EN

Double adapter/manual adjuster T 2176 EN1) Reversed function: Valve opens instead of valve closes2) Also with flanged body made of EN-JS1049 or stainless steel (DN 32 to 50)

1

4

2

4

1

4

1

4

STM

STM

STM

STM

Table 2 · Time behavior of thermostats

Principle Type Without Withthermowell

Adsorption2430 K 15 s 1) 30 s 2) 40 s 1) 80 s 2)

2439 K – 3) 40 s

Vaporpressure

2403 K 3 s – 3)

1) DN 15 to 25 · 2) DN 32 to 50 · 3) Not permissible

Fig. 4 · Temperature regulators (TR)4.1 · Type 43-1 or Type 43-5 4.3 · Type 43-74.2 · Type 43-2 or Type 43-6 4.4 · Type 43-3

5.3 5.4

Fig. 5 · Safety temperature monitors (STM) withType 2403 K Safety Thermostat

5.1· Type 2431 K/2403 K or Type 2435 K/2403 K5.2 · Type 2432 K/2403 K5.3 · Type 2437 K/2403 K or Type 2436 K/2403 K5.4 · Type 2433 K/2403 K

5.1 5.2

1

3

2

3

1

3

TR

1

3

TR TR

TR

4.1 4.2

4.3 4.4


Temperature regulators (TR) and safety temperature monitors(STM)

The combination TR/STM (Fig. 6) consists of a Type 2403 KSafety Thermostat (4), a Type 2430 K Control Thermostat (3)and a valve (1).

The Type 2430 K Control Thermostat (3), additionally attachedto the spring mechanism, functions in this combination as atemperature regulator.

Safety temperature limiters (STL)

The safety temperature limiters (STL) (Fig. 7) consist of aType 2439 K Safety Thermostat (5) and a valve (1).

The spring mechanism in the safety thermostat closes and locksthe valve when the temperature reaches the limit valueadjustable between 40 to 95 °C or 70 and 120 °C as well aswhen the capillary tube ruptures or when there is a leak in thesensor.

It can only be reset and put back into operation with ascrewdriver when the temperature has fallen below the limitvalue and the fault has been removed.

Typetested regulators conforming to DIN EN 14597

The following typetested regulators are available:

– Temperature regulators (TR) with Type 2430 K ControlThermostat.

– Safety temperature monitors (STM) with Type 2403 KControl Thermostat.

– Safety temperature limiters (STL) with Type 2439 K SafetyThermostat.

The register numbers are available on request.

Further details can be found in the Data Sheet T 2185 EN.

Fig. 6 · Temperature regulators and safety temperaturemonitors (TR/STM) with Type 2403 K SafetyThermostat and Type 2430 K Control Thermostat

6.1 · Type 2431 K/2430 K/2403 K orType 2435 K/2430 K/2403 K

6.2 · Type 2432 K/2430 K/2403 K6.3 · Type 2437 K/2430 K/2403 K or

Type 2436 K/2430 K/2403 K6.4 · Type 2433 K/2430 K/2403 K

STL STL

STL STL

5 5

5 5

1

2

1

1

7.1 7.2

11

3

4

2

3

4

2

3

4

STMTR

STMTR

3

4

STMTR

STMTR

6.1 6.2

6.3 6.4

7.3 7.4

Fig. 7 · Safety temperature monitors (STM) withType 2439 K Safety Thermostat

7.1 · Type 2431 K/2439 K or Type 2435 K/2439 K7.2 · Type 2432 K/2439 K7.3 · Type 2437 K/2439 K or Type 2436 K/2439 K7.4 · Type 2433 K/2439 K


Temperature regulators (TR) and safety temperature Limiters(STL)

The combination TR/STL (Fig. 8) consists of a Type 2439 KSafety Thermostat (5), a Type 2430 K Control Thermostat (3)and a valve (1).

The Type 2430 K Control Thermostat, attached to theType 2439 K Safety Thermostat, functions in this combinationas a temperature regulator (TR).

Electric signal transmitter

Type 2439 K Safety Thermostat can be supplied with an electricsignal transmitter which produces a signal for fault indication(Fig. 9).

5 5

6 6

5 5

STL STL

STL STL1

2

1

1

3

230 V~

6

8.3 8.4

Fig. 8 · Temperature regulators and safety temperaturelimiters (TR/STL) with Type 2439 K Safety Thermostatand Type 2430 K Control Thermostat

8.1 · Type 2431 K/2430 K/2439 K orType 2435 K/2430 K/2439 K

8.2 · Type 2432 K/2430 K/2439 K8.3 · Type 2437 K/2430 K/2439 K or

Type 2436 K/2430 K/2439 K8.4 · Type 2433 K/2430 K/2439 K

Fig. 9 ·Type 2439 K Safety Thermostat withelectric signal transmitter (optional, not retrofittable)

8.1 8.2



Safety Temperature Monitors (STM)with Safety Thermostat Type 2403 K

Application

Safety temperature monitoring of the energy supplied to heatgenerators or heat exchangers by closing the valve.

For limit signals from 60 to 120 °C · With valves in sizes G ½ toG 1 or DN 15 to 50 · PN 16 or 25 · Max. 200 °C

Safety temperature monitors with a valve and a Type 2403 KSafety Thermostat operate without auxiliary energy and are de-signed for Extended Safety acc. to DIN EN 14597. The valve isclosed by a spring mechanism when the temperature reachesan adjusted limit value, when the capillary tube breaks or whenleakage occurs in the sensor system. The thermostat is reset andthe regulator put back into operation automatically as soon asthe temperature has fallen below the limit value and the fault hasbeen removed.

VersionsThe Type 2403 K Safety Thermostat consists of a temperaturesensor, limit value adjuster, capillary tube and operating ele-ment with spring mechanism.

Safety temperature monitors (Figs. 1 to 3)

Type 2431 K/2403 K · With Type 2431 K Globe Valve for G ½to G 1 · PN 25 · Type 2403 K Thermostat · 150 °C

Type 2433 K/2403 K · With Type 2433 K Globe Valve for G ½to G 1 or DN 15 to DN 50 · PN 25 · Type 2403 K Thermostat200 °C

Type 2435 K/2403 K · With Type 2435 Globe Valve K for G ½to G 1 · PN 25 · Type 2403 K Thermostat · 200 °C

Type 2432 K/2403 K · With Type 2432 K Globe Valve forDN 15 to DN 50 · PN 25 · Type 2403 K Thermostat · 150 °C

Type 2437 K/2403 K · With Type 2437 K Globe Valve forDN 15 to DN 50 · PN 25 · Type 2403 K Thermostat · 200 °C

Type 2436 K/2403 K · With Type 2436 K Globe Valve for G ½to G 1 · PN 16 or for DN 15 to DN 50 · PN 25 · Type 2403 KThermostat · Valve opens in case of emergency · 150 °C

Temperature regulators and safety temperature monitors(TR/STM) (Figs. 4 to 6) consist of one of the above mentioned in-struments Type .../2403 K and a Type 2403 K Control Thermo-stat typetested acc. to DIN EN 14597, for example:

Type 2431 K/2430 K/2403 K · With Type 2431 K Valve forG ½ to G 1 · PN 25 · Type 2430 K Control Thermostat andType 2403 K Safety Thermostat

Details and technical data of the valves and Type 2430 K Con-trol Thermostats can be found in the Data Sheets:

T 2171 EN · Types 2431 K/2432 K Globe ValvesT 2172 EN · Types 2435 K, 2436 K and 2437 K Globe ValvesT 2173 EN · Type 2433 K Three-way Valve

Note

Devices typetested acc. to DIN EN 14597 are available forinstallations acc. to DIN 4747-1, DIN EN 12828 and DIN 4753.

Refer to Information Sheet T 2181 EN for details onthe use of the safety temperature monitors.

STM

1

5

2

5

1

5

1

3

5

2

3

5

2

3

5

STM

STM

STMTR

STMTR

STMTR

1 Type 243… K Globe Valve2 Type 2433 K Three-way Valve

3 Type 2430 K Control Thermostat4 Type 2403 K Safety Thermostat

Fig. 1 · Type 2431 K/2403 K STM Fig. 2 · Type 2437 K/2403 KSTM

Fig. 3 · Type 2433 K/2403 K STM

Fig. 4 · Type 2431 K/2430 K/2403 K, Type 2435 K/2430 K/2403 K TR/STM

Fig. 5 · Type 2437 K/2430 K/2403 K TR/STM

Fig. 6 · Type 2433 K/2430 K2403 K TR/STM

Data Sheet T 2183 EN 2012-01 151


The safety temperature monitors work according to the vaporpressure principle.

The medium temperature produces a pressure in the sensor (9)that corresponds to the actual temperature measured. This pres-sure is transmitted through the capillary tube (8) to the metalbellows of the operating element (10) where it is converted intoa positioning force. This force acts on the pin (11), moving thevalve's plug stem (4) and plug (3). The position of the plug deter-mines the flow rate of the heat transfer medium across the areareleased between the valve's plug and seat (2).

The spring mechanism is released by the pressure decrease inthe system when the capillary tube breaks or when there is aleak in the sensor, closing the valve over the pin (11) of the oper-ating element.

The Type 2403 K Safety Thermostat is available in two versions,which differ in the sensor's mounting position:

– Sensor horizontal or sensor tip points up

– Sensor horizontal or sensor tip points down

Register numbers of devices tested acc. to DIN EN 14597:Type 2431 K, Type 2432 K, Type 2433 K, Type 2435 K andType 2437 K Valves with

Type 2430 K Control ThermostatType 2403 K Safety Thermostat ü

ý

þ

Available on request

Installation

• Valve

Install the valve in a horizontal pipeline with the operating ele-ment of the thermostat vertically suspended. Other mountingpositions are possible for Types 2431 K, 2432 K and 2433 KValves at temperatures up to 110 °C. For Type 2436 K up to110 °C, the operating element must point up (upright).

Make sure the direction of flow through the valve matches thearrow on the body.

• Capillary tube

Install the capillary tube such that it is not exposed to large tem-perature fluctuations and cannot be damaged. Make sure thepermissible ambient temperature range is not exceeded. Thesmallest permissible bending radius is 50 mm.


Observe the mounting position of the temperature sensor!Depending on the version, mount the sensor either horizontallyor with the tip pointing up or horizontally with the tip pointingdown. Some versions may also be installed at an angle.

Make sure the sensor's entire length is immersed in the processmedium. Choose a place of installation where neither overheat-ing nor considerable idle times occur.

Special version

– Reduced KVS coefficient in DN 15 or G ½

Combinations

– Safety temperature monitor with Type 2430 K Control Ther-mostat

– Safety temperature monitor with differential pressure or flowregulation

Ordering text

Safety Temperature Monitor Type 243… K/2403 KWith Type 243… Valve, G … or DN … with weldingends/threaded ends/flanges (with Types 2432 and 2437 only)

For mixing/diverting service (with Type 2433 K only)PN …

With Type 2403 K Safety ThermostatLimit value range … °CWith sensor version– Sensor horizontal or sensor tip points up– Sensor horizontal or sensor tip points down

Optionally, accessoriesOptionally, special version

1

2

3

456

11

10

8 9

12

Fig. 7 · Type 2432 K/2403 K Safety Temperature Monitor (STM)

Type 2432 K Valve1 Valve body2 Seat (exchangeable)3 Plug4 Plug stem5 Valve spring6 Connection nut

Type 2403 K Safety Thermostat8 Capillary tube9 Sensor10 Operating element11 Pin of the operating element12 Set point adjuster

152 Data Sheet T 2183 EN 2012-01


Valve Type 2431 K 2433 K 2435 K 2436 K 1) 2432 K 1) 2437 K 1)

Thread size G ½ to 1 · Female thread – – –

Nominal size DN – 15 to 50 – – 32 to 50 15 to 25 32 to 50 15 to 25 32 to 50

Nominal pressure PN 25 25 25 16 25 25 25

Max. permissible temperature °C 150 150 200 150 150 200

Max. perm. differential pressure Dp 20 4.4 2) 16 16 8 20 12 16 8

KVS coefficients with

Thread size G ½ G ¾ G 1 – – –


KVS coefficients with Type 2433 K 4 6.3 8 10 12.5 16

KVS coefficients with Types 2435 K,2436 K, 2437 K

3.2 4 5 10 12.5 16

Special versions0.4 · 1.0 · 2.5

3) –

KVS values with Types 2431 K,2432 K

3.6 5.7 7.2 10 12.5 16

Special versions 0.4 · 1.0 · 2.5 –

Type 2403 K Safety Thermostat for STM

Limit value adjustment range 60 to 75 °C, 75 to 100 °C, 100 to 120 °C

Permissible ambient temperature Max. 50 °C


Permissible pressure at the sensor 25 bar


Type 2430 K Thermostat for TR

Set point range Continuously adjustable: 0 to 35 °C, 25 to 70 °C, 40 to 100 °C, 50 to 120 °C or 70 to 150 °C

Permissible ambient temperature 0 to 50 °C



Capillary tube length 2 m (special version: 5 m)

1) DN 15 to 50 also available with flanged body made of EN-JS1049 (GGG 40.3)2) Refer to Data Sheet T 2173 EN for values of other nominal sizes3) For Type 2436 K only


Valve Type 2431 K 2432 K 1) 2435 K 2436 K 1) 2437 K 1) 2433 K

Body CC491K/CC499K (red brass, Rg 5) 2)

Seat Stainless steel 1.4571Integrated into

the body

Plug Stainless steel with brass 4) and EPDM soft seal 3) CW617N 4) +EPDM soft seal


Balancing bellows – Stainless steel 1.4571 –

Type 2403 K Safety Thermostat for STM and Type 2430 K Thermostat for TR

Connecting element Type 2403 K PPO with brass connection nut

Set point adjuster Glass-fiber reinforced PETP

Sensor 1.4571

Capillary tube Copper

1) DN 15 to 50 also available with flanged body made of EN-JS10492) Type 2436 K in G ½ to G 1: CW604N (brass)3) Special version for oils (ASTM I, II, III): FPM/FKM soft seal

Data Sheet T 2183 EN 2012-01 153


Types 2431 K/2403 K · 2433 K/2403 K · 2435 K/2403 K2436 K/2403 K

Connection G ½ ¾ 1

Length L 65 75 90

Type 2431 K/2403 K

Height H 140

Type 2433 K/2403 K

Height H 140

Height H1 40

Type 2435 K/2403 K

Height H 220

Type 2436 K/2403 K

Height H 145

Height H1 46

Type 2431 K/2403 K

Approx.weight

2.0 2.1 2.2

Type 2433 K/2403 K

Approx.weight

2.2 2.3 2.4

Type 2435 K/2403 K

Approx.weight

2.5 2.6 2.7

Type 2436 K/2403 K

Approx.weight

2.4 2.5 2.6

Types 2432 K/2403 K · 2433 K/2403 K · 2436 K/2403 K2437 K/2403 K

Nominal size DN 15 20 25 32 40 50

Pipe Ø d 21.3 26.8 32.7 42 48 60


Length L 65 70 75 100 110 130

With welding ends L1 210 234 244 268 294 330

With threaded ends L2 129 144 159 180 196 228

With flanges L3 130 150 160 180 200 230


2432 K/2403 K

Height H 140 190

Height H1 30 55

2433 K/2403 K

Height H 135 145

Height H2 112 122 124 144 157 165

Height H3 72 77 82 100 108 114

Height H4 72 80 82 105 110 115

2436 K/2403 K

Height H – 160

Height H1 – 95

2437 K/2403 K

Height H 220 270

Height H1 30 55

Approx. weight in kg

2432 K/2403 Kwith

Welding ends 2.5 2.8 3.1 5.1 5.8 7.6

Threaded ends 2.4 2.7 3.0 5.0 5.7 7.5

Flanges 3.9 4.8 5.6 8.3 9.8 11.6

2433 K/2403 Kwith

Welding ends 2.9 3.2 3.4 4.8 5.1 6.4

Threaded ends 2.9 3.2 3.4 4.8 5.1 6.4

Flanges 5.0 6.2 7.1 9.6 11 14

2436 K/2403 Kwith

Welding ends 3.8 4.2 4.6

Threaded ends 3.8 4.2 4.6

Flanges 7.0 8.2 9.6

Dimensions

H4

SW

L

A

L2

H

H3

SW

L

d

L1

H

SW

H2

L

H

H1

L

d

L1

H

SW

H1

L

d

L1

H

170255

125

SW

H1

L

H

50

L

H

30

LL3

Ø12

G½

22

5


Safety temperature monitors (STM)

Type 2431 K/2403 K2435 K/2403 K

Type 2433 K/2403 KVersion with female thread

Type 2432 K/2403 KType 2436 K/2403 K

Type 2433 K/2403 KVersion with welding ends

Type 2436 K/2403 KG ½ to G 1

Type 2433 K/2403 KVersion with threaded ends

Type 2423 K/2403 KVersion with flanges

Type 2437 K/2403 K

Temperature regulator with safety temperature monitor (TR/STM)

Type 243... K/2430 K/2403 K

154 Data Sheet T 2183 EN 2012-01


Safety Temperature Limiters (STL)with Safety Thermostat Type 2439 K

Application

Safety temperature limitation of the energy supplied to heatgenerators or heat exchangers by closing or locking the valve.

For limit signals from 10 to 120 °C · With valves in sizes G ½ toG 1 or DN 15 to 50 · PN 16 or 25 · Max. 200 °C

Safety temperature limiters with a valve and a Type 2439 KSafety Thermostat operate without auxiliary energy and are de-signed for Extended Safety acc. to DIN EN 14597.

The valve is closed by a spring mechanism and locked when thetemperature reaches an adjusted limit value, when the capillarytube breaks or when leakage occurs in the sensor system. Ascrewdriver is required to reset the thermostat and put the regu-lator back into operation when the temperature has fallen belowthe limit value and the fault has been removed.


The Type 2439 K Safety Thermostat consists of a housing withspring mechanism and a thermostat with capillary tube, bulbsensor and a thermowell.The device can optionally be equipped with an electric signaltransmitter for remote transmission of fault states.

Safety temperature limiters with Type 2439 K Safety Thermo-stat (Figs. 1 and 2)

Type 2431 K/2439 K · With Type 2431 K Globe Valve for G ½to G 1 · PN 25 · 150 °C

Type 2435 K/2439 K · With Type 2435 K Globe Valve for G ½to G 1 · PN 25 · 200 °C

Type 2432 K/2439 K · With Type 2432 K Globe Valve forDN 15 to 50 · PN 25 · 150 °C

Type 2437 K/2439 K · With Type 2437 K Globe Valve forDN 15 to 50 · PN 25 · 200 °C

Type 2436 K/2439 K · Without DIN register number; valveopens in case of emergency · With Type 2436 K Globe Valvefor G ½ to G 1, PN 16 or DN 32 to 50, PN 25 · 150 °C

Type 2433 K/2439 K · With Type 2433 Three-way Valve forG ½ to G 1 or DN 15 to 50 · PN 25 · 150 °C

Temperature regulators and safety temperature limiters(TR/STL) (Figs. 3 and 4) consist of one of the above mentionedinstruments Type 243... K/2439 K and a typetestedType 2430 K Control Thermostat, for example:

Type 2431 K/2439 K/2430 K · With Type 2431 K Valve,Type 2439 K Safety Thermostat and Type 2430 K Control Ther-mostat

Note

Devices typetested acc. to DIN EN 14597 are available forinstallations acc. to DIN 4747-1, DIN EN 12828 and DIN 4753.

Refer to Information Sheet T 2181 EN fordetails on the use of the safety temperaturelimiters.

STL STL

1 1

1 1

STL TR STL TR

2 2


1 Type 2439 K Safety Thermostat2 Type 2430 K Control Thermostat

With valve with G ½ to G 1female thread

With DN 15 to DN 50 valve

Fig. 1Type 2431 K/2439 KType 2435 K/2439 KType 2436 K/2439 K

Fig. 2Type 2432 K/2439 KType 2436 K/2439 KType 2437 K/2439 K

Fig. 4Type 2432 K/2439 K/2430 KType 2436 K/2439 K/2430 KType 2437 K/2439 K/2430 K

Fig. 3Type 2431 K/2439 K/2430 KType 2435 K/2439 K/2430 KType 2436 K/2439 K/2430 K

Temperature regulators and safety temperature limiters (TR/STL)

Data Sheet T 2185 EN 2012-01 155

Details and technical data of the valve and the Type 2430 KControl Thermostat can be found in the Data Sheets:T 2171 EN · With Types 2431 K and 2432 K Globe ValvesT 2172 EN · With Types 2435 K, 2436 K and 2437 K GlobeValvesT 2173 EN · With Type 2433 K Three-way Valve


The safety temperature limiters have a temperature sensor thatworks according to the adsorption principle.

The medium temperature produces a pressure in the tempera-ture sensor (11) that corresponds to the actual temperaturemeasured. This pressure is transmitted through the capillarytube (12) to a positioning bellows where it is converted into apositioning force and compared to the force of a measuringspring. This spring force depends on the adjusted limitvalue (13). The spring mechanism is released when the actualtemperature value exceeds the adjusted limit, when the capillarytube breaks or when there is a leak in the sensor. It moves thepin (10) of the spring mechanism and thus the attached plugstem (4), closing and locking the valve. A screwdriver is re-quired to reset the thermostat and put the regulator back intooperation when the temperature has fallen below the limit valueand the fault has been removed.


The register numbers of the Type 2431 K, Type 2432 K,Type 2433 K, Type 2435 K and Type 2437 K Valves withType 2439 K Safety Thermostat or Type 2430 K Control Ther-mostat are available on request.

Installation

• Valve

Install the valve in a horizontal pipeline with the operating ele-ment of the thermostat vertically suspended. Other mountingpositions are possible for Types 2431 K, 2432 K, 2433 K and2436 K Valves at temperatures up to 110 °C.Make sure the direction of flow through the valve matches thearrow on the body.

• Capillary tube

Install the capillary tube such that it is not exposed to large tem-perature fluctuations and cannot be damaged. Make sure thepermissible ambient temperature range is not exceeded. Thesmallest permissible bending radius is 50 mm.


The temperature sensor can be installed in any desired position.Its entire length must be immersed in the process medium.Choose a place of installation where neither overheating norconsiderable idle times occur.



Only use the Type .../2439 K Safety Temperature Limiter with aSAMSON thermowell.

Special versions

– Reduced KVS coefficient in DN 15 or G ½


– G ½ thermowell made of CrNiMo steel

– With electric signal transmitter

Combinations

– Safety temperature limiter with Type 2430 K Control Ther-mostat (TR/STL)

– Safety temperature limiter with differential pressure or flowregulation

Ordering text

Safety Temperature Limiter (STL) Type .../2439 KWith Type … Valve, G ..., DN …With Type 2432 K or Type 2437 K with welding ends/threadedends/flangesPN ..., KVS coefficient ...With Type 2439 K Safety ThermostatLimit value adjusted to/lead-sealed at ... °C

Optionally, special versionOptionally, accessories

1

2

3

5

6

4

7

8

9

13

11

10

12

Fig. 5 · Type 2435 K/2439 K Safety Temperature Limiter (STL)

Type 2435 K Valve1 Valve body2 Seat (exchangeable)3 Plug4 Plug stem5 Balancing bellows6 Valve spring7 Connection nut, valve/con-

necting element

Type 2439 K Safety Thermostat8 Pin of the spring mechanism9 Connecting element with

spring mechanism10 Capillary tube11 Temperature sensor with

thermowell12 Limit value adjuster13 Signal transmitter (optional)

156 Data Sheet T 2185 EN 2012-01


Valve Type 2431 K 2433 K 2435 K 2436 K 1) 2432 K 1) 2437 K 1)

Thread size G G ½ to G 1 · Female thread – – –

Nominal size DN – 15 to 50 – – 32 to 50 15 to 25 32 to 50 15 to 25 32 to 50

Nominal pressure PN 25 25 25 16 25 25 25

Max. permissible temperature °C 150 200 150 150 200

Max. perm. differential pressure Dp 20 4.4 2) 16 16 8 20 12 16 8

KVS coefficients with

Thread size G ½ G ¾ G 1 – – –


KVS coefficients with Type 2433 K 4 6.3 8 10 12.5 16

KVS with Types 2435 K, 2436 K, 2437 K 3.2 4 5 10 12.5 16

Special versions 0.4 · 1.0 · 2.53) –

KVS with Types 2431 K, 2432 K 3.6 5.7 7.2 10 12.5 16

Special versions 0.4 · 1.0 · 2.5 –

1) DN 32 to 50 also with flanged body · 2) Refer to Data Sheet T 2173 EN for exact values of other nominal sizes · 3) For Type 2436 K only

Type 2439 K Safety Thermostat for STL

Limit value adjustment range 10 to 95 °C or 20 to 120 °C 1)

Permissible ambient temperature 80 °C · 60 °C with electric signal transmitter


Perm. pressure at sensor w. thermowell 40 bar

Switching cycles acc. to DIN EN 14597 500


Electric signal transmitter Permissible load 230 V~, 16 A at ohmic load

Type 2430 K Thermostat for TR

Set point range Continuously adjustable: 0 to 35 °C, 25 to 70 °C, 40 to 100 °C, 50 to 120 °C or 70 to 150 °C

Permissible ambient temperature Max. 80 °C




1) Higher limit values on request


Valve Type 2431 K 2432 K 2435 K 2436 K 2437 K 2433 K

Body CC491K/CC499K (red brass, Rg 5) 1)

Seat Stainless steel 1.4571Integrated into

the body

Plug Stainless steel 1.4305 2) with brass 3) and EPDM soft sealCuZn40 3) +

EPDM soft seal


Balancing bellows – – Stainless steel 1.4571 –

Type 2439 K Safety Thermostat for STL and Type 2430 K Thermostat for TR

Connecting element Type 2439 K Glass-fiber reinforced PETP

Set point adjuster Glass-fiber reinforced PETP

Sensor Copper

Capillary tube Copper


1) Types 2436 K, 2436 K and 3437 K in DN 32, 40 and 50: also with flanged body made of EN-JS1049and Types 2432 K and 2436 K in DN 15 to 25: 1.4408

2) Special version for oils (ASTM I, II, III): FPM/FKM soft seal3) All brass materials resistant to dezincification

Data Sheet T 2185 EN 2012-01 157


Types 2431 K/2439 K · 2433 K/2439 K · 2435 K/2439 K2436 K/2439 K

Connection G ½ ¾ 1

Length L 65 75 90

2431 K/2439 K Height H 170

Type 2433 K/2439 K

Height H 165

Height H1 40

2435 K/2439 K Height H 255

2436 K/2439 K Height H 180

Type 2431 K/2439 K

Approx.weight

1.9 2.0 2.1

Type 2433 K/2439 K

Approx.weight

2.1 2.2 2.3

Type 2435 K/2439 K

Approx.weight

2.4 2.5 2.6

Type 2436 K/2439 K

Approx.weight

2.3 2.4 2.5

Types 2432 K/2439 K · 2433 K/2439 K · 2436 K/2439 K2437 K/2439 K

Nominal size DN 15 20 25 32 40 50

Pipe Ø d 21.3 26.8 32.7 42 48 60


Length L 65 70 75 100 110 130

With welding ends L1 210 234 244 268 294 330

With threaded ends L2 129 144 159 180 196 228

With flanges L3 130 150 160 180 200 230


2432 K/2439 K

Height H 175 225

Height H1 30 55

2433 K/2439 K

Height H 171 181

Height H2 112 122 124 144 157 165

Height H3 72 77 82 100 108 114

Height H4 72 80 82 105 110 115

2436 K/2439 K

Height H – 195

Height H1 – 95

2437 K/2439 K

Height H 255 305

Height H1 30 55

Approx. weight in kg

2432 K/2439 Kwith

Welding ends 2.2 2.5 2.8 4.9 5.5 7.3

Threaded ends 2.1 2.4 2.7 4.7 5.4 7.3

Flanges 3.6 4.5 5.3 8.0 9.5 11.3

2433 K/2439 Kwith

Welding ends 2.8 3.1 3.3 4.6 4.9 6.2

Threaded ends 2.8 3.1 3.3 4.6 4.9 6.2

Flanges 4.9 6.1 7.1 9.4 10.9 13.7

2436 K/2439 Kwith

Welding ends 3.8 4.2 4.6

Threaded ends 3.8 4.2 4.6

Flanges 7.0 8.2 9.6

2437 K/2349 Kwith

Welding ends 2.4 2.7 3.0 5.2 5.9 7.8

Threaded ends 2.3 2.6 2.9 5.5 5.9 7.8

Flanges 3.8 4.7 5.5 8.2 9.7 11.7

Dimensions

Bulb sensor withthermowell

30

L

L1L

L

L1

L2

L3

L1L

H1d

190

H4

SW

L

A

L

L

H

H

H

d

SW

SW

H3

H

H2

H1

30

(22

0)

18

5

11

5

18

5

(55)

H

G½

G½ (¾)

Ø12

Ø12 (Ø19)


Dimensions in parentheses ()for DN 32 to 50

Type .../2430 K/2439 K

Temperature regulator with safety temperature limiter (TR/STL)

Type 2437 K/2439 KType 2436 K/2439 K (DN 32 to 50)Version with welding ends

Type 2432 K/2439 K Type 2433 K/2439 KVersion with welding ends

Type 2433 K/2439 KVersion with threaded ends

Type 2436 K/2439 KG ½ to G 1

Type 2433 K/2439 KVersion with flanges


Type 2431 K/2439 K2435 K/2439 K

Type 2433 K/2439 KVersion with female thread

158 Data Sheet T 2185 EN 2012-01

Boiler Controllers

Steam Traps

Air Vents

Data Sheet T 0500 EN 2012-04 159

Boiler Controllers, typetested

Type 5 D

Application

Type 5 D · Flow temperature control in hot water boilers usingsolid fuels · Horizontal or vertical installation.

The controller is typetested in accordance with DIN EN 14597,for plants conforming to DIN EN 12828.

Versions

Type 5 D

The controllers operate according to the liquid expansion prin-ciple. Any temperature changes at the thermostat result in a pro-portional change in lever travel.

The lever causes the supply air damper at the boiler to close, re-ducing the energy supply.

The boiler controllers essentially consist of a thermostat,thermowell, set point adjustment knob, actuating lever andchain.


The thermowell contains the liquid-filled thermostat (6) whichsenses the flow water temperature in the boiler. A pin (5) fas-tened to the bottom of the metal bellows (4) projects from thethermostat and is fixed inside the temperature adjustment knob(1). The system consisting of thermostat and pin is pressedagainst a bearing in the rotary knob by a spring (3). This mech-anism allows set point adjustment.

The thermostat is connected to a pivot joint (2) where the actua-ting lever for damper control (8) is screwed on. The force of thespring (3) is calculated such that the weight of the control dam-per is balanced and does not change the plug position. Thespring also acts as an excess temperature device.

When the flow temperature rises, the liquid contained in thetemperature sensor (6) expands, forcing the thermostatdownwards since the pin (5) is fixed inside the rotary knob (1).The pivot joint is moved, the actuating lever is turned axially andthe chain (9) closes the damper. In this way, energy supplied tothe boiler is reduced, causing the boiler temperature to fall.

If the flow temperature decreases, the damper opens as descri-bed above in accordance with the adjusted set point.

The temperature set point can be changed by turning the setpoint adjustment knob. When turning the knob, the thermostatand the pin are moved axially. Adjustment of a higher set pointtemperature, for example, will cause the damper to open untilthe temperature has reached the adjusted set point.

Fig. 2 · Functional diagram

Boiler controller

Supply air damper

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Fig. 1 · Type 5 D

1 Rotary knob for set point adjustment2 Pivot joint3 Spring for temperature override and for balancing

of the damper weight4 Metal bellows5 Pin6 Temperature sensor filled with expanding liquid7 Thermowell8 Actuator lever9 Chain

160 Data Sheet T 0500 EN 2012-04

Installation

– Suitable for vertical or horizontal installation

– The red figures on the set point adjustment knob apply forhorizontal installation, whereas the white figures apply forvertical installation.

Special version (available upon customer request)

The thermowell, chain and actuating lever have to be adaptedto the boiler construction and are therefore available in differentsizes upon customer request.

Ordering text

Boiler Controller Type 5 D

Connection thread G ¾ or G 1


Type 5 D Boiler Controller

Function according toDIN EN 14597

Type 1

Thread size G ¾ × G 1


Excess temp. protection 50 °C above the adjusted set point


Max. permissible pressureat the sensor

10 bar

Transfer coefficient 0.3 °C/K

Torque 1.9 Nm

Max. travel 85 mm

Table 2 · Material

Thermowell Brass

Set point adjustment knob Plastic

Actuating lever Steel, painted

Chain Steel, zinc-plated (gloss finish)

Ø 45

max

. 55

49.5 180

200

1200

81.5


Dimensions in mm and weight

Connecting thread G ¾ or G 1Weight, approx. 0.6 kg

Data Sheet T 0500 EN 2012-04 161

Steam Traps

Type 13 E Steam Trap

Application

Discharge of condensate from steam-heated systems, heatexchangers, heating batteries, radiators, steam pipes and simi-lar equipment · Liquid evaporation principle · PN 16 · Operat-ing range 0.01 to 10 bar · 200 °C · Usable as either angle orglobe valve · Threaded connections

Versions

The steam traps essentially consist of a body, an operating ele-ment and a seat and plug. They are controlled by temperatureand pressure and operate according to the vapor-pressure prin-ciple (liquid evaporation).

Steam traps are commonly referred to as quick-acting conden-sate drains.

The operating element of the steam trap is a metal bellowswhich is filled with a water/alcohol mixture. Any temperaturechanges at the metal bellows result in a corresponding changein valve plug position, meaning either a restriction or increaseof the free area between the seat and plug.


The steam pressure curve related to the liquid/steam mixture inthe metal bellows largely corresponds to that of water. Whenthe temperature of the water/alcohol mixture increases, thepressure in the operating element rises. The plug closes the seatorifice. When the steam trap is closed, the accumulated conden-sate as well as the water/alcohol mixture cool down. The pres-sure in the operating element decreases, the valve opens andthe condensate and any entrained air can escape.

The temperature of the discharged condensate is approx. 5 to10 °C below the saturated steam temperature.

Installation

– By changing the location of the screw plug (5), the valve canbe used as either globe or angle valve.

– Only install the steam trap in horizontal pipelines

– The direction of medium flow must coincide with the arrowon the body

– Install the condensate discharge pipe with a downwardslope of approx. 1 %

– The steam traps are to be installed directly at the outlet of theaggregate

– In aggregates where the heating batteries are to be kept freefrom condensate, install the steam trap approx. 1 m down-stream of the outlet in the non-insulated pipeline

Flow rate diagram

The diagram refers to condensate at a temperature of 20 °C.The pressure stated in bar is the differential pressure betweenthe inlet and outlet of the steam trap.


0.01 0.1 1 10 [bar]

3000

1000

Q

500

100

50

lh

G 1G ¾G ½

∆p

Fig. 6 · Flow rate diagram

1

2

3

4

5

Fig. 4 · Type 13 E Steam Trap

1 Cover2 Operating element3 Plug4 Seat

162 Data Sheet T 0500 EN 2012-04

Ordering text

Steam Trap Type 13 E

Connecting thread G ½ · G ¾ · G 1



Condensate drainage of a main steam line

Steam pipe

Condensate pipe

Condensate drainage on radiators and convectors

CondensateSteam

Condensate drainage of a steam manifold

Condensate

Steam

Condensate drainage on a boiling vessel with steam jacket

Steam

Condensate

Condensate drainage of a steam-heated boiler

Steam

Condensate

S

SL1

L

H1

H2 H

Fig. 7 · Dimensions of Type 13 E

Dimensions in mm

Table 5 · Dimensions in mm and weight · Type 13 E

Connecting size G ½ G ¾ G 1

L 132 138 151

L1 80 85 95

H 85 90 98

H1 38 40 43

H2 10 10 10

S 12 12 15

Weight, approx. in kg 0.8 0.9 1.3


All pressures in bar (gauge)

Type 13 E Steam Trap

Thread size G ½ · G ¾ · G 1

Operating range 0.01 to 10 bar



Temperature of dischargedcondensate

Saturated steam temperature

Max. permissible ambienttemperature

40 °C


BodyMalleable iron GTW-35-04

(EN-GJMW-350-4)

Cover/top screw plugMalleable iron GTW-35-04

(EN-GJMW-350-4)


Plug Stainless steel 1.4101

Operating element Stainless steel 1.4541

Data Sheet T 0500 EN 2012-04 163

Type 3 Air Vent for steam-operatedsystems

Application

Venting of, e.g. steam-operated pipe systems, heating systems,radiators, heating equipment · Max. 170 °C · Max. perm. pres-sure 8 bar · Threaded connection.

Versions

The air vents for steam-operated systems essentially consist of athermostat with a seat and plug.

The air vents operate according to the liquid expansion princi-ple. Any changes in temperature at the thermostat cause theplug to move in either closing or opening direction.


The air vents for steam-operated systems operate with a thermo-stat which is filled with an expansion liquid. When the tempera-ture at the thermostat increases, the liquid expands and movesthe plug stem with the attached plug in the closing direction,causing the plug to close the seat tightly.

When taking the steam system into operation, the cold air canescape until the incoming steam has heated the thermostat, thusclosing the vent. When shutting down the system, the thermostatcools down and the vent opens. In this way, neither air pocketsnor a vacuum can occur.

Installation

Vertically upright, at the highest point of the part of the pipe orsystem to be vented.

Ordering text

Type 3 Air Vent, G ½



1

2

3

4

5

6

5 Thermostat6 Excess temperature

protection


Air vent for steam

Thermostatic operating principle, limit adjustable between 95 and160 °C

Thread size G ½


Max. perm. pressure 8 bar

Weight, approx. 0.18 kg

Flow rate

Pressure bar 0.5 1 2 4 6

Air flow rate mn³/h 12 18 27 42 60


Body

CW617N (CuZn40Pb2)Seat

Plug

1 Protective cover2 Air outlet3 Seat4 Plug

Fig. 10 · Typical examples



Air vent in a low-pressure steam heating system

Venting of a steam-heated heating battery of a heat exchanger

1 Type 3 Air Vent2 Type 6 Air Vent3 Type 13 E Steam Trap4 Temperature regulator5 Strainer

164 Data Sheet T 0500 EN 2012-04

Type 6 Air Vent for water-operated sys-tems, drains for air-operated systemsApplication

Air vents for venting of, e.g. water-operated pipe systems, heat-ing systems, radiators and heating batteries · Draining of waterfrom air-operated systems in all branches of industry · Max.180 °C · Max. permissible pressure 16 bar (air vents)/8 bar(drains).

Versions

The air vents for water-operated systems essentially consist of afloat, a lever, a seat and plug. Their operating principle is basedon a change in liquid level, causing a corresponding float mo-vement.

Because of this float principle, air vents for water-operated sys-tems can generally be used also for draining water fromair-operated systems.


The operating element of air vents for water-operated systems isan air-filled float. The air outlet is sealed by the plug (3) which ismoved by the float (4) via the link system. The plug closes the airoutlet when the water level rises and opens the outlet when thewater level drops.

When the device is used to drain water from air-operated sys-tems, the accumulating liquid lifts the float (4), causing the outletto open.

When there is no liquid, the weight of the float causes the plug toclose the seat tightly.

Installation

Air vents

– Vertically upright, at the highest point of the part of the systemto be vented

Drains

– Vertically suspended with an overflow pipe, at the lowestpoint of the system

Ordering text

Type 6 Air Vent or Drain, G ½


Dimensions in mm and weight


Type 6 Air vent Drain

Thread size G ½


Max. perm. pressure 16 bar 8 bar


Flow rate

Pressure bar 0.5 1 2 4 6 8 12 16

Air flow rate mn³/h 2 3.5 5 9 13 17 25 33

Water flow rate mn³/h 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.45 – –


Body S235G2T (1.0308), zinc-coated


Plug EPDM

Float Stainless steel 1.4006


1

23

4

3 Seat4 Float


2

Type 6 Air Vent in a water supply network

2

Type 6 Air Vent on a high-level tank

2 Type 6 Air Vent

2 Type 6 Air Vent

2

2

Type 6 Air Vent in an air supply network

2 Type 6 Air Vent



1 Protective cover2 Air outlet

Data Sheet T 0500 EN 2012-04 165

Strainers with threaded end connections

Type 1 N · With standard strainer insert

Type 1 NI · With dual strainer insert

Type 1 FN · With standard strainer insert · Version for district heating systems

Application

For protecting downstream plants, aggregates and measuringand control devices against impurities · Straining and collectingdirt particles carried along by the medium.

With body G 38 to G 2 · PN 25 · Suitable for liquids, steam and

non-flammable gases up to max. 300 °C

The strainers consist of a Y-style body with threaded endconnections and a wide-meshed filter element (standardstrainer insert) or a wide-meshed filter element with anadditional fine-meshed filter element (dual strainer insert).

Special features

• Compact design with lengths according to DIN

• Easy removal of the collected dirt particles

• Easy replacement of the strainer insert

Versions

Inlet/outlet: female thread 38” to 2” · Connection DN 15 to 50

PN 25



– Brass body · Connections G 38 to G 2

Type 1 FN · Version for district heating · With standard strainerinsert

– Red brass body · With/without connection nuts and weldingends · Thread size G ½ to G 2 · Connection DN 15 to 50PN 25 · Especially suitable for district heating systems


The medium flows through the strainer in the direction indicatedby the arrow on the body. The uncleaned medium first contactsthe inside of the strainer insert (filter element). While it passesthrough the filter element, the dirt particles carried along by themedium are collected in the filter element. The dirt particles canbe removed after unscrewing the screw cap.

Installation

– Install the strainer in the direction of flow indicated by thearrow on the body

– Make sure ample space is available for removing and clean-ing the strainer insert (see dimensions).

– In vertical pipelines, when the medium flows upward, installthe strainer with the screw cap facing upward. In this case,however, the dirt particles will not be collected, but re-tained.

– Install swing check valves or similar devices to preventbackflow.

– For further information on installation, refer to the Mountingand Operating Instructions EB 1010 EN.

Ordering text

Strainer Type 1 N/1 NI, connection G …Body material …Type 1 FN, connection G …With/without connection nuts and welding ends

Fig. 2 · Type 1 FN Strainer with welding ends

1 Body2 Strainer insert3 Gasket4 Screw cap

Fig. 1 · Type 1 N/1 NI Strainer with female thread

5 Welding ends(on both sides)

6 Connection nut(on both sides)

Data Sheet T 1010 EN 2012-02 167


Version Body made of brass or red brass · PN 25

Thread size G 38 1) G ½ G ¾ G 1 G 1¼ G 1½ G 2

Type 1 N or 1 FN

KVS m³/h 3.7 5.6 10.0 15.6 25.5 40 63

Mesh size mm 0.5 0.75

Number of mesh per cm² 150 64

Flow resistance coefficient z 2.5

Free filter area Approx. 3 x Pipe cross-section

Type 1 NI

KVS m3/h 3.3 1) 5.1 9.1 14.3 23.0 36.6 57

Mesh size mm 0.25

Number of mesh per cm² 625

Flow resistance coefficient z 3

Free filter area Approx. 2.5 x Pipe cross-section1) Only Type 1 N/ NI with brass body


Type ... 1 FN 1 N/1 NI

Body CC491K/CC499K (red brass, Rg 5) CW604N (brass)

Screw cap Brass CW610N

Strainer insert (filter) Stainless steel 1.4401

Gasket Novatec® Premium


Type 1 N/1 NI – Brass body –

Table 3 · Dimensions in mm and weightsBody of brass or red brass · PN 25

Thread size G 38

1) ½ ¾ 1 1¼ 1½ 2

Length L 65 65 75 90 110 120 150

Connection thread R - ¾” 1” 1¼” 1¾” 2” 2½”

Width across flats (SW) - 30 36 46 59 65 82

Length L1 - 80 85 100 125 135 160

Length L2 - 225 250 265 293 320 360

Height H1 40 45 56 73 84 108

Height H2(insert pulled out)

61 75 90 115 134 158

Weight, approx. in kg

Typ 1N/1NI (brass) 0.2 0.3 0.47 0.77 1.35 1.9

Typ 1FN (red brass) - 0.55 0.65 0.8 1.1 1.85 2.61) Only Type 1 N/ NI with brass body

Pressure-temperature diagram

Fig. 3 · Pressure-temperature diagram

P

30

20

10

0

[bar]

PN

25

G - CuSn5ZnPb 1)

Cu Zn 37 Pb

0 100 120 200 300 °C

t

1) Diagram according toDIN 4747

L1

H1

R

L2

G

SW

CC491K/CC499K (Rg 5) 1)

CW604N

Strainer with welding ends

Type 1 FN– Red brass body –

168 Data Sheet T 1010 EN 2012-02

Strainers with flanged connections



Application

For protecting downstream plants, aggregates and measuringand control devices against impurities · Straining and collectingdirt particles carried along by the medium.

For PN 6 to PN 40 · DN 15 to 250 · Flanged endconnections · Suitable for liquids, steam and gases up to max.450 °C

The strainers consist of a Y-style body with flanges and awide-meshed filter element (standard strainer insert) or awide-meshed filter element with an additional fine-meshed filterelement (dual strainer insert).

Special features

• Compact design with lengths according to DIN• Easy removal of the collected dirt particles• Easy replacement of the strainer insert

Versions



– Y-style strainer body with flanges according to DIN– Body made of cast iron for PN 6 to 16, DN 15 to 250– Body made of spheroidal graphite iron for PN 16 and 25,

DN 15 to 150– Body made of cast steel for PN 16 to 40, DN 15 to 250– Body made of stainless cast steel for PN 16 and 40, DN 15 to

100

Special versions

– With two holes for pressure gauge connection (G ¼ forDN 15 to DN 100 or G ½ for DN 125 to DN 250)

– Flanges with groove according to DIN 2512– Additional support cage in cases where backflow may occur

in vertical pipelines– With tapped hole in the cover flange · On request– With rinsing line connection ½“ · On request– Flanges with tongue/male face/female face · On request


The medium flows through the strainer in the direction indicatedby the arrow on the strainer body. The uncleaned medium firstcontacts the inner side of the strainer insert (filter element).While it passes through the filter element, the dirt particlescarried along by the medium are collected in the filter element.The particles can be removed after taking off the cover flange.

Installation instructions (see EB 1015 EN)– Install the strainer in the direction of flow indicated by the ar-

row on the strainer body. Make sure ample space is avail-able to remove and clean the strainer insert (refer to Table 3for dimensions).

– In vertical pipelines–when the medium flows upward–installthe strainer with the cover flange facing upward. In this case,however, the dirt particles are not collected, but retained.

– Install swing check valves or similar devices to preventbackflow.

p

40

30

20

10

-10 0 80 100 150 200 300 350 400 450 [°C]

t

[bar]

PN40

25

16

1.4408

1.0619

EN-JS1049

EN-JL1040

1.44081.0619

EN-JS1049EN-JL1040

Fig. 1 · Pressure-temperature diagram

Pressure-temperature diagram – according to DIN EN 12516-1 –

Fig. 2 · Type 2 N/2 NI Strainer

Data Sheet T 1015 EN 2012-02 169

Ordering text

Strainer Type 2 N or Type 2 NI, nominal size DN ...,Nominal pressure PN ..., body material … ,Optionally, special version …


Connection size DN 15 to 250 15 to 150 15 to 250 15 to 100

Nominal pressure PN 10 to 16 PN 16 and 25 PN 16 to 40 PN 16 to 40

Body Cast iron EN-JL1040Spheriodal graphite iron



Cover flange EN-JL1040 1.0460 1.0460 1) 1.4571

Strainer insert (filter) Stainless steel 1.4401

Gasket Graphite on metal core1) DN 200 and 250: 1.0619 (GS-C 25)


Connection size DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250

PN 10PN 16PN 25PN 40

Length L 130 150 160 180 200 230 290 310 350 400 480 600 730

Height H1 45 60 70 85 95 115 150 180 224 255 290 385 480

Height H2 (insert pulled out) 75 90 110 135 160 195 225 295 343 420 485 640 790

Weight,approx. kg

Spher. gr. iron/cast iron

1.9 2.8 3.3 5.4 6.5 9.1 12 17 24 36 52 91 152

Cast steel 2.2 3.2 4.0 5.8 7.2 10 14 19 28 42 60 130 195

Dimensions

. .


Details in “X” for special version with pressure gauge connection

1 Body2 Strainer insert3 Gasket4 Cover flange

Table 1 · Technical data – Version with standard strainer insert only –

Type Connection size DN 15 20 25 32 1) 40 1) 50 1) 65 1) 80 1) 100 1) 125 1) 150 1) 200 1) 250 1)

2 N

Dpmax at strainer insert bar 32 25 22 24 20 15 12 10 8 6 5.5 5.5 4.5

KVS m³/h 6.3 10 16 25 40 63 100 160 250 400 630 1000 1600

Mesh size mm 0.5 0.8 1.25 2

Number of mesh per cm² 150 59 28 12

Flow resistance coefficient z 2.5

Free filter area Approx. 3 x Pipe cross-sectionApprox. 2.75 x Pipe

cross-sectionApprox. 2.5 x Pipe cross-section

2 NI2)

Dpmax at strainer insert bar 32 25 22 24 20 15 12 10 8 6 5.5 5.5 4.5

KVS m³/h 5 8 12.5 20 32 50 80 125 200 320 500 800 1250

Mesh size mm 0.25

Number of mesh per cm² 625

Flow resistance coefficient z 3

Free filter area Approx. 3 x Pipe cross-sectionApprox. 2.75 x Pipe

cross-sectionApprox. 2.5 x Pipe cross-section

1) Special version with rinsing line connection ½"2) Type 2 NI fulfills the requirements of DVGW (German Technical and Scientific Association for Gas and Water) according to DIN EN 161

170 Data Sheet T 1015 EN 2012-02

Flanges

Connecting dimensions according to DIN EN 1092-1 and DIN 2501-11)

Flange connecting dimensions forPN 6, PN 10, PN 16, PN 25 and PN 40

Fig. 1 × Flange connecting dimensions, PN 6 to PN 40

Nom

inals

ize PN 6 PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 40

Outside Bolt Bolt holes Outside Bolt Bolt holes Outside Bolt Bolt holes Outside Bolt Bolt holes Outside Bolt Bolt holes

Ø circle Æ No. Ø Ø circle Ø No. Ø Ø circle Ø No. Ø Ø circle Ø No. Ø Ø circle Ø No. Ø

D k n d2 D k n d2 D k n d2 D k n d2 D k n d2

1520

8090

5565

44

1111

95105

6575

44

1414

95105

6575

44

1414

95105

6575

44

1414

95105

6575

44

1414

253240

100120130

7590

100

444

111414

115140150

85100110

444

141818

115140150

85100110

444

141818

115140150

85100110

444

141818

115140150

85100110

444

141818

506580

140160190

110130150

444

141418

165185200

125145160

488

181818

165185200

125145160

481)

8

181818

165185200

125145160

488

181818

165185200

125145160

488

181818

100125150

210240265

170200225

488

181818

220250285

180210240

888

181822

220250285

180210240

888

181822

235270300

190220250

888

222626

235270300

190220250

888

222626

200250300

320375440

280335395

81212

181822

340395445

295350400

81212

222222

340405460

295355410

121212

222626

360425485

310370430

121216

263030

375450515

320385450

121216

303333

350400

490540

445495

1216

2222

505565

460515

1616

2226

520580

470525

1616

2630

555620

490550

1616

3336

580660

510585

1616

3639

1) According to EN 1092-2 (cast iron flanges) and EN 1092-3 (copper alloy flanges), flanges in this PN and DN may be delivered with four boltholes. If steel flanges with four holes are requried, they may be delivered after prior consultation between manufacturer and customer.

Table 1 × Connecting dimensions for PN 6, PN 10, PN 16, PN 25 and PN 40 Dimensions in mm

1) Flange connecting dimensions for PN 160, PN 250 and PN 320correspond to the specifications in DIN 2501-1

Fig. 1 shows the schematic arrangement of the bolt holes, nottheir exact number.For the exact number of bores, refer to Table 1, column“No. n“.

Application Notes AB 02 EN 2012-03 171

Flange connecting dimensions forPN 63, PN 100, PN 160, PN 250 and PN 320

Flange connecting dimensions for PN 160, PN 250 andPN 320 correspond to the specifications in DIN 2501-1.

Fig. 2 shows the schematic arrangement of the bolt holes, nottheir exact number.For the exact number of bores, refer to Table 2, column“No. n”.

Nom

inals

ize PN 63 PN 100 PN 160 PN 250 PN 320

Outside Bolt Bolt holes Outside Bolt Bolt holes Outside Bolt Bolt holes Outside Bolt Bolt holes Outside Bolt Bolt holes

Ø circle Ø No. Ø Ø circle Ø No. Ø Ø circle Ø No. Ø Ø circle Ø No. Ø Ø circle Ø No. Ø

D k n d2 D k n d2 D k n d2 D k n d2 D k n d2

1520

105130

7590

44

1418

105-

75-

4-

14-

105-

75-

4-

14-

130-

90-

4-

18-

130-

90-

4-

18-

253240

140155

170

100110125

444

182222

140155170

100110125

444

182222

140-

170

100-

125

4-

4

18-

22

150-

185

105-

135

4-

4

22-

26

160-

195

115-

145

4-

4

22-

26

506580

180205215

135160170

488

222222

195220230

145170180

488

262626

195220230

145170180

488

262626

200230255

150180200

888

262630

210255275

160200220

888

263030

100125150

250295345

200240280

888

263033

265315355

210250290

88

12

303333

265315355

210250290

88

12

303333

300340390

235275320

81212

333336

335380425

265310350

81212

363639

200250300

415470530

345400460

121216

363636

430505585

360430500

121216

363942

430515585

360430500

121216

364242

485585690

400490590

121616

424852

525640

-

440540

-

1616-

4252-

350400

600670

525585

1616

3942

655715

560620

1616

4848

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Table 2 × Connecting dimensions, PN 63, PN 100, PN 160, PN 250 and PN 320 Dimensions in mm

Fig. 2 × Flange connecting dimensions, PN 63 to PN 320

172 Application Notes AB 02 EN 2012-03

Application Notes

KV coefficient · Valve sizing

Calculation of the valve flow coefficient KV

The procedure specified in the IEC 60534 standard is applied todetermine the valve flow coefficient KV. The relevant device-spe-cific data can be found in the associated data sheets.

The equations below are given to allow a preliminary, simpli-fied calculation of the valve flow coefficient to be performed.

Please note that these equations do not take account of the influ-ence of the connection fittings and the flow limitation in case ofcritical flow velocities.

Selection of the valve flow coefficient KVS

On the basis of the calculated valve flow coefficient KV, the ap-propriate valve flow coefficient KVS for the relevant valve typecan be selected from the associated data sheet.

If realistic operating values have been used for the calculation,the following applies in general:

– For self-operated regulators: KVmax = 0.75 · KVS

– For motor-operated valves: KVmax = 0.9 · KVS

p1 Upstream pressurep2 Downstream pressureH Travel

V.

Volume flow rate in m³/h (gases)W Mass flow rate in kg/h (liquids, steam)r Density in kg/m³

(general, also in liquids)r1 Density upstream of the valve in kg/m³

(in gases and vapors)J1 Temperature in °C upstream of the valve

Medium Liquids Gases Steam

Pressure drop m³/h kg/h m³/h kg/h kg/h

p2 >p2

1

KV = V. r

1000 DpKV =

W

1000 pr D

KV =V.

G

519

r

D

G T

p p2

1 KV =W

519

T

p p

1

G 2r D

KV =W

3162.

v

p

2

D

Dp <p

2

1

p2 <p

2

1

KV =V

259.5 p

.

G

1rG 1T KV =

W

259.5 p1

T

G

1

r

KV =W

3162.

2v *

p1Dp >

p

2

1

where:

p1 [bar] Absolute pressure pabs

p2 [bar] Absolute pressure pabs

Dp [bar] Absolute pressure pabs (differential pressure p1 – p2)

T1 [K] 273 + J1

V.

G [m³/h] Flow rate of gases,related to 0 °C and 1013 mbar

r [kg/m³] Density of liquids

rG [kg/m³] Density of gases at 0 °C and 1013 mbar

v1 [m³/kg] Specific volume (v´ found in the steam table) for p1 and J1

v2 [m³/kg] Specific volume (v´ found in the steam table) for p2 and J1

v* [m³/kg] Specific volume (v´ found in the steam table) forp1

2and J1

Application Notes AB 05 EN 2012-03 173

Control valvesfor industrial processes

Globe, three-way and angle valves

Butterfly control valves

Steam-converting valves

Actuators

Positioners

Limit switches, solenoid valves, converters, etc.

Self-operated regulatorsand accessories for piping systems

Temperature regulators

Pressure regulators

Differential pressure and flow regulators

Boiler regulators

Steam traps

Strainers

Air vents

Control valves for heating,ventilation and air-conditioning systems

Electric actuators

Control valves

Control valves with jet pumps

Combined self-operated regulatorswith electric actuators

Controllers and sensors for heating,ventilation and air-conditioning systems

Electronic controllers

Sensors, converters and controllers

Automation systems TROVIS · Process control systems on Windows

TROVIS MODULON · Distributed automation systemwith communication via Ethernet and LON

TROVIS 6600 · Automation system with native BACnet

Pneumatic and electric measuringand control equipment for process automation

Series 430 · Pneumatic indicating controllers

Series 420 · Pneumatic control system

Media · Liquid level, differential pressure and flow meters

Sensors

Converters

TROVIS 6400 · Automation system

SAMSOMATIC product range Logic elements and accessories for pneumatic controls

Design and supply of factory-assembledautomation packages

SAMSON Product Range

Appendix

175

SAMSON Subsidiaries, Agencies and Service FacilitiesWorldwide

Argentina VALTROL-SAMSONS.A.California 2082 ·Of. 307A, Edificio Central ParkC1289AAP Buenos AiresPhone: +54 11 4360-0421 · Fax: +54 11 4360-0421E-mail: [email protected]: www.valtrolsamson.com.ar

Australia SAMSONCONTROLS PTY LTDUnits 13A, 14Aand 15A · Port Botany Industrial Park61-71 Beauchamp Road ·Matraville, NSW2036Phone: +61 2 93167800 · Fax: +61 2 96665963E-mail: [email protected]

Austria SAMSONMESS- UNDREGELGERÄTEGESELLSCHAFTM.B.H.Amalienstraße 57 ·1130WienPhone: +43 1 8772674-0 · Fax: +43 1 8772674-96E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.samson.at

Bangladesh COSMOSMARKETING, CONSULTANTS (PVT) LTD.Cosmos Centre · 69/1,NewCircular Road,MalibaghP.O. BoxG3066 ·Dhaka 1217Phone: +880 2 405152, +880 2 411564,

+880 2 8312024Fax: +880 2 8314602, +880 2 9345540E-mail: [email protected]: www.cosmosgroup.net

Belgium S.A. SAMSONN.V.Rue St. Denis/St. Denijsstraat 282/2841190 Bruxelles/BrusselPhone: +32 2 3474849 · Fax: +32 2 3430033E-mail: [email protected]

Bosnia-Herzegovina

FASEK ENGINEERINGAND TRADINGD.O.O.Zvonigradska 4310000 Zagreb (Croatia)Phone: +385 1 3695-525, +385 1 3695-546Fax: +385 1 3695-525, +385 1 3695-546E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.fasek.com

Brazil SAMSONCONTROL LTDA.RuaMatrix, 159 · Centro Empresarial CapuavaBairroMoinho Velho ·06714-360 Cotia / SPPhone: +55 11 46178181, +55 11 47027867Fax: +55 11 46178187E-mail: [email protected]: www.samsoncontrol.com.br

Bulgaria BJB LTD.25Hristo Belchev · 1000 SofiaPhone: +359 2 9867289 · Fax: +359 2 9867467E-mail: [email protected]: www.bjbgroup.com

Canada SAMSONCONTROLS INC.1-105 Riviera Drive ·Markham,Ontario L3R 5J7Phone: +1 905 4740354 · Fax: +1 905 4740998E-mail: [email protected]: www.samsoncontrols.com

Chile SAMSONCONTROLS S.A.Lo Boza 107,Módulo B-8, Flex Center · Pudahuel, SantiagoPhone: +56 2 2405100 · Fax: +56 2 9493390E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.samson.cl

Colombia STEAMCONTROL S.A.Carrera 27,No. 17-80, PaloquemaoSantafé de Bogotá, D.C.Phone: +57 1 3750033 · Fax: +57 1 3710452E-mail: [email protected]: www.steamcontrol.com

Croatia FASEK ENGINEERINGAND TRADINGD.O.O.Zvonigradska 43 · 10000 ZagrebPhone: +385 1 3695-525, +385 1 3695-546Fax: +385 1 3695-525, +385 1 3695-546E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.fasek.com

CzechRepublic

DLOUHÝ I.T.A. CZ S.R.O.Jinonická 805/57 ·150 00 Praha 5Phone: +420 2 57216955, +420 2 57216956Fax: +420 2 57216957E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.samson-cz.cz

Denmark SAMSONREGULERINGSTEKNIKA/SBlokken 55 · 3460 BirkerødPhone: +45 45819301 · Fax: +45 45819530E-mail: [email protected]: www.samson-reg.dk

Ecuador ENERGYPETROL S.A.Calle José PuertaN39-155 y EloyAlfaro ·QuitoPhone: +593 2 2923-064, +593 2 2923-115,

+593 2 2922-187Fax: +593 2 2457-347E-mail: [email protected]: www.energypetrol.net

Egypt Middle East

SAMSONCONTROLS S.A.E.AreaNo. 128, First Industrial Zone · Badr City, Cairo 11829Phone: +20 2 28643050 · Fax: +20 2 28643051E-mail: [email protected]: www.samsoncontrols.com.eg

Finland OYSAMSONABKaakelikaari 2A · 01720VantaaPhone: +358 10 4207060 · Fax: +358 9 535556E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.samson.fi

France SAMSONREGULATIONS.A.1-3, rue Jean Corona · BP 14069512Vaulx en Velin CédexPhone: +33 4 72047500 · Fax: +33 4 72047575E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.samson.fr

Germany SAMSONAKTIENGESELLSCHAFTMESS- UNDREGELTECHNIKWeismüllerstraße 3 · 60314 Frankfurt amMainPostfach 10 19 01 · 60019 Frankfurt amMainPhone: +49 69 4009-0 · Fax: +49 69 4009-1507E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.samson.de

SAMSOMATICGMBHWeismüllerstraße 20-22 ·60314 Frankfurt amMainPostfach 10 19 01 · 60019 Frankfurt amMainPhone: +49 69 4009-0 · Fax: +49 69 4009-1644E-mail: [email protected]: www.samsomatic.de

SAMSONAGInternational Sales District EnergiesWisentring 12 ·24848KroppPhone: +49 4624 8022980 · Fax: +49 4624 8022989E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.samson.de

177


Great Britain SAMSONCONTROLS LTDPerrywood Business Park, Honeycrock LaneRedhill, Surrey RH1 5JQPhone: +44 1737 766391 · Fax: +44 1737 765472E-mail: [email protected]: www.samsoncontrols.co.uk

Industrial customers only:

Scotland

CONTROLVALVE SYSTEMSLower Coilentowie ·Callander, Perthshire FK17 8LWPhone: +44 1786 841228 · Fax: +44 1786 841944E-mail: [email protected]: www.control-valve-systems.co.uk

Greece EXAKMABETEANONYMOUSINDUSTRIALCOMMERCIAL&TECHNICALCO.Kallirrois Ave. 39 ·11743AthenPhone: +30 21 09215332, +30 21 09218441Fax: +30 21 09218761E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.exakm.gr

Hungary SAMSONMÉRÉS- ÉS SZABÁLYOZÁSTECHNIKAI KFT.1148 Budapest · Fogarasi út 10-14.Phone: +36 1 467-2889 · Fax: +36 1 383-8542E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.samson.hu

India SAMSONCONTROLS PVT. LTD.D-281,MIDC Ranjangaon, Village Karegaon, Taluka ShirurDistrict Pune 412220,MaharashtraPhone: +91 2138 665600 · Fax: +91 2138 665666E-mail: [email protected]

Iran TECH. CONTROL · INDUSTRIAL CONSULTANTSCO.Unit 607, 6th floor, Sarve Saee Tower,Mostowfi StreetYoussefabad 1433894593 (Tehran)P.O. Box 14155/5516 · Youssefabad (Tehran)Phone: +98 21 88701112 · Fax: +98 21 88724924E-mail: [email protected]

Ireland VALVE SERVICES LTD.Euro Business Park, Little Island ·Co. CorkPhone: +353 21 4510588 · Fax: +353 21 4351100E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.valve.ie

Israel KAMA LTD.20Hametsuda St. · P.O. Box 1 10 ·58190AzorPhone: +972 3 556-7747 · Fax: +972 3 556-7548E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.kama.org.il

Italy SAMSONS.R.L.C.P. 58 –Uff. Postale di Pero · Via Figino 10920016 Pero (Milano)Phone: +39 02 33911159 · Fax: +39 02 38103085E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.samson.it

Japan SAMSONK.K.6-38-28 Kamiasao, Asao-kuKawasaki, Kanagawa215-0021Phone: +81 44 988-3931 · Fax: +81 44 988-3861E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: samsonkk.co.jp

Jordan RAMALLAH ENGINEERING&CHEMICAL EST.Areej Commercial Complex, 210Wasfi Al – Tal StreetOfficeNo. 301 · P.O. Box 925 682 ·Amman 11190Phone: +962 6 5538256 · Fax: +962 6 5518257E-mail: [email protected]: www.ramallahengineering.com

Kazakhstan "EUROSPECARMATURA"GMBHGaydara Str 196/6 · 050046AlmatyPhone: +7 727 3929464, +7 727 3929465,

+7 727 3929466Fax: +7 727 3929463E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.samson.kz

Korea(South)

SAMSONCONTROLS LTD., CO.#119-82, Sasa-Dong, Sangrok-GuAnsan-Si, Gyeonggi-Do 426-220Phone: +82 31 4190464 · Fax: +82 31 4190465E-mail: [email protected]

Kuwait RAMI TRADINGCORP.P.O. Box 18 22 · Safat 13019Phone: +965 2400566, +965 2400577Fax: +965 2400588E-mail: [email protected]

Latvia SIA "INDUSTRIAL PROJEKTS"Kalnciema iela 17a-3 · Riga 1046Phone: +371 67480150 · Fax: +371 67605227E-mail: [email protected]

Libya ALBONIANWORKSHOPSANDPLANTSEQUIPMENT IMPORT COMPANY INC.El Jamhoriya St. El MansoraNo. 10.11.654 · TripoliPhone: +218 21 333-2178 · Fax: +218 21 333-1470E-mail: [email protected]: www.albonian.com.ly

Luxemburg S.A. SAMSONPhone: +352 489944Fax: +352 480193

Malaysia SAMSOMATIC (M) SDNBHD36 Jalan USJ 1/3347620 Subang Jaya, Selangor Darul EhsanPhone: +60 3 80230923 · Fax: +60 3 80238963E-mail: [email protected]: www.samson-sea.com

SAMSOMATIC (M) SDNBHDKuantan Service CenterA-11 JalanGebeng 2/6,Gebeng Industrial Estate26080Kuantan, Pahang DarulMakmurPhone: +60 9 5837541 · Fax: +60 9 5837542E-mail: [email protected]: www.samson-sea.com

Mexico SAMSONCONTROL S.A. DEC.V.Calle San CarlosNo. 9 · Corredor Industrial Toluca LermaMunicipio Lerma, Estado deMéxico, CP 52004Phone: +52 728 2852001 · Fax: +52 728 2852028E-mail: [email protected]: www.samson.com.mx

Netherlands SAMSONREGELTECHNIEK B.V.Signaalrood 10 · 2718 SH ZoetermeerPostbus 2 90 ·2700AGZoetermeerPhone: +31 79 3610501 · Fax: +31 79 3615930E-mail: [email protected]: www.samson-regeltechniek.nl

Norway MATEK-SAMSONREGULERINGA/SPorsgrunnsvn. 4 · 3730 SkienPhone: +47 35900870 · Fax: +47 35900880E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.matek.no

178


Oman MIDDLE EASTOILFIELD SERVICES L.L.C.P.O. Box 35 00 ·112 Ruwi (Muscat)Phone: +968 24487152, +968 24487153Fax: +968 24483832E-mail: [email protected]

People`sRepublic ofChina

SAMSONCONTROLS (CHINA) CO., LTD.No. 11, YongChangNan Lu, BDABeijing 100176Phone: +86 10 67803011Fax: +86 10 67803196E-mail: [email protected]: www.samsonchina.com

Peru SAMSONCONTROLS S.A.Av. LosGorriones 130 ·Urb. La Campiña Chorrillos, Lima 9Phone: +51 1 6371313, +51 1 6371314E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.samson.pe

Philippines SAMSONMARKETINGOFFICE IN PHILIPPINESPhone: +63 44 7602129 · Fax: +63 44 7602129E-mail: [email protected]: www.samson-sea.com

Poland SAMSONSP. ZO.O.AUTOMATYKA I TECHNIKA POMIAROWAal. Krakowska 197 · 02-180WarszawaPhone: +48 22 5739-777 · Fax: +48 22 5739-776E-mail: [email protected]: www.samson.com.pl

Portugal SAMSON, S.A. ·MEDIDA E REGULAÇÃOZona Industrial Ligeira 2, Lote 112 · Apartado 3467520-309 SinesPhone: +351 269 634100 · Fax: +351 269 636104E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.samson.pt

Qatar QATARMODERN INSTRUMENTS&CONTROLSCO.(Q.M. CONTROLS)P.O. Box 64 29 ·DohaPhone: +974 4432326, +974 4372895Fax: +974 4432460E-mail: [email protected]

Republic ofSouth Africa

SAMSONCONTROLS (PTY) LTD.15 Kunene Circle,Omuramba Business ParkMilnerton, Cape Town 7441P.O. Box 3 05 ·Milnerton 7435 (Cape Province)Phone: +27 21 5526088, +27 21 5526089,

+27 21 5526510Fax: +27 21 5512515E-mail: [email protected]: www.samson-sa.com

Republic ofUzbekistan

EC "MEXATRONIKA-TES"St.Mukanna-berk, 17 · P. Box 5610 · Tashkent 100070Phone: +998 71 2156337Fax: +998 71 2814045E-mail: [email protected]: www.mtes.uz

Romania SAMSONCONTROL S.R.L.Str. Sulfinei nr. 96 ·077125Magurele, IlfovPhone: +40 373 550192, +40 373 550194Fax: +40 373 550192, +40 373 550194E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.samson.ro

RussianFederation

OOOSAMSONCONTROLS"Business Center", 4. StockMarksistskaja Str. 16 ·109147MoskauPhone: +7 495 6474545 · Fax: +7 495 7373949E-mail: [email protected]: www.samson.ru

Singapore SAMSONCONTROLS PTE LTD27 Kaki Bukit View · Kaki Bukit Techpark IISingapore 415962Phone: +65 67488810 · Fax: +65 67451418E-mail: [email protected]: www.samson-sea.com

Slovakia DLOUHÝ I.T.A. S.R.O.PodHradiskom9 ·01004 ZilinaPhone: +421 41 7234370 · Fax: +421 41 7234371E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.samson.sk

Slovenia GIA-S INDUSTRIJSKAOPREMAD.O.O.Industrijska cesta 5 · 1290GrosupljePhone: +386 1 7865-300 · Fax: +386 1 7863-568E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.gia.si

Spain SAMSONS.A.TÉCNICADEMEDICIÓNY REGULACIÓNPol. Ind. Cova Solera · Avda. Can Sucarrats, 104Apartado 311 · 08191 Rubi (Barcelona)Phone: +34 93 5861070 · Fax: +34 93 6994300E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.samson.es

Sweden SAMSONMÄT-OCHREGLERTEKNIKABKungsporten 1A · 427 50 BilldalBox 67 · 427 22 BilldalPhone: +46 31 939130 · Fax: +46 31 914019E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.samson.se

Switzerland SAMSONAG ·MESS- UNDREGELTECHNIKWeismüllerstraße 3 · DE-60314 Frankfurt amMainRepräsentanz SchweizTödistrasse 60 ·CH-8002 ZürichPhone: +41 44 2836142 · Fax: +41 44 2836143E-mail: [email protected]: www.samsongroup.de

Taiwan SAMSONCONTROLSCO., LTD.3F, 132, Hsin-Hu Third Road · Taipei 114Phone: +886 2 8792-1230 · Fax: +886 2 8792-1270E-mail: [email protected]

Thailand SAMSONCONTROLS LTD.267/233-4 Sukhumvit RoadMap Ta Phut,Muang · Rayong 21150Phone: +66 38 608939 · Fax: +66 38 608943E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.samson.co.th

SAMSONCONTROLS LTD.Bangkok Branch · 24th floor UM TowerNo. 9 Ramkamheang Road, Suanluang · Bangkok 10250Phone: +66 2 7198214-5 · Fax: +66 2 7198237E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.samson.co.th

Turkey SAMSONÖLÇÜVEOTOMATIK KONTROL SISTEMLERISANAYI VE TICARET A.S

´.

EvrenMahallesi, Gülbahar Caddesi No: 9434212Günes

´li-Istanbul

P.K. 3 89 ·80003Karaköy-IstanbulPhone: +90 212 6518746 · Fax: +90 212 6518750E-mail: [email protected]: www.samson.com.tr

179

SAMSON Subsidiaries, Agencies and Service Facilities Worldwide

U.S.A. SAMSONCONTROLS INC.4111Cedar Boulevard · Baytown, Texas 77523-8588Phone: +1 281 383-3677 · Fax: +1 281 383-3690E-mail: [email protected]: www.samson-usa.com

SAMSONPROJECT ENGINEERING, INC.14811 St.Mary´s Lane, Suite 130 ·Houston, Texas 77079Phone: +1 281 7596900, +1 281 7596902Fax: +1 281 8708007E-mail: [email protected]: www.samson-pei.com

Ukraine "SAMSON-ENGINEERINGGMBH"Floor 10,Office 4 · 19Marina Raskowa St ·02002 KievPhone: +380 44 4905305 · Fax: +380 44 4941517E-mail: [email protected]: www.samsoneng.kiev.ua

United Arab

Emirates

SAMSONCONTROLS FZEP.O. Box 262793 · PBU YC01 (near R/A08)Jebel Ali Free Zone, DubaiPhone: +971 4 8834933Fax: +971 4 8834944E-mail: [email protected]: www.samson.ae

Venezuela SAMSONCONTROLS S.A.Urb. Los Rosales, Calle Bermúdez · Edif. LaGarantíaCaracas 1040 Distrito FederalPhone: +58 212 6903645 · Fax: +58 212 6935953E-mail: [email protected]: www.samson.com.ve

Vietnam SAMSONVIETNAMCO., LTD.8th Floor, ATICOffice Building · 4Nguyen ThiMinh KhaiDakao Ward, District 1, Ho Chi Minh CityPhone: +84 839 106533 · Fax: +84 839 106583E-mail: [email protected]

All addresses, including e-mail and Internet addresses, can be found athttp://www.samson.de

180

AB 02 ENApplication NotesFlangesConnecting dimensions according to DIN EN 1092-1 and DIN 2501-1 171

AB 05 ENApplication NotesKV coefficient · Valve sizing 173

T 0500 ENBoiler Controller, typetested Type 5 DSteam Trap Type 13 EAir Vent for steam-operated systems Type 3Air Vent for water-operated systems, drains forair-operated systems Type 6 159

T 1010 EN Strainers with threaded end connectionsType 1 N · With standard strainer insertType 1 NI · With dual strainer insertType 1 FN · With standard strainer insertVersion for district heating systems 167

T 1015 ENStrainers with flange connectionsType 2 N · With standard strainer insertType 2 NI · With dual strainer insert 169

T 2010-1 EN/T 2010 ENInformation SheetSelf-operated Temperature Regulators Type 1 to Type 9PN 16 to 40 · Class 125 to 300DN 15 to 250 · NPS ½ to 10G ½ to 1 · Up to 350 °C · Up to 660 °F 5

T 2025 ENTemperature Regulator Type 4with balanced single-seated globe valveANSI version 55

T 2040 ENInformation SheetSelf-operated Temperature RegulatorsTypetested Safety DevicesType 1/..., Type 4/..., Type 8/..., Type 9/... 85

T 2043 ENSafety Temperature Monitors (STM)with Safety Thermostat Type 2213 89

T 2046 ENSafety Temperature Limiters (STL)with Safety Thermostat Type 2212 93

T 2080 ENReturn Flow Temperature LimitersType 3 D · Type 4 D/4 E 145

T 2111 ENTemperature Regulator Type 1with unbalanced single-seated globe valve 19

T 2112 ENTemperature Regulator Type 1with unbalanced single-seated valveFemale thread connections 31

T 2113 ENTemperature Regulator Type 1uwith single-seated globe valveFor cooling installations 35

T 2114 EN Temperature Regulator Type 1uwith single-seated globe valveFor cooling installationsANSI version 41

T 2115 ENTemperature Regulator Type 1with unbalanced single-seated globe valveANSI version 25

T 2121 ENTemperature Regulator Type 4with balanced single-seated globe valve 47

T 2123 ENTemperature Regulator Type 4uwith balanced single-seated globe valveFor cooling installations 61

T 2131 EN Temperature Regulator Type 8with unbalanced three-way valve 67

T 2133 EN Temperature Regulator Type 9with balanced three-way valve 73

T 2134 ENTemperature Regulator Type 9with balanced three-way valveANSI version 79

T 2170 ENInformation SheetSelf-operated Temperature Regulators Series 43PN 25 · Class 250DN 15 to 50 · NPS ½ to 2G ½ to 1 · ½ to 1 NPTUp to 200 °C · Up to 390 °F 97

T 2171 ENTemperature Regulators (with globe valves)Type 43-1 · Type 43-2 107

Data Sheet Summary

181

T 2172 EN Temperature Regulators (with globe valves)Type 43-5 · Type 43-7Type 43-6 123

T 2173 EN Temperature Regulator with Three-way ValveType 43-3 135

T 2174 EN Temperature Regulators (with globe valves)Type 43-5 · Type 43-7Type 43-6ANSI version 127

T 2175 ENTemperature Regulators (with globe valves)Type 43-1 · Type 43-2ANSI version 113

T 2176 ENTemperature Regulators with double adapter Do3 Kwith manual adjuster 143

T 2177 EN Temperature Regulator with Three-way ValveType 43-3ANSI version 139

T 2178 EN Temperature Regulators with Hydraulic ControllerType 43-8 · Type 43-8 N 131

T 2181 ENInformation SheetSelf-operated Temperature RegulatorsTypetested Safety DevicesSeries 43 147

T 2183 ENSafety Temperature Monitors (STM)with Safety Thermostat Type 2403 K 151

T 2185 EN Safety Temperature Limiters (STL)with Safety Thermostat Type 2439 K 155

T 2186 ENTemperature Regulator (with globe valve)Type 43-2 N 119

Data Sheet Summary

182

1 Temperature regulator with single-seated globe valve unbalanced 19 ANSI version 25

with single-seated valve with screwed ends unbalanced 31

1 FN Strainer with threaded end connections with standard strainer insert Version for district heating systems 167

1 N Strainer with threaded end connections with standard strainer insert 167

1 NI Strainer with threaded end connections with dual strainer insert 167

1u Temperature regulator with single-seated globe valve for cooling installations 35 ANSI version 41

13 E Steam trap 159

2 N Strainer with flange connections with standard strainer insert 169

2 NI Strainer with flange connections with dual strainer insert 169

2212 Safety temperature limiter (STB) with safety thermostat 93

2213 Safety temperature monitor (STW) with safety thermostat 89

3 Air vent for steam-operated systems 159

3 D Return temperature limiter 145

4 Temperature regulator with single-seated globe valve balanced 47 ANSI version 55

4 D Return temperature limiter 145

4 E Return temperature limiter 145

4u Temperature regulator with single-seated globe valve balanced for cooling installations 61

43-1 Temperature regulator with globe valve 107 ANSI version 113


43-2 N Temperature regulator with globe valve 119

43-3 Temperature regulator with three-way valve 135 ANSI version 139




43-8 Temperature regulator with hydraulic controller 131

43-8 N Temperature regulator with hydraulic controller 131

5 D Boiler controller, typetested 159

6 Air vent for water-operated systems, drains for air-operated systems 159

8 Temperature regulator with unbalanced three-way valve 67

9 Temperature regulator with balanced three-way valve 73 ANSI version 79

Type Application/function Page Type Application/function Page

Index

183

SAMSON AG · MESS- UND REGELTECHNIK Weismüllerstraße 3 · 60314 Frankfurt am Main · GermanyPhone: +49 69 4009-0 · Fax: +49 069 4009-1507 E-mail: [email protected] · Internet: www.samson.deSAMSON GROUP · www.samsongroup.net

Self-operated Regulators · Volume 2Temperature Regulators

Tem

pera

ture

Reg

ulat

ors

S

elf-o

pera

ted

Regu

lato

rs ·

Volu

me

2

Catalog

2012

-08

WS

· K8

EN

SAM

SON

Documents

SAMSON Catalog - HLK Shop · SAMSON AG · MESS- UND REGELTECHNIK Weismüllerstraße 3 · 60314 Frankfurt am Main · Germany Phone: +49 69 4009-0 · Fax: ... Spher. graphite iron